Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

Commission File Number 001-38814

 

 

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   83-0824448

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

100 Berwyn Park, Suite 220

850 Cassatt Road, Berwyn, PA

  19312
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (888) 335 -5335

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Class

 

Name of each exchange

Common Stock, no par value   The NASDAQ Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ☐    NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ☐    NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  ☐    NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).    YES  ☒    NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company       

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES  ☐    NO  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market on June 30, 2018, was $0.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019 was 3,615,500.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

PART I

     

Item 1.

   Business      2  

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      15  

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      15  

Item 2.

   Properties      15  

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      16  

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      16  

PART II

     

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      17  

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      17  

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      17  

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      52  

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      53  

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      66  

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      66  

Item 9B.

   Other Information      67  

PART III

     

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      68  

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      74  

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      75  

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      76  

Item 14.

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services      78  

PART IV

     

Item 15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      78  

Item 16.

   Form 10-K Summary      79  

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

The information contained in this report may contain forward-looking statements. When used or incorporated by reference in disclosure documents, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “target,” “goal”, “plan,” “may,” “seek,” “could,” “intend” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements include:

 

   

statements of goals, intentions and expectations;

 

   

statements regarding prospects and business strategy; and

 

   

estimates of future costs, benefits and results.

The forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could affect the actual outcome of future events. All of these factors are difficult to predict and many are beyond our control. These important factors include those listed below:

 

   

the potential impact of fraud, operational errors, systems malfunctions, or cybersecurity incidents;

 

   

future economic conditions in the markets in which we compete that are less favorable than expected;

 

   

the effect of legislative, judicial, economic, demographic and regulatory events in the jurisdictions where we do business;

 

   

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities either through acquisitions or the expansion of our producer network;

 

   

financial market conditions, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates and the stock markets causing a reduction of investment income or investment gains and a reduction in the value of our investment portfolio;

 

   

heightened competition, including specifically the intensification of price competition, the entry of new competitors and the development of new products by new or existing competitors, resulting in a reduction in the demand for our products;

 

   

changes in general economic conditions, including inflation, unemployment, interest rates and other factors;

 

   

estimates and adequacy of loss reserves and trends in loss and loss adjustment expenses;

 

   

changes in the coverage terms required by state laws, including higher limits;

 

   

our inability to obtain regulatory approval of, or to implement, premium rate increases;

 

   

our ability to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices or on terms that adequately protect us and to collect amounts that we believe we are entitled to under such reinsurance;

 

   

the potential impact on our reported net income that could result from the adoption of future accounting standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other standard-setting bodies;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

unanticipated changes in industry trends and ratings assigned by nationally recognized rating organizations;

 

   

adverse litigation or arbitration results; and

 

   

adverse changes in applicable laws, regulations or rules governing insurance holding companies and insurance companies, including tax or accounting matters, limitations on premium levels, increases in minimum capital and reserves, and other financial viability requirements, and changes that affect the cost of, or demand for our products.

Because forward-looking information is subject to various risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from that expressed or implied by the forward-looking information. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, expected or projected. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of the report. The Company expressly disclaims any obligation to publicly release any updates or revisions to reflect any change in the Company’s expectations with regard to any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

Item 1. BUSINESS.

Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation incorporated on May 1, 2018 for the purpose of acquiring three Pennsylvania based reciprocal insurance exchanges: Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (“PPIX”), Professional Casualty Association (“PCA”), and Physicians Insurance Program Exchange (“PIPE”). In connection with the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE converted from reciprocal insurance exchanges into stock insurance companies and merged together to form Positive Physicians Insurance Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Positive Insurance Company”). The Company’s initial public offering and its acquisition of Positive Insurance Company were completed on March 27, 2019. Prior to that time, the Company had minimal assets and liabilities and had not engaged in any operations. References to Positive Insurance Company financial information in this Annual Report is to the financial information of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE on a combined basis. When used in this Annual Report, “we” and “our” mean PPIX, PCA, and PIPE prior to March 27, 2019, and Positive Insurance Company thereafter.

Positive Insurance Company.

Positive Insurance Company writes claims-made, claims-made plus, tail, and occurrence-based medical malpractice insurance for healthcare providers practicing in Delaware, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and South Carolina. Diversus Management, Inc. (“Diversus Management”) manages and administers essentially all of the operations of Positive Insurance Company under the terms of a management agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Diversus Management provides such administrative services to Positive Insurance Company in exchange for fees based on a percentage of Positive Insurance Company’s gross written premiums, less return premiums. Diversus Management may also earn quarterly performance management fees based on Positive Insurance Company’s combined ratio and net earned premiums. Positive Insurance Company remains responsible for all underwriting decisions and the payment of all claims and claims related expenses incurred under policies issued by Positive Insurance Company and for all sales commissions paid to producers.

At December 31, 2018, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE had combined total assets of $124.0 million and a surplus of $37.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE had combined total revenues of $24.6 million and a net loss of $5.4 million.

The executive offices of the Company are located at 100 Berwyn Park, 850 Cassatt Road, Suite 220, Berwyn, PA 19312, and its telephone number is 888-335-5335. The Company’s web site address is www.positivephysicians.com . Information contained on such website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and such information should not be considered to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

2


Table of Contents

Products and Services

Positive Insurance Company underwrites medical professional liability coverage for physicians, their corporations, medical groups, clinics and allied healthcare providers. Medical professional liability insurance protects physicians and other health care providers against liabilities arising from the rendering of, or failure to render, professional medical services. We offer claims-made coverage, claims-made plus, and occurrence-based policies in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Delaware, Maryland, South Carolina and Michigan. Our policies include coverage for the cost of defending claims. Claims-made policies provide coverage to the policyholder for claims reported during the period of coverage. We offer extended reporting endorsements, or tails, to cover claims reported after the policy expires. A claims-made plus policy is a modified claims-made policy combined with an extended reporting endorsement that covers a malpractice claim regardless of when the claim is reported to the insurance carrier as long as the incident occurred within the policy period. Occurrence-based policies provide coverage to the policyholders for all losses incurred during the policy coverage year regardless of when the claims are reported. Although we generate a majority of our premiums from individual and small group practices, we also insure several major physician groups.

We offer a single policy form for physicians who are sole practitioners and for those who practice as part of a medical group or clinic. The medical professional insurance for sole practitioners and for medical groups provides protection against the legal liability of the insureds for injury caused by or as a result of the performance of patient treatment, failure to treat, failure to diagnose and related types of malpractice.

Marketing and Distribution

Our marketing philosophy is to sell profitable business in our core states, using a focused, cost-effective distribution system. Our medical professional liability insurance (“MPLI”) products are currently sold through approximately 81 retail producers in our territories of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Delaware, Maryland, South Carolina, and Michigan. All of these producers represent multiple insurance companies and are established businesses in the communities in which they operate. While we view our insureds as our primary customer, we view our independent insurance producers as important partners because they are in a position to recommend either our insurance products or those of a competitor to their customers. We consider our relationships with these producers to be good.

We review our producers annually with respect to both premium volume and profitability. Our producers will be monitored and supported primarily by our marketing employees, who have the principal responsibility for recruiting and training new producers. We hold annual seminars for producers and conduct training programs that provide both technical training about our products and sales training about how to effectively market our products.

Producers are compensated through a fixed base commission. Agents receive commission as a percentage of premiums (generally 10% to 12%) as their primary compensation from us. No profit sharing commissions are paid to agents based upon the profitability of the business they produce.

Our marketing efforts are further supported by our claims philosophy, which is designed to provide prompt and efficient service and claims processing, resulting in a positive experience for producers and policyholders. We believe that these positive experiences result in higher policyholder retention and new business opportunities when communicated by producers and policyholders to potential customers. While we rely on our independent agents for distribution and customer support, underwriting and claim handling responsibilities are retained by us. Many of our agents have had direct relationships with us for a number of years.

Underwriting, Risk Assessment and Pricing

Although we are willing to consider physicians in most specialties and classifications for insurance coverage, we recognize that certain specialties present a higher exposure to frequency or severity of claims. Although the number of medical malpractice claims filed in Pennsylvania has decreased significantly since 2008, the severity of the claims brought has not decreased. Accordingly, we rely heavily on individual risk characteristics in determining which medical professionals to whom we will offer coverage.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our underwriting philosophy is aimed at consistently generating profits through sound risk selection and pricing discipline. Through the management and underwriting staff of Diversus Management, we regularly establish rates and rating classifications for our physician and medical group insureds based on losses and loss adjustment expense experience that we have developed over the years and the losses and loss adjustment expenses experience for the entire medical professional liability market. We have various rating classifications based on practice location, medical specialty and other liability factors.

The nature of our business requires that we remain sensitive to the marketplace and the pricing strategies of our competitors. Using the market information as our background, we normally set our prices based on our estimated future costs. From time to time, we may reduce or increase our discounts or apply a premium surcharge to achieve an appropriate return. Pricing flexibility allows us to provide a fair rate commensurate with the assumed liability. If our pricing strategy cannot yield sufficient premium to cover our costs on a particular type of risk, we may determine not to underwrite that risk. It is our philosophy not to sacrifice profitability for premium growth.

We also encourage our insureds to adopt and practice loss reduction methods and loss mitigation practices. Our integrated risk management platform can reduce claims occurring from lack of informed consent, surgical complications, or missed diagnoses. Similarly, required educational sessions for doctors and other medical professionals regarding record keeping, patient follow-up and other basic practices can reduce the frequency of claims. Premium credits are provided to physicians in higher risk specialties who take advantage of these loss reduction methods and loss mitigation practices. Medical professionals who do not commit to these practices and methods can be refused coverage.

Our competitive strategy in underwriting is to provide very high-quality service to our producers and insureds by responding quickly and effectively to information requests and policy submissions. Each policy undergoes the entire underwriting process prior to renewal. We maintain information on all aspects of our business, which is regularly reviewed to determine both agency and policyholder profitability. Specific information regarding individual insureds is monitored to assist us in making decisions about policy renewals or modifications.

Claims and Litigation Management

Our policies require us to provide a defense for our insureds in any suit involving a medical incident covered by the policy. The defense costs we incur are in addition to the limit of liability under the policy. Medical professional liability claims often involve the evaluation of highly technical medical issues, severe injuries and conflicting expert opinions.

Our claims management philosophy involves: (i) closure of claims through prompt and thorough investigation of the facts related to the claim; (ii) equitable settlement of meritorious claims; (iii) vigorous defense of unfounded claims as to coverage, liability or the amount claimed; and (iv) the use of mediation and arbitration combined, when appropriate, with agreements with plaintiff’s counsel limiting the range of damage awards. Our claims team supports our underwriting strategy by working to provide a timely, good faith claims handling response to our policyholders. Claims excellence is achieved by timely investigation and handling of claims, settlement of meritorious claims for equitable amounts, maintenance of adequate case reserves, and control of loss adjustment expenses.

Claims on insurance policies are received directly from the insured or through our independent producers. Our claims department supports our producer relationship strategy by working to provide a consistently responsive level of claim service to our policyholders. Positive Insurance Company is required by applicable insurance laws and regulations to maintain reserves for payment of losses and loss adjustment expenses for reported claims and for claims incurred but not reported, arising from policies that have been issued. Generally, these laws and regulations require that we provide for the ultimate cost of those claims, subject to our policy limits, without regard to how long it takes to settle them or the time value of money. We are also required to maintain reserves for extended reporting coverage we provide in the event of a physician’s death, disability and retirement, or DDR reserves, which are included in our loss reserves as a component of the incurred but not reported, or IBNR, reserves. The determination of reserves involves actuarial and statistical projections of what we expect to be the cost of the ultimate settlement and administration of such claims based on facts and circumstances then known, estimates of future trends in claims severity, and other variable factors such as inflation and changing judicial theories of liability.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our actuaries utilize standard actuarial techniques to project ultimate losses based on our paid and incurred loss information, as well as drawing from industry data. These projections are done using actual loss dollars and claim counts. We analyze loss trends and claims frequency and severity to determine our best estimate of the required reserves. We then record this best estimate in Positive Insurance Company’s financial statements. Our reserve methodology is discussed in greater detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies.”

We have contracts with Gateway Risk Services, LLC and Andrews Outsource Solutions LLC, both of which are subsidiaries of Diversus, Inc., (“Diversus”) under which those companies provide claims processing and risk management services.

Technology

Diversus Management uses commercially available software to provide the information management systems platform that runs its accounting, policy underwriting and issuance, and claims processing functions. These systems permit Diversus Management to integrate the accounting and reporting functions of our insurance operations. We have adopted a disaster recovery plan tailored to meet our needs and geographic location. A portion of the operations of Diversus Management are managed in a cloud environment using an outside service provider.

Reinsurance

Reinsurance Ceded . In accordance with insurance industry practice, we reinsure a portion of our exposure and pay to the reinsurers a portion of the premiums received on all policies reinsured. Insurance policies written by us are reinsured with other insurance companies principally to:

 

   

reduce net liability on individual risks;

 

   

mitigate the effect of individual loss occurrences;

 

   

stabilize underwriting results; and

 

   

increase our underwriting capacity.

Under Pennsylvania law, each insured must maintain MPLI of at least $1,000,000 for each claim and $3,000,000 of annual aggregate coverage. We provide primary insurance coverage up to $500,000 per claim and $1,500,000 of annual aggregate coverage. The Pennsylvania Medical Care Availability and Reduction of Error (MCARE) Fund provides coverage for any losses above $500,000 per claim up to $1,000,000. In cases where coverage under the Pennsylvania MCARE Fund does not apply, the primary insurance provides coverage up to $1,000,000 per claim and $3,000,000 of annual aggregate coverage. We retain the first $300,000 on all polices and reinsurance covers the excess up to $1,000,000 that is not covered by the Pennsylvania MCARE Fund. Additionally, we provide coverage up to $2,000,000 per claim up to $4,000,000, but cede to reinsurers claims in excess of $1,000,000 up to $3,000,000.

Other states in which we write insurance require doctors to maintain certain minimum coverage and provide a fund that provides coverage for losses above a certain amount, but many states do not prescribe insurance requirements for doctors.

We offer primary coverage up to $1,000,000 for each claim and $3,000,000 of annual aggregate coverage in Maryland, Delaware, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, and South Carolina. We retain the first $300,000 on all polices, and reinsurance covers the excess up to $1,000,000. If an insured in New Jersey requests, we retain the first $300,000 of risk and cede all coverage in excess of that to the reinsurer.

We also purchase additional reinsurance coverage for clash, loss in excess of policy limits and extra contractual obligation claims.

 

5


Table of Contents

Reinsurance does not legally discharge the insurance company issuing the policy from primary liability for the full amount due under the reinsured policies. However, the assuming reinsurer is obligated to reimburse the company issuing the policy to the extent of the coverage ceded.

A primary factor in the selection of reinsurers from whom we purchase reinsurance is their financial strength. Our reinsurance arrangements are generally renegotiated annually.

The insolvency or inability of any reinsurer to meet its obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Our reinsurance providers, the majority of whom are longstanding partners that understand our business, are all carefully selected with the help of our reinsurance broker. We monitor the solvency of reinsurers through regular review of their financial statements and, if available, their A.M. Best ratings. Hanover Re, our current reinsurance partner, has at least an “A” rating from A.M. Best. According to A.M. Best, companies with a rating of “A” or better “have an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.”

Reinsurance Assumed . We generally do not assume risks from other insurance companies. However, we are required by statute to participate in certain residual market pools. This participation requires us to assume business for exposures that are not insured in the voluntary marketplace. We participate in these residual markets pro rata on a market share basis, and as of December 31, 2018, our participation was not material.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

We are required by applicable insurance laws and regulations to maintain reserves for payment of losses and loss adjustment expenses. These reserves are established for both reported claims and for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR), arising from the policies we have issued. The laws and regulations require that provision be made for the ultimate cost of those claims without regard to how long it takes to settle them or the time value of money. The determination of reserves involves actuarial and statistical projections of what we expect to be the cost of the ultimate settlement and administration of such claims. The reserves are set based on facts and circumstances then known, estimates of future trends in claims severity, and other variable factors such as inflation and changing judicial theories of liability.

Estimating the ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses is an inherently uncertain process. Therefore, the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses does not represent an exact calculation of that liability. Our reserve policy recognizes this uncertainty by maintaining reserves at a level providing for the possibility of adverse development relative to the estimation process. We do not discount our reserves to recognize the time value of money. For a more detailed overview of our estimation process for reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves.”

When a claim is reported to us, our claims personnel establish a “case reserve” for the estimated amount of the ultimate payment. This estimate reflects an informed judgment based upon general insurance reserving practices and on the experience and knowledge of our claims staff. In estimating the appropriate reserve, our claims staff considers the nature and value of the specific claim, the severity of injury or damage, and the policy provisions relating to the type of loss, to the extent determinable at the time. Case reserves are adjusted by our claims staff as more information becomes available and discovery progresses. It is our policy to settle each claim as expeditiously as possible.

We maintain IBNR reserves to provide for already incurred claims that have not yet been reported and developments on reported claims. The IBNR reserve is determined by estimating our ultimate net liability for both reported and IBNR claims and then subtracting the case reserves and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses for reported claims.

Each quarter, we compute our estimated ultimate liability using principles and procedures we have developed over several years. However, because the establishment of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process, we cannot assure you that ultimate losses will not exceed the established loss reserves. Adjustments in aggregate reserves, if any, are reflected in the operating results of the period during which such adjustments are made.

 

6


Table of Contents

The following tables provide a reconciliation of beginning and ending unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense reserve balances of Positive Insurance Company for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Balance at January 1 (in thousands)

   $ 68,375      $ 70,159  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable on liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     8,586        11,226  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable on claims paid

     1,197        4,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liability at January 1

     60,986        63,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net:

     

Current year

     15,525        16,976  

Prior years

     4,058        (3,408
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses

     19,583        13,568  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less losses and loss adjustment expenses paid, net:

     

Current year

     714        905  

Prior years

     19,412        14,965  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total losses and loss adjustment expenses paid

     20,126        15,870  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liability for liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, at end of year

     60,443        60,986  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable on liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     7,956        8,586  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable on claims paid

     6        1,197  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, December 31

   $ 68,393      $ 68,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimation process for determining the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses inherently results in adjustments each year for claims incurred (but not paid) in preceding years. Negative amounts reported for claims incurred related to prior years are a result of claims being settled or anticipated to be settled for amounts less than originally estimated (favorable development). Positive amounts reported for claims incurred related to prior years are a result of claims being settled or anticipated to be settled for amounts greater than originally estimated (unfavorable or adverse development).

Reconciliation of Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

The following table sets forth information about Positive Insurance Company’s incurred and paid loss development at December 31, 2018, net of reinsurance. The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2016 is unaudited.

 

      Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)  

Accident
Year

    2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018  
  2009     $ 21,789     $ 19,033     $ 19,166     $ 17,998      $ 17,904      $ 18,069      $ 19,409      $ 20,275      $ 21,120      $ 21,347  
  2010         18,592       15,072       15,710        14,490        12,665        11,901        10,774        11,288        10,533  
  2011           19,524       18,783        18,591        21,175        21,079        21,030        21,329        20,586  
  2012             20,305        18,496        18,813        19,107        18,478        19,744        19,592  
  2013                17,753        16,879        15,219        13,224        11,447        12,022  
  2014                   17,307        15,108        13,798        11,087        11,062  
  2015                      19,999        17,785        16,494        16,373  
  2016                         18,465        18,861        21,376  
  2017                            16,588        19,143  
  2018                               15,161  
                         

 

 

 
                          $ 167,195  
                         

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents
    Cumulative Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Paid, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)  

Accident

Year

  2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018  
2009   $ 518     $ 2,232     $ 5,670     $ 10,165      $ 12,493      $ 14,308      $ 15,783      $ 17,888      $ 19,354      $ 20,629  
2010       464       1,721       4,162        6,312        6,883        7,774        8,328        9,621        9,921  
2011         578       1,888        5,047        12,117        16,911        17,774        18,870        19,773  
2012           1,002        2,621        5,637        9,772        14,376        17,365        17,805  
2013              526        1,896        4,249        6,942        7,625        9,470  
2014                 417        1,676        4,069        6,448        7,780  
2015                    523        2,476        5,186        7,446  
2016                       944        3,818        9,691  
2017                          728        5,057  
2018                             499  
                         

 

 

 
                            108,071  

All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance

       769  
                         

 

 

 
                          $  59,893  
                         

 

 

 

The reconciliation for the net incurred and paid loss development tables to the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses for Positive Insurance Company at December 31, 2018 in the accompanying pro forma combined balance sheet is as follows:

 

Net outstanding liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

  

Medical professional

   $ 59,893  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     59,893  
  

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims:

  

Medical professional

     7,950  
  

 

 

 

Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

     7,950  
  

 

 

 

Unallocated loss adjustment expenses

     550  
  

 

 

 

Total gross liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 68,393  
  

 

 

 

Investments

Our investments in debt securities are classified as available for sale and our equity securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a component of equity, net of taxes. The goal of our investment activities is to complement and support our overall mission. An important component of our operating results has been the return on invested assets. Our investment objectives are (i) accumulation and preservation of capital, (ii) optimization, within accepted risk levels, of after-tax returns, (iii) assuring proper levels of liquidity, (iv) providing for an acceptable and stable level of current income, (v) managing the maturities of our investment securities to reflect the maturities of our liabilities, and (vi) maintaining a quality portfolio which will help attain the highest possible rating from A.M. Best. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quantitative and Qualitative Information about Market Risk.”

In addition to any investments prohibited by the insurance laws and regulations of Pennsylvania, our investment policy prohibits the following investments and investing activities:

 

   

Commodities and futures contracts;

 

   

Options (except covered call options);

 

   

Interest-only, principal-only, and residual tranche collateralized mortgage obligations;

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Foreign currency trading;

 

   

Venture-capital investments;

 

   

Securities lending;

 

   

Portfolio leveraging, i.e., margin transactions; and

 

   

Short selling.

The Board of Directors of Positive Insurance Company reviews and approves our investment policy annually.

The investment portfolio is managed by Positive Insurance Company’s investment committee and Wilmington Trust, with the exception of certain direct investments representing approximately 4.2% and 3.8% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

The following table sets forth information concerning our investments (dollars in thousands).

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  
     Cost or
Amortized Cost
(unaudited)
     Estimated
Fair Value 
(unaudited)
     Cost or
Amortized Cost

(unaudited)
     Estimated
Fair Value 
(unaudited)
 

Agencies not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government

   $ 7,895      $ 7,869      $ 10,707      $ 10,683  

U.S. Treasury securities

     4,964        4,869        8,693        8,652  

States, territories and possessions

     1,112        1,125        1,402        1,429  

Special revenue

     13,231        13,292        13,859        13,977  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     59,562        58,091        55,992        55,989  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     86,764        85,206        90,653        90,730  

Equity securities

     7,569        7,267        7,076        7,867  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities at fair value

     94,333        92,473        97,729        98,597  

Limited partnerships

     3,548        4,051        2,879        3,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 97,881      $ 96,524      $ 100,608      $ 102,445  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had ownership interests in four limited partnerships. Our partnership interests are measured at fair value using the partnerships’ net asset values as a practical expedient. At December 31, 2018, the fair value and cost basis of these investments was $4.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017, the fair value and cost basis of these investments was $3.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

 

9


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the distribution of our portfolio of fixed maturity investments as a percentage of total estimated fair value based on average credit rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (S&P), Moody’s and Fitch at December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands) (unaudited).

 

     December 31, 2018  

Rating

   Estimated
Fair Value
     Percent of
Total (1)
 

Agencies not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government

   $ 7,869        9.2

U.S. Treasury securities

     4,869        5.7

AAA

     3,100        3.6

AA

     15,782        18.5

A

     31,006        36.4

BBB

     22,190        26.0

CCC

     140        0.2

Not rated

     250        0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 85,206        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents percent of fair value for classification as a percent of the total portfolio.

The table below sets forth the maturity profile of our debt securities at December 31, 2018. Expected maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations, with or without call or prepayment penalties (dollars in thousands) (unaudited).

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Amortized Cost      Estimated
Fair Value (1)
 

Less than one year

   $ 7,094      $ 6,550  

One through five years

     50,676        47,893  

Five through ten years

     27,618        29,362  

Greater than ten years

     1,376        1,401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

   $ 86,764      $ 85,206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Debt securities are carried at fair value in our pro forma combined financial statements beginning on page D-1.

At December 31, 2018, the average maturity of our fixed maturity investment portfolio was 4.09 years and the average duration was 3.41 years. As a result, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates. In addition, we may experience investment losses to the extent our liquidity needs require the disposition of fixed maturity securities in unfavorable interest rate environments.

Our average cash and invested assets, net investment income, and return on average cash and invested assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Average cash and invested assets

   $ 105,992     $ 112,498  

Net investment income

     1,015       2,130  

Return on average cash and invested assets

     0.96     1.89

 

10


Table of Contents

We use quoted values and other data provided by independent pricing services as inputs in our process for determining fair values of our investments. The pricing services cover substantially all of the securities in our portfolio for which publicly quoted values are not available. The pricing services’ evaluations represent an exit price, a good faith opinion as to what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security in a current sale. The pricing is based on observable inputs either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are active, quoted prices for similar securities at the measurement date, or other inputs that are observable. Additionally, our investments in limited partnerships are priced based upon audited financial statements of the respective limited partnerships.

The investment manager provides us with pricing information that we utilize, together with information obtained from independent pricing services, to determine the fair value of our fixed maturity securities. After performing a detailed review of the information obtained from the pricing service, no adjustment was made to the values provided for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Competition

The medical professional liability insurance market is highly competitive. We compete with stock and mutual insurance companies, risk retention groups (“RRGs”), reciprocal exchanges, and other underwriting organizations. Our largest competitors in Pennsylvania are PMSLIC/NORCAL Mutual Insurance Company, MedPro Group, Central Pennsylvania Physicians Risk Retention Group, and Medical Mutual of North Carolina. Most of these competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and operating resources than we do and may be able to offer lower rates to policyholders or higher commissions to their producers.

We compete on a number of factors such as pricing, agency relationships, policy support, claim service, and market reputation. Like other writers of MPLI, our policy terms vary from state to state based on the maximum prescribed limits in each state, as established by state law. We believe our company differentiates itself from many larger companies competing for this business by focusing on service and responsiveness.

To compete successfully in the MPLI industry, we rely on our ability to: identify insureds that are most likely to produce an underwriting profit; operate with a disciplined underwriting approach; practice prudent claims management; and provide services and competitive commissions to our independent agents.

Regulation

General.

We are subject to extensive regulation, particularly at the state level. The method, extent and substance of such regulation varies by state, but generally has its source in statutes that establish standards and requirements for conducting the business of insurance and that delegate regulatory authority to state insurance regulatory agencies who may then promulgate regulations. In general, such regulation is intended for the protection of those who purchase or use insurance products, not the companies that write the policies. These laws and regulations have a significant impact on our business and relate to a wide variety of matters including accounting methods, agent and company licensure, claims procedures, corporate governance, examinations, investing practices, policy forms, pricing, trade practices, reserve adequacy and underwriting standards.

State insurance laws and regulations require Positive Insurance Company to file financial statements with state insurance departments everywhere we do business, and the operations of Positive Insurance Company and its respective accounts are subject to examination by those departments at any time. Positive Insurance Company prepares statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania generally conforms to National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) practices and procedures, so its examination reports and other filings generally are accepted by other states.

 

11


Table of Contents

Premium rate regulation varies greatly among jurisdictions and lines of insurance. In the states in which Positive Insurance Company writes insurance, premium rates for the various lines of insurance are subject to either prior approval or limited review upon implementation. Positive Insurance Company intends to apply for approval to act as a surplus lines carrier in those states where it believes sufficient business opportunities make providing surplus lines coverage to physicians and other healthcare providers in those states attractive. Positive Insurance Company also intends to apply for approval to act as a reinsurer in those states where it believes sufficient business opportunities exist to provide quota share insurance to RRGs that are attractive acquisition targets.

Examinations.

Examinations are conducted by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department every three to five years. Past examinations did not result in any adjustments to our financial position. In addition, there were no substantive qualitative matters indicated in the examination reports that had a material adverse impact on our operations.

NAIC Risk-Based Capital Requirements.

Pennsylvania and most other states have adopted the NAIC system of risk-based capital requirements that require insurance companies to calculate and report information under a risk-based formula. These risk-based capital requirements attempt to measure statutory capital and surplus needs based on the risks in a company’s mix of products and investment portfolio. Under the formula, a company first determines its “authorized control level” risk-based capital. This authorized control level takes into account (i) the risk with respect to the insurer’s assets; (ii) the risk of adverse insurance experience with respect to the insurer’s liabilities and obligations, (iii) the interest rate risk with respect to the insurer’s business; and (iv) all other business risks and such other relevant risks as are set forth in the risk-based capital instructions. A company’s “total adjusted capital” is the sum of statutory capital and surplus and such other items as the risk-based capital instructions may provide. The formula is designed to allow state insurance regulators to identify weakly capitalized companies.

The requirements provide for four different levels of regulatory attention. The “company action level” is triggered if a company’s total adjusted capital is less than 2.0 times its authorized control level but greater than or equal to 1.5 times its authorized control level. At the company action level, the company must submit a comprehensive plan to the regulatory authority that discusses proposed corrective actions to improve the capital position. The “regulatory action level” is triggered if a company’s total adjusted capital is less than 1.5 times but greater than or equal to 1.0 times its authorized control level. At the regulatory action level, the regulatory authority will perform a special examination of the company and issue an order specifying corrective actions that must be followed. The “authorized control level” is triggered if a company’s total adjusted capital is less than 1.0 times but greater than or equal to 0.7 times its authorized control level; at this level the regulatory authority may take action it deems necessary, including placing the company under regulatory control. The “mandatory control level” is triggered if a company’s total adjusted capital is less than 0.7 times its authorized control level; at this level the regulatory authority is mandated to place the company under its control. The capital level of Positive Insurance Company has never triggered any of these regulatory capital levels. We cannot assure you, however, that the capital requirements applicable to Positive Insurance Company will not increase in the future.

NAIC Ratios.

The NAIC also has developed a set of 11 financial ratios referred to as the Insurance Regulatory Information System (IRIS). On the basis of statutory financial statements filed with state insurance regulators, the NAIC annually calculates these IRIS ratios to assist state insurance regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies. The NAIC has established an acceptable range for each of the IRIS financial ratios. If four or more of its IRIS ratios fall outside the range deemed acceptable by the NAIC, an insurance company may receive inquiries from individual state insurance departments.

Enterprise Risk Assessment.

In 2012, the NAIC adopted the NAIC Amendments. The NAIC Amendments, when adopted by the various states, are designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States. One of the major changes is a requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an “enterprise risk report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are

 

12


Table of Contents

likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. Beginning in 2016, Pennsylvania required insurers domiciled in Pennsylvania to include an enterprise risk assessment in its annual report. Other changes include requiring a controlling person to submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of its divestiture of control, having detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and expanding of the agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator. In addition, in 2012 the NAIC adopted the Own Risk Solvency Assessment (ORSA) Model Act. The ORSA Model Act, when adopted by the various states, will require an insurance holding company system’s chief risk officer to submit at least annually to its lead state insurance regulator a confidential internal assessment appropriate to the nature, scale and complexity of an insurer, conducted by that insurer of the material and relevant risks identified by the insurer associated with an insurer’s current business plan and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks. Although Positive Insurance Company is exempt from ORSA because of its size, Positive Insurance Company intends to incorporate those elements of ORSA that it believes constitute “best practices” into its annual internal enterprise risk assessment.

Market Conduct Regulation.

State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing trade practices and the marketplace activities of insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales practices and complaint handling. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations.

Guaranty Fund Laws.

All states have guaranty fund laws under which insurers doing business in the state can be assessed to fund policyholder liabilities of insolvent insurance companies. Under these laws, an insurer is subject to assessment depending upon its market share in the state of a given line of business. For the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE incurred total assessment expense in the amount of $36,000 pursuant to state insurance guaranty association laws.

Positive Insurance Company establishes reserves relating to insurance companies that are subject to insolvency proceedings when it is notified of assessments by the guaranty associations. We cannot predict the amount and timing of any future assessments on Positive Insurance Company under these laws. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Federal Regulation

The U.S. federal government generally has not directly regulated the insurance industry except for certain areas of the market, such as insurance for flood, nuclear and terrorism risks. However, the federal government has undertaken initiatives or considered legislation in several areas that may impact the insurance industry, including tort reform, corporate governance and the taxation of reinsurance companies. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Federal Insurance Office which is authorized to study, monitor and report to Congress on the insurance industry and to recommend that the Financial Stability Oversight Council designate an insurer as an entity posing risks to the U.S. financial stability in the event of the insurer’s material financial distress or failure. In December 2013, the Federal Insurance Office issued a report on alternatives to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, including by increasing national uniformity through either a federal charter or effective action by the states. Changes to federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas, including changes in federal taxation, can also significantly impact the insurance industry and us.

We are also subject to the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, or FACTA, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPPA, both of which require us to protect the privacy of our customers’ information, including health and credit information.

 

13


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Enacted in 2002, the stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX, are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We became subject to most of the provisions of the SOX immediately after completion of our initial public offering.

The SOX includes very specific disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules and requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related regulations.

Privacy.

As mandated by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, states continue to promulgate and refine laws and regulations that require financial institutions, including insurance companies, to take steps to protect the privacy of certain consumer and customer information relating to products or services primarily for personal, family or household purposes. A recent NAIC initiative that affected the insurance industry was the adoption in 2000 of the Privacy of Consumer Financial and Health Information Model Regulation, which assisted states in promulgating regulations to comply with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. In 2002, to further facilitate the implementation of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the NAIC adopted the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information Model Regulation. Several states have now adopted similar provisions regarding the safeguarding of customer information. We have implemented procedures to comply with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act’s related privacy requirements.

OFAC.

The Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (OFAC) maintains a list of “Specifically Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” (the SDN List). The SDN List identifies persons and entities that the government believes are associated with terrorists, rogue nations or drug traffickers. OFAC’s regulations prohibit insurers, among others, from doing business with persons or entities on the SDN List. If the insurer finds and confirms a match, the insurer must take steps to block or reject the transaction, notify the affected person and file a report with OFAC.

JOBS Act.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, such as reduced public company reporting, accounting and corporate governance requirements. We currently intend to avail ourselves of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following March 27, 2019, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

In addition, as an emerging growth company, we are exempt from Section 14A (a) and (b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which require shareholder approval of executive compensation and golden parachutes.

 

14


Table of Contents

Dividends.

Pennsylvania law sets the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by an insurance company during any twelve-month period after notice to, but without prior approval of, the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. This amount cannot exceed the greater of 10% of the insurance company’s surplus as reported on the most recent annual statement filed with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department, or the insurance company’s statutory net income for the period covered by the annual statement as reported on such statement. The amount available for payment of dividends by Positive Insurance Company in 2019 without prior approval is approximately $3.7 million. “Extraordinary dividends” in excess of the foregoing limitations may only be paid with prior notice to, and approval of, the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. No dividends were paid for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Holding Company Laws.

Most states, including Pennsylvania, have enacted legislation that regulates insurance holding company systems. Each insurance company in a holding company system is required to register with the insurance supervisory agency of its state of domicile and furnish certain information. This includes information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company group that may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the group. Pursuant to these laws, the Pennsylvania Insurance Department requires disclosure of material transactions involving an insurance company and its affiliates, and requires prior notice and/or approval of certain transactions, such as “extraordinary dividends” distributed by the insurance company. Under these laws, the Pennsylvania Insurance Department will have the right to examine us and Positive Insurance Company at any time.

All transactions within our consolidated group affecting Positive Insurance Company must be fair and equitable. Notice of certain material transactions between Positive Insurance Company and any person or entity in our holding company system will be required to be given to the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. Certain transactions cannot be completed without the prior approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Department.

Approval of the state insurance commissioner is required prior to any transaction affecting the control of an insurer domiciled in that state. In Pennsylvania, the acquisition of 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of an insurer or its holding company is presumed to be a change in control. Pennsylvania law also prohibits any person or entity from (i) making a tender offer for, or a request or invitation for tenders of, or seeking to acquire or acquiring any voting security of a Pennsylvania insurer if, after the acquisition, the person or entity would be in control of the insurer, or (ii) effecting or attempting to effect an acquisition of control of or merger with a Pennsylvania insurer, unless the offer, request, invitation, acquisition, effectuation or attempt has received the prior approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Department.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Not Applicable.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

Item 2. PROPERTIES.

None

 

15


Table of Contents

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Positive Insurance Company is periodically subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. Based upon information presently available to us, we do not consider any litigation to be material. However, given the uncertainties attendant to litigation, we cannot assure you that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially adversely affected by any litigation.

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not Applicable.

 

16


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

On March 27, 2019, the Company completed its initial public offering. The Company’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “PPHI.” As of March 31, 2019, there were approximately 329 registered holders of the Company’s common stock.

Dividends

Payment of dividends on our common stock is subject to determination and declaration by our board of directors. Our dividend policy will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. At present, we have no intention to pay dividends to our shareholders. We cannot assure you that dividends will be paid, or if and when paid, that they will continue to be paid in the future. The order of the Pennsylvania Insurance Department approving the conversions of PPIX, PCA and PIPE prohibits the declaration or payment of any dividend, return of capital, or other distribution by us to Insurance Capital Group, LLC or Enstar Holdings (US) LLC, without the prior approval of the Department, for a period of three years following the effective date of the conversions.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

The Company, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE entered into a Standby Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 1, 2018 with Insurance Capital Group, LLC (“ICG”) in connection with the Company’s anticipated initial public offering. Pursuant to the terms of that agreement, ICG agreed to purchase such number of shares in the Company’s initial public offering that would result in at least the minimum number of shares being sold in the offering. ICG subsequently agreed to permit Enstar Holdings (US) LLC (“Enstar”) to purchase 30% of the shares that Insurance Capital Group, LLC would otherwise purchase. Contemporaneously with the completion of the Company’s public offering on March 27, 2019, the Company issued a total of 2,499,500 shares to the standby purchasers at the public offering price of $10.00 per share.

Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering of Common Stock

The Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-229322) for the initial public offering of our common stock became effective on February 11, 2019. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on February 20, 2019, pursuant to Rule  424(b)(4).

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not Applicable.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion is intended to provide a more comprehensive review of the Company’s operating results and financial condition as well as the operating results and financial condition for PPIX, PCA, and PIPE than can be obtained from reading the Financial Statements alone. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of the Company and “Item 15. Exhibits” for the financial statements and the notes thereto of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking information that involves risk and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Information” for more information.

 

17


Table of Contents

Overview of the Company

Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (“Company”) is a newly created Pennsylvania domiciled holding company formed to be the stock holding company for Positive Physicians Insurance Company (“Positive Insurance Company”) following the conversions of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE from reciprocal insurance exchanges to stock insurance companies. The Company had minimal assets and liabilities and had not engaged in any operations as of December 31, 2018.

As part of the conversions, on March 27, 2019, PPIX merged with and into PPIX Conversion Corp., PCA merged with and into PCA Conversion Corp., and PIPE merged with and into PIPE Conversion Corp. Accordingly, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE no longer exist. Immediately thereafter, PCA Conversion Corp. and PIPE Conversion Corp. merged with and into PPIX Conversion Corp., which then changed its name to Positive Physicians Insurance Company, and became our single insurance company subsidiary and successor to PPIX, PCA and PIPE. Upon completion of the offering, the shareholders’ equity of Positive Insurance Company is approximately $69.7 million. This increased capitalization should permit Positive Insurance Company to (i) increase direct premium volume to the extent competitive conditions permit, (ii) increase net premium volume by decreasing reliance on reinsurance, and (iii) enhance investment income by increasing Positive Insurance Company’s investment portfolio.

Overview of PPIX

PPIX was an unincorporated exchange organized on April 20, 2004 and was licensed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a reciprocal insurance exchange. PPIX provided medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence, claims made plus, and occurrence policies to its subscribers (policyholders). On October 9, 2018, Positive Physicians Captive Insurance Company, a sponsored captive insurance company, was incorporated in the State of New Jersey and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of PPIX. PPCIC was licensed under the New Jersey Captive Insurance Act on October 16, 2018. PPCIC has one protected unincorporated cell, Keystone Captive Group (“Keystone”). Keystone is owned by an insured of Positive Insurance Company.

PPIX marketed its medical professional liability insurance policies direct to physicians and through independent producers to doctors and allied healthcare professionals who practice in Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, and Ohio.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX had direct premiums written of $15.6 million, net premiums earned of $13.1 million, and net loss of $(63,000). At December 31, 2018, PPIX had total assets of $63.6 million and a surplus of $16.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017, PPIX had direct premiums written of $15.3 million, net premiums earned of $12.3 million, and net loss of $(21,000). At December 31, 2017, PPIX had total assets of $67.2 million and a surplus of $17.5 million.

PPIX was managed by Specialty Insurance Services, LLC (“SIS”), a Pennsylvania limited liability company, pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between the exchange and SIS. Pursuant to the terms of the Attorney-in-Fact Agreement, as amended, SIS provided underwriting and administrative services to PPIX based on a percentage not to exceed 25.0% of gross written premiums, less return premiums. SIS, as the attorney-in-fact, had the power to direct the activities of PPIX that most significantly impact PPIX’s economic performance. Diversus acquired 100% of the ownership interests of SIS on January 1, 2017.

Overview of PCA

Professional Casualty Association was an unincorporated, reciprocal insurance association organized on April 16, 2003 and formed for the purpose of insuring its subscribers against loss due to the imposition of legal liability. PCA provided medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence and occurrence policies to its subscribers (policyholders). PCA was managed by Professional Third Party, LP (“PTP”) a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-in-Fact Agreement between PCA and PTP.

PCA marketed its medical professional liability insurance policies through independent producers primarily to doctors and allied healthcare providers who practice in Pennsylvania. In November 2015, PCA was granted a license to write insurance in Michigan and began writing policies in Michigan in the fourth quarter of 2015.

 

18


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PCA had direct premiums written of $6.3 million, net premiums earned of $7.1 million, and a net loss of $(4.5) million. At December 31, 2018, PCA had total assets of $36.0 million and a surplus of $9.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017, PCA had direct premiums written of $7.7 million, net premiums earned of $7.5 million, and net income of $0.3 million. At December 31, 2017, PCA had total assets of $39.6 million and a surplus of $13.9 million. The net loss for PCA in 2018 is attributed to more losses and loss adjustment expenses than originally recorded as well as a decrease in direct premiums written of $1.4 million due a decrease in extended reporting policies written and non-renewal of policies and limited new business growth. The loss in PCA’s direct premiums written of $4.2 million in 2017 is attributed to loss of a major client, a decrease in extended reporting policies written and non-renewals of policies, and limited new business growth.

PTP was a Pennsylvania corporation formed to operate as the attorney-in-fact for PCA pursuant to the terms of an agreement between PTP and PCA. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PTP provided salaries and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to PCA and paid certain expenses on behalf of PCA in exchange for 25% of the gross written premium. PTP, as the attorney-in-fact of PCA, had the power to direct the activities of PCA that most significantly impact PCA’s economic performance by acting as the attorney-in-fact of PCA. Diversus acquired 100% of the ownership interests of PTP on June 4, 2014.

Overview of PIPE

PIPE was an unincorporated exchange organized on March 14, 2005, and was licensed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a reciprocal insurance exchange. PIPE provided medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence and occurrence policies to its subscribers (policyholders).

PIPE marketed its medical professional liability insurance policies through independent producers to doctors and allied healthcare professionals who practice primarily in Pennsylvania.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PIPE had direct premiums written of $3.4 million, net premiums earned of $3.4 million, and a net loss of $(0.8) million. At December 31, 2018, PIPE had total assets of $25.0 million and a surplus of $11.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017, PIPE had direct premiums written of $3.6 million, net premiums earned of $3.1 million, and a net loss of $(60,000). At December 31, 2017, PIPE had total assets of $26.6 million and a surplus of $12.3 million. The loss in PIPE direct premiums written of $0.2 million in 2018 is attributable to non-renewals of policies and limited new business growth. The loss in PIPE direct premiums written of $0.6 million in 2017 is attributable to non-renewals of policies and limited new business growth.

PIPE Management was a Pennsylvania corporation formed to operate as the attorney-in-fact for PIPE pursuant to the terms of an attorney-in-fact agreement between PIPE Management and PIPE. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PIPMC provided salaries and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to PIPE and paid certain expenses on behalf of PIPE for 25% of gross written premium. PIPE Management, as the attorney-in-fact of PIPE, had the power to direct the activities of PIPE that most significantly impact PIPE’s economic performance. Diversus acquired 100% of the ownership interests of PIPE Management on November 23, 2015. SIS, PTP, and PIPE Management merged into Diversus Management in connection with the conversions.

Marketplace Conditions and Trends

The MPLI industry is affected by recurring industry cycles known as “hard” and “soft” markets. A soft cycle is characterized by intense competition resulting in lower pricing in order to compete for business. A hard market, generally considered a beneficial industry trend, is characterized by reduced competition that results in higher pricing. From approximately 2001 until approximately 2007, the Pennsylvania MPLI market experienced a hard market cycle. This resulted in the creation of several alternative MPLI providers, such as PPIX, PCA, and PIPE. The MPLI market began to experience a soft cycle around the second quarter of 2008 due primarily to the large rate increases taken over the previous six years. That soft cycle has continued and has been contributed to by the restructuring of the healthcare industry, partially as a result of the Affordable Care Act. This has resulted in significant price competition as the number of medical professionals practicing independent of hospitals or large professional groups began to decline. According to a study prepared by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), MPLI direct premiums written have declined by 25.3% on a national basis from 2006 to 2017 and have declined by 15.9% in Pennsylvania and 32.0% in New Jersey during this same time period. This has resulted in lower direct premiums written and lower operating profits for many MPLI carriers.

 

19


Table of Contents

Principal Revenue and Expense Items

Positive Insurance Company derives its revenue primarily from premiums earned, net investment income and net realized gains (losses) from investments.

Gross and net premiums written

Gross premiums written is equal to direct and assumed premiums before the effect of ceded reinsurance. Net premiums written is the difference between gross premiums written and premiums ceded or paid to reinsurers (ceded premiums written).

Premiums earned

Premiums earned are the earned portion of net premiums written. Gross premiums written include all premiums recorded by an insurance company during a specified policy period. Insurance premiums on MPLI policies are recognized in proportion to the underlying risk insured and are earned ratably over the duration of the policies. At the end of each accounting period, the portion of the premiums that is not yet earned is included in unearned premiums and is realized as revenue in subsequent periods over the remaining term of the policy. The policies written by PPIX, PCA, and PIPE typically have a term of twelve months. Thus, for example, for a policy that is written on July 1, 2018, one-half of the premiums would be earned in 2018 and the other half would be earned in 2019.

Net investment income and net realized gains (losses) on investments

We invest our surplus and the funds supporting our insurance liabilities (including unearned premiums and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses) in cash, cash equivalents, and equity and debt securities. Investment income includes interest and dividends earned and net realized gains and losses on invested assets. With the adoption of an accounting standard as of January 1, 2018, unrealized gains and losses on equity securities previously classified as available-for-sale securities are included in net investment income. Prior to 2018, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale equity securities were charged or credited to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We recognize realized gains when invested assets are sold for an amount greater than their cost or amortized cost (in the case of fixed maturity securities) and recognize realized losses when investment securities are written down as a result of an other than temporary impairment or sold for an amount less than their cost or amortized cost, as applicable. Our portfolio of investment securities is managed by Wilmington Trust and the investment committee, who have discretion to buy and sell securities in accordance with the investment policy approved by Positive Insurance Company’s board of directors.

Our expenses consist primarily of:

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

Losses and loss adjustment expenses represent the largest expense item and include: (1) claim payments made, (2) estimates for future claim payments and changes in those estimates for prior periods, and (3) costs associated with investigating, defending and adjusting claims, including legal fees.

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and underwriting and administrative expenses

Expenses incurred to underwrite risks are referred to as policy acquisition expenses and underwriting and administrative expenses. Policy acquisition costs consist of commission expenses, premium taxes, and certain other underwriting expenses that vary with and are primarily related to the writing and acquisition of new and renewal business. These policy acquisition costs are deferred and amortized over the effective period of the related insurance policies. Underwriting and administrative expenses consist of salaries, rent, office supplies, depreciation and all other operating expenses not otherwise classified separately, and payments to bureaus and assessments of statistical agencies for policy service and administration items such as rating manuals, rating plans and experience data.

 

20


Table of Contents

Income taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from the recognition of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of our assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period of the enactment date.

Key Financial Measures

We evaluate our insurance operations by monitoring certain key measures of growth and profitability. In addition to reviewing our financial performance based on results determined in accordance with GAAP, we utilize certain financial performance measures that are used in the property and casualty insurance industry and that we believe are valuable in managing our business and for comparison to our peers. These financial performance measures are the expense ratio, losses and loss adjustment expense ratio, combined ratio, and the ratio of net written premiums to statutory surplus.

We measure growth by monitoring changes in gross premiums written and net premiums written, and measure underwriting profitability by examining losses and loss adjustment expense, underwriting expense and combined ratios. We also measure profitability by examining underwriting income (loss), net income (loss) and return on equity.

Losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio

The losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred to premiums earned. Positive Insurance Company measures the loss ratio on a policy year and calendar year loss basis to measure underwriting profitability. A policy year loss ratio measures losses and loss adjustment expenses for insured events occurring in a particular year, regardless of when they are reported, as a percentage of premiums earned during that year. A calendar year loss ratio measures losses and loss adjustment expenses for insured events occurring during a particular year and the change in loss reserves from prior policy years as a percentage of premiums earned during that year.

Expense ratio

The expense ratio is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and net underwriting and administrative expenses (attributable to insurance operations) to premiums earned, and measures our operational efficiency in producing, underwriting and administering the company’s insurance business.

Combined ratio

The combined ratio is the sum of the losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio and the expense ratio and measures overall underwriting profit. If the combined ratio is below 100%, we are making an underwriting profit. If our combined ratio is at or above 100%, we are not profitable without investment income and may not be profitable if investment income is insufficient.

Net premiums written to statutory surplus ratio

The net premiums written to statutory surplus ratio represents the ratio of net premiums written, after reinsurance ceded, to statutory surplus. This ratio measures our exposure to pricing errors in our current book of business. The higher the ratio, the greater the impact on surplus should pricing prove inadequate.

Underwriting income (loss)

Underwriting income (loss) measures the pre-tax profitability of insurance operations. It is derived by subtracting losses and loss adjustment expense, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, and underwriting and administrative expenses from earned premiums. Each of these items is presented as a caption in the respective statements of operations of PPIX, PCA and PIPE.

 

21


Table of Contents

Net income (loss) and return on average equity

We use net income (loss) to measure our profit and return on average equity to measure our effectiveness in utilizing equity to generate net income. In determining return on average equity for a given year, net income (loss) is divided by the average of the beginning and ending equity for that year.

Critical Accounting Policies

General

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires both the use of estimates and judgment relative to the application of appropriate accounting policies. We are required to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect amounts reported in our financial statements and related footnotes. Each exchange evaluated these estimates and assumptions on an on-going basis based on historical developments, market conditions, industry trends and other information that it believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. There can be no assurance that actual results will conform to our estimates and assumptions and that reported results of operations will not be materially adversely affected by the need to make accounting adjustments to reflect changes in these estimates and assumptions from time to time. We believe the following policies are the most sensitive to estimates and judgments.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

We maintain reserves for the payment of claims (indemnity losses) and expenses related to adjusting those claims (loss adjustment expenses). The loss reserves consist of case reserves, which are reserves for claims that have been reported to us, and reserves for claims that have been incurred but have not yet been reported and for the future development of case reserves.

When a claim is reported to Diversus Management, its claims personnel establish a case reserve for the estimated amount of the ultimate payment to the extent it can be determined or estimated. The amount of the loss reserve for the reported claim is based primarily upon a claim-by-claim evaluation of coverage, liability, and injury severity, and any other information considered pertinent to estimating the exposure presented by the claim. Each claim is contested or settled individually based upon its merits, and some claims may take years to resolve, especially if legal action is involved. Case reserves are reviewed on a regular basis and are updated as new information becomes available.

In addition to case reserves, we maintain estimates of reserves for IBNR. These reserves include estimates for the future development of case reserves. Some claims may not be reported for several years. As a result, the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment reserves includes significant estimates for IBNR.

We utilize an independent actuary to assist with the estimation of our losses and loss adjustment expense reserves in the third and fourth quarter of each calendar year. This actuary prepares estimates of the ultimate liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses based on established actuarial methods described below. Diversus Management reviews these estimates and supplements the actuarial analysis with information not fully incorporated into the actuarially based estimate, such as changes in the external business environment and changes in internal company processes and strategy. Diversus Management may adjust the actuarial estimates based on this supplemental information in order to arrive at the amount recorded in the financial statements.

We accrue liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses based upon estimates of the ultimate amount payable. We project our estimate of ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses by using the following actuarial methodologies:

 

   

Actual versus Expected Model - The Actual versus Expected Model utilizes the actuarial point ultimate loss and defense containment cost (“DCC”) estimates as of the prior reserve review which were adjusted based on the difference between actual and expected loss development during that prior reserve review and the current evaluation to arrive at an updated actuarial point ultimate loss and DCC estimate. The method is dependent on the loss development factors used to determine the expected losses.

 

22


Table of Contents
   

Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method (Paid and Incurred)  - The Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method is a blended method that explicitly takes into account both actual loss development to date and expected future loss emergence. This method is applied on both a paid loss development method and an incurred loss development method. This method uses the selected loss development patterns from the two loss development methods to calculate the expected percentage of loss unpaid (or unreported). The expected future loss component of the method is calculated by multiplying earned premium for the given exposure period by a selected a priori (i.e. deductive) loss ratio. The resulting dollars are then multiplied by the expected percentage of unpaid (or unreported) loss described above. This provides an estimate of future paid (or reported) losses that is then added to actual paid (or incurred) loss data to produce estimated ultimate loss.

 

   

Expected Loss Ratio Method - The Expected Loss Ratio Method utilizes some measure of anticipated losses and does not consider actual losses. An expected loss ratio, a ratio of anticipated losses relative to some measure of exposure, is applied to that measure of exposure to determine estimated ultimate losses for each year. This method provides stability over time because the ultimate loss estimates do not change unless the exposure measure changes. This is offset by a lack of responsiveness to actual loss experience.

 

   

Frequency/Severity Method - The Frequency/Severity Method estimates ultimate losses by estimating a frequency and a severity component. For each year, the actuary estimates ultimate claims costs and an ultimate average severity. The actuary then multiplies these two estimates together. The method is useful when the claim count development pattern is more stable than the loss development pattern.

 

   

Incurred Loss Development Method  - The Incurred Loss Development Method utilizes historical incurred loss (the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case reserves) patterns to estimate future losses. This method is often preferred over the paid method as it includes the additional information provided by the aggregation of individual case reserves. The resulting loss development factors (LDFs) tend to be lower and more stable than those of the paid development method. However, the incurred development method may be affected by changes in case reserving practices and any unusually large individual claims. The actuaries produce and review several indications of ultimate loss using this method based on various LDF selections.

Diversus Management estimates IBNR reserves by first deriving an actuarially based estimate of the ultimate cost of total losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred as of the financial statement date. Diversus Management then reduces the estimated ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses by losses and loss adjustment expense payments and case reserves carried as of the financial statement date. The actuarially determined estimate is based upon indications from one of the above actuarial methodologies or uses a weighted average of these results. The specific method used to estimate the ultimate losses will vary depending on the judgment of the actuary as to what is the most appropriate method for the MPLI business. Finally, Diversus Management considers other factors that impact reserves that are not fully incorporated in the actuarially based estimate, such as changes in the external business environment and changes in internal company processes and strategy.

The process of estimating loss reserves involves a high degree of judgment and is subject to a number of variables. These variables can be affected by both internal and external events, such as changes in claims handling procedures, inflation, legal trends, and legislative changes, among others. The impact of many of these items on ultimate costs for claims and claim adjustment expenses is difficult to estimate. Loss reserve estimation is affected by the volume of claims, the potential severity of individual claims, the determination of occurrence date for a claim, and reporting lags (the time between the occurrence of the policyholder event and when it is actually reported to the insurer). Informed judgment is applied throughout the process, including the application of various individual experiences and expertise to multiple sets of data and analyses. We continually refine our loss reserve estimates in a regular ongoing process as historical loss experience develops and additional claims are reported and settled. We consider all significant facts and circumstances known at the time loss reserves are established.

Due to the inherent uncertainty underlying loss reserve estimates, final resolution of the estimated liability for losses and loss adjustment expense reserves may be higher or lower than the related loss reserves at the reporting date. Therefore, actual paid losses, as claims are settled in the future, may be materially higher or lower in amount than current loss reserves. We reflect adjustments to loss reserves in the results of operations in the period the estimates are changed.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our actuary determined a range of reasonable reserve estimates shown in the tables below, which reflect the uncertainty inherent in the loss reserve process. This range does not represent the range of all possible outcomes. We believe that the actuarially-determined ranges represent reasonably likely changes in the loss and loss adjustment expense estimates, however actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. The range was determined after a review of the output generated by the various actuarial methods utilized. The actuary reviewed the variance around the select loss reserve estimates for each of the actuarial methods and selected reasonable low and high estimates based on its knowledge and judgment. In making these judgments the actuary typically assumed, based on its experience, that the larger the reserve the less volatility. In addition, when selecting these low and high estimates, the actuary considered:

 

   

Historical industry development experience in MPLI;

 

   

Historical company development experience;

 

   

Changes in the exchange’s internal claims processing policies and procedures; and

 

   

Trends and risks in claim costs, such as risk that medical cost inflation could increase.

Our actuary is required to exercise a considerable degree of judgment in the evaluation of all of these and other factors in the analysis of losses and loss adjustment expenses, and related range of anticipated losses. Because of the level of uncertainty impacting the estimation process, it is reasonably possible that different actuaries would arrive at different conclusions. The method of determining the reserve range has not changed and the reserve range generated by the actuary is consistent with the observed development of our loss reserves over the last few years.

The width of the range in reserves arises primarily because specific losses may not be known and reported for some period and the ultimate losses paid and loss adjustment expenses incurred with respect to known losses may be larger than currently estimated. The ultimate frequency or severity of the claims can be very different than the assumptions we used in our estimation of ultimate reserves for these exposures.

Specifically, the following factors could impact the frequency and severity of claims, and therefore, the ultimate amount of losses and loss adjustment expenses paid:

 

   

The rate of increase in medical costs that underlie insured risks; and

 

   

Impact of changes in laws or regulations.

The estimation process for determining the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses inherently results in adjustments each year for claims incurred (but not paid) in preceding years. Negative amounts reported for claims incurred related to prior years are a result of claims being settled or resolved for amounts less than originally estimated or a reduction in the estimate for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense (favorable development). Positive amounts reported for claims incurred related to prior years are a result of claims being settled or resolved for amounts greater than originally estimated or an increase in the estimate for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense (unfavorable development).

PPIX Actuarial Ranges

Although the range of loss estimates is determined by the exchange’s actuary, the selection of the ultimate loss is based on information unique to each policy year and the judgment and expertise of PPIX’s management.

The following table provides case and IBNR reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of PPIX as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

24


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

 

     Case
Reserves
     IBNR
Reserves
     Total
Reserves
     Actuarially Determined
Range of Estimates
 
(dollars in thousands)    Low      High  

Medical professional liability

   $ 12,244      $ 16,993      $ 29,237      $ 27,855      $ 32,869  

Other

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net reserves

     12,244        16,993        29,237      $ 27,855      $ 32,869  
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverables

     749        4,677        5,426        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Gross reserves

   $ 12,993      $ 21,670      $ 34,663        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2017 (unaudited)

 

     Case
Reserves
     IBNR
Reserves
     Total
Reserves
     Actuarially Determined
Range of Estimates
 
(dollars in thousands)    Low      High  

Medical professional liability

   $ 11,698      $ 20,566      $ 32,264      $ 29,567      $ 36,849  

Other

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net reserves

     11,698        20,566        32,264      $ 29,567      $ 36,849  
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverables

     1,314        4,451        5,765        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Gross reserves

   $ 13,012      $ 25,017      $ 38,029        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PPIX’s total liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $34.6 million and $38.0 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2018, PPIX had favorable developments of $2.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The favorable development of $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to settlement of known claims below the amount for which they have been previously reserved, as well as additional revisions to the exchange’s estimate of its ultimate losses for the 2012 through 2015 accident years. The favorable development of $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reductions of the ultimate losses for the 2010, 2011, and 2015 policy years which were offset by strengthening the ultimate loss reserves for the 2016 and 2017 policy years.

As discussed earlier, the estimation of PPIX’s reserves is based on several actuarial methods, each of which incorporates many quantitative assumptions. The judgment of the actuary plays an important role in selecting among various loss development factors and selecting the appropriate method, or combination of methods, to use for a given policy year. The ranges presented above represent the expected variability around the actuarially determined central estimate.

Recent Variabilities of the Liability for

Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Recoverables

 

Dollars in thousands (unaudited)    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018  

As originally estimated

   $ 28,046     $ 29,951     $ 29,759     $ 32,264     $ 29,237  

As estimated at December 31, 2018

     20,559       21,342       24,311       29,594       29,237  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency)

   $ 7,487     $ 8,609     $ 5,448     $ 2,670     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% redundancy (deficiency)

     26.7     28.7     18.3     8.3     —  

 

25


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the impact on PPIX’s equity from changes in estimates of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

Reserve Range for Unpaid

Loss and LAE

   Aggregate Loss and
LAE Reserve
     Percentage Change
in Equity (1)
 

Low End

   $ 27,855        6

Recorded

   $ 29,237        —    

High End

   $ 32,869        (17 )% 

 

(1)

Net of tax

If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses were recorded at the high end of the actuarially-determined range, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses would increase by $3.6 million. This increase in reserves would have the effect of decreasing net income and equity as of December 31, 2018 by $2.9 million. If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses were recorded at the low end of the actuarially-determined range, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 would be reduced by $1.4 million with a corresponding increase in net income and equity of $1.1 million.

If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses reserves were to adversely develop to the high end of the range, approximately $3.6 million of anticipated future payments for the losses and loss adjustment expenses would be required to be paid, thereby affecting cash flows in future periods as the payments for losses are made.

PCA’s Actuarial Ranges

Although the range of loss estimates is determined by the exchange’s actuary, the selection of the ultimate loss is based on information unique to each policy year and the judgment and expertise of PCA’s management.

The following table provides case and IBNR reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of PCA as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

 

     Case
Reserves
     IBNR
Reserves
     Total
Reserves
     Actuarially Determined
Range of Estimates
 
(dollars in thousands)    Low      High  

Medical professional liability

   $ 11,839      $ 8,100      $ 19,939      $ 19,052      $ 22,245  

Other

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net reserves

     11,839        8,100        19,939      $ 19,052      $ 22,245  
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverables

     811        1,416        2,227        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Gross reserves

   $ 12,650      $ 9,516      $ 22,166        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2017 (unaudited)

 

     Case
Reserves
     IBNR
Reserves
     Total
Reserves
     Actuarially Determined
Range of Estimates
 
(dollars in thousands)    Low      High  

Medical professional liability

   $ 8,937      $ 8,180      $ 17,117      $ 15,756      $ 19,551  

Other

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net reserves

     8,937        8,180        17,117      $ 15,756      $ 19,551  
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverables

     460        1,008        1,468        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Gross reserves

   $ 9,397      $ 9,188      $ 18,585        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

26


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PCA’s total liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $22.2 million and $18.6 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PCA experienced unfavorable and favorable developments of $(6.1) million and $0.4 million, respectively. The favorable development of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses on all claims-made policy years. The unfavorable development of $(6.1) million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reserve strengthening in the 2015 ($400,000) occurrence policy year, the 2016 ($500,000) tail policy year and the 2017 ($400,000) and 2014 through 2017 ($4,500,000) claims-made policy years. A majority of these changes in indications were related to PCA’s new claims management team and a change in reserving philosophy of setting reserves at the expected value as soon as possible when the liability is acknowledged.

As discussed earlier, the estimation of PCA’s reserves is based on several actuarial methods, each of which incorporates many quantitative assumptions. The judgment of the actuary plays an important role in selecting among various loss development factors and selecting the appropriate method, or combination of methods, to use for a given policy year. PCA did not determine the ranges of expected variability around the actuarially determined central estimate.

Recent Variabilities of the Liability for

Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Recoverables

 

Dollars in thousands (unaudited)    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018  

As originally estimated

   $ 26,526     $ 25,675     $ 21,277     $ 17,117     $ 19,939  

As estimated at December 31, 2018

     27,598       26,789       25,501       22,990       19,939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency)

   $ (1,072   $ (1,114   $ (4,224   $ (5,813   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% redundancy (deficiency)

     (4.0 )%      (4.3 )%      (19.9 )%      (33.8 )%      —  

The table below summarizes the impact on PCA’s equity from changes in estimates of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

Reserve Range for Unpaid

Loss and LAE

   Aggregate Loss and
LAE Reserve
     Percentage Change
in Equity (1)
 

Low End

   $ 19,052        8

Recorded

   $ 19,939        —    

High End

   $ 22,245        (20 )% 

 

(1)

Net of tax

If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses were recorded at the high end of the actuarially-determined range, the losses and loss adjustment expenses would increase by $2.3 million. This increase in reserves would have the effect of increasing net loss and decreasing equity as of December 31, 2018 by $1.8 million. If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expense reserves were recorded at the low end of the actuarially-determined range, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expense reserves at December 31, 2018 would be reduced by $0.9 million with a corresponding decrease in net loss and an increase in equity of $0.7 million.

If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses were to adversely develop to the high end of the range, approximately $2.3 million of anticipated future payments for the losses and loss adjustment expenses would be required to be paid, thereby affecting cash flows in future periods as the payments for losses are made.

PIPE Actuarial Ranges

Although the range of loss estimates is determined by the exchange’s actuary, the selection of the ultimate loss is based on information unique to each policy year and the judgment and expertise of PIPE’s management.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table provides case and IBNR reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of PIPE as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

 

     Case
Reserves
     IBNR
Reserves
     Total
Reserves
     Actuarially Determined
Range of Estimates
 
(dollars in thousands)    Low      High  

Medical professional liability

   $ 6,658      $ 4,608      $ 11,266      $ 10,763      $ 12,709  

Other

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net reserves

     6,658        4,608        11,266      $ 10,763      $ 12,709  
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverables

     54        243        297        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Gross reserves

   $ 6,712      $ 4,851      $ 11,563        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2017 (unaudited)

 

     Case
Reserves
     IBNR
Reserves
     Total
Reserves
     Actuarially Determined
Range of Estimates
 
(dollars in thousands)    Low      High  

Medical professional liability

   $ 6,369      $ 5,236      $ 11,605      $ 10,727      $ 13,308  

Other

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net reserves

     6,369        5,236        11,605      $ 10,727      $ 13,308  
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverables

     —          156        156        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Gross reserves

   $ 6,369      $ 5,392      $ 11,761        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the total liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $11.6 million and $11.8 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PIPE had unfavorable and favorable developments of $(0.9) million and $0.3 million, respectively. The favorable development of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses in the 2013 and 2014 policy years. The unfavorable development of $(0.9) million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reserve strengthening in the 2015 ($1,000,000) occurrence policy year and the 2013 ($500,000) claims-made policy years. PIPE did realize positive reserve development for the 2010-2012 occurrence policy years of $800,000. A majority of these changes in indications were related to PIPE’s new claims management team and a change in reserving philosophy of setting reserves at the expected value as soon as possible when the liability is acknowledged.

As discussed earlier, the estimation of PIPE’s reserves is based on several actuarial methods, each of which incorporates many quantitative assumptions. The judgment of the actuary plays an important role in selecting among various loss development factors and selecting the appropriate method, or combination of methods, to use for a given policy year. The ranges presented above represent the expected variability around the actuarially determined central estimate.

 

28


Table of Contents

Recent Variabilities of the Liability for

Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance Recoverables

 

Dollars in thousands (unaudited)    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018  

As originally estimated

   $ 15,797     $ 14,888     $ 12,252     $ 11,605     $ 11,266  

As estimated at December 31, 2018

     12,447       12,076       12,539       12,538       11,266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency)

   $ 3,350     $ 2,812     $ (287   $ (933   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% redundancy (deficiency)

     21.2     18.9     (2.3 )%      (8.0 )%      —  

The table below summarizes the impact on PIPE’s equity from changes in estimates of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

Reserve Range for Unpaid

Loss and LAE

   Aggregate Loss and
LAE Reserve
     Percentage Change
in Equity (1)
 

Low End

   $ 10,763        4

Recorded

   $ 11,266        —    

High End

   $ 12,709        (10 )% 

 

(1)

Net of tax

If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses were recorded at the high end of the actuarially-determined range, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses would increase by $1.4 million. This increase in reserves would have the effect of increasing net loss and decrease equity as of December 31, 2018 by $1.1 million. If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses were recorded at the low end of the actuarially-determined range, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2017 would be reduced by $0.5 million with corresponding increases in net income and equity of $0.4 million.

If the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses reserves were to adversely develop to the high end of the range, approximately $1.4 million of anticipated future payments for the losses and loss adjustment expenses would be required to be paid, thereby affecting cash flows in future periods as the payments for losses are made.

Investments

The fixed maturity investments are classified as available-for-sale and equity securities of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE are carried at estimated fair value as determined by management based upon quoted market prices or a recognized pricing service at the reporting date for those or similar investments. Limited partnership investments are measured at fair value using net asset values of the partnerships as a practical expedient. Changes in unrealized investment gains or losses on fixed maturity available-for-sale investments, net of applicable income taxes, are reflected directly in equity as a component of comprehensive income (loss) and, accordingly, have no effect on net income (loss). Beginning with January 1, 2018, changes in unrealized investment gains or losses on equity investments are reflected in net investment income. For 2017, changes in unrealized investment gains or losses on previously classified available-for-sale securities, net of applicable income taxes, are reflected directly in equity as a component of comprehensive income (loss) and, accordingly, have no effect on net income (loss). Investment income is recognized when earned, and capital gains and losses are recognized when investments are sold, or other-than-temporarily impaired.

 

29


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets to determine fair value disclosures. Fixed maturity available-for-sale securities and equity securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC Topic 820”), establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 820 are as follows:

 

Level 1:    Quoted (unadjusted) prices for identical assets in active markets
Level 2:    Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in nonactive markets (few transactions, limited information, noncurrent prices, high variability over time, etc., inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset (interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, default rates, etc., and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.
Level 3:    Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data.

Under ASC Topic 820, we base fair values of assets on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It is our policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy in FASB ASC Topic 820. Fair value measurements for assets where there exists limited or no observable market data and, therefore, are based primarily upon the exchange’s or other third-party’s estimates, are often calculated based on the characteristics of the asset, the economic and competitive environment and other such factors. Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts we could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective period end and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of the financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each period-end. Additionally, changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future valuations.

We obtain one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (“pricing service”), which generally uses quoted prices or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, non-binding broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, and prepayment speeds. Because we are responsible for the determination of fair value, we perform analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value.

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

 

30


Table of Contents

PPIX Investments

The fair value and unrealized losses for PPIX’s securities that were temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

     Less than 12 months
(dollars in thousands)
     12 months or longer
(dollars in thousands)
     Total
(dollars in thousands)
 

Description of securities

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2018 (audited):

                 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 3,515      $ 6      $ 5,828      $ 124      $ 9,343      $ 130  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     14,690        284        9,408        380        24,098        664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     18,205        290        15,236        504        33,441        794  

Common stocks, unaffiliated

     1,121        199        407        326        1,528        525  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 19,326      $ 489      $ 15,643      $ 830      $ 34,969      $ 1,319  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Less than 12 months
(dollars in thousands)
     12 months or longer
(dollars in thousands)
     Total
(dollars in thousands)
 

Description of securities

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2017 (audited):

                 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 4,328      $ 86      $ 4,668      $ 29      $ 8,996      $ 115  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     9,474        128        1,699        7        11,173        135  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     13,802        214        6,367        36        20,169        250  

Common stocks, unaffiliated

     795        48        231        231        1,026        279  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 14,597      $ 262      $ 6,598      $ 267      $ 21,195      $ 529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by PPIX to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 (in thousands) (audited):

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Bonds

   $ 41,196      $ —        $ 41,196      $ —    

Common stocks

   $ 2,441      $ 2,441      $ —        $ —    

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by PPIX to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 (in thousands) (audited):

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Bonds

   $ 43,786      $ —        $ 43,786      $ —    

Common stocks

   $ 2,807      $ 2,807      $ —        $ —    

Fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected by increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates which generally translate, respectively, into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity investments. The fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments also may be affected by the credit worthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of other investments, the liquidity of the instrument, and other general market conditions.

 

31


Table of Contents

PPIX evaluated each security and took into account the severity and duration of the impairment, the current rating on the bond, and the outlook for the issuer according to independent analysts. PPIX found that the declines in fair value are most likely attributable to increases in interest rates, and there is no evidence that the likelihood of not receiving all of the contractual cash flows as expected has changed. Our fixed maturity portfolio is managed by our investment committee in concert with an outside investment manager for investment grade bond investments. By agreement, the investment manager cannot sell any security without the consent of our investment committee if such sale will result in a net realized loss.

We monitor our investment portfolio and review securities that have experienced a decline in fair value below cost to evaluate whether the decline is other than temporary. When assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, we compare the present value of the cash flows likely to be collected, based on an evaluation of all available information relevant to the collectability of the security, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is referred to as the “credit loss.” If there is a credit loss, the impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary. If we identify that an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred, we then determine whether we intend to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovering the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses. If we determine that we do not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security, the amount of the impairment loss related to the credit loss will be recorded in earnings, and the remaining portion of the other-than-temporary impairment loss will be recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. If we determine that we intend to sell the security, or that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovering its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses, the full amount of the other-than-temporary impairment will be recognized in earnings.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PPIX determined that none of its securities were other-than-temporarily impaired. Adverse investment market conditions, or poor operating results of underlying investments, could result in impairment charges in the future.

PCA Investments

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. PCA’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety required judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

The fair value and unrealized losses for PCA’s securities that were temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

     Less than 12 months
(dollars in thousands)
     12 months or longer
(dollars in thousands)
     Total
(dollars in thousands)
 

Description of securities

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2018 (audited):

                 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 993      $ 2      $ 2,898      $ 59      $ 3,891      $ 61  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     8,274        159        9,281        311        17,555        470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     9,267        161        12,179        370        21,446        531  

Common stocks, unaffiliated

     1,094        147        167        18        1,261        165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 10,361      $ 308      $ 12,346      $ 388      $ 22,707      $ 696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
     Less than 12 months
(dollars in thousands)
     12 months or longer
(dollars in thousands)
     Total
(dollars in thousands)
 

Description of securities

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2017 (audited):

                 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 2,508      $ 5      $ 4,806      $ 65      $ 7,314      $ 70  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     7,514        58        3,212        32        10,726        90  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     10,022        63        8,018        97        18,040        160  

Common stocks, unaffiliated

     187        5        214        4        401        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 10,209      $ 68      $ 8,233      $ 101      $ 18,441      $ 169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by PCA to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 (in thousands) (audited):

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Bonds

   $ 24,523      $ —        $ 24,523      $ —    

Common stocks

   $ 3,016      $ 3,016      $ —        $ —    

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by PCA to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 (in thousands) (audited):

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Bonds

   $ 25,714      $ —        $ 25,714      $ —    

Common stocks

   $ 3,241      $ 3,241      $ —        $ —    

Fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected by increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates which generally translate, respectively, into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity investments. The fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments also may be affected by the credit worthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of other investments, the liquidity of the instrument, and other general market conditions.

PCA evaluated each security and took into account the severity and duration of the impairment, the current rating on the bond, and the outlook for the issuer according to independent analysts. PCA found that the declines in fair value are most likely attributable to increases in interest rates, and there is no evidence that the likelihood of not receiving all of the contractual cash flows as expected has changed.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PCA determined that none of its securities were other-than-temporarily impaired. Adverse investment market conditions, or poor operating results of underlying investments, could result in impairment charges in the future.

 

33


Table of Contents

PIPE Investments

The fair value and unrealized losses for PIPE’s securities that were temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

     Less than 12 months
(dollars in thousands)
     12 months or longer
(dollars in thousands)
     Total
(dollars in thousands)
 

Description of securities

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2018 (audited):

                 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 798      $ 9      $ 2,125      $ 53      $ 2,923      $ 62  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     5,224        120        7,098        271        12,322        391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     6,022        129        9,223        324        15,245        453  

Common stocks, unaffiliated

     700        126        58        10        758        136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 6,722      $ 255      $ 9,281      $ 334      $ 16,003      $ 589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Less than 12 months
(dollars in thousands)
     12 months or longer
(dollars in thousands)
     Total
(dollars in thousands)
 

Description of securities

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2017 (audited):

                 

U.S. Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 387      $ 2      $ 2,978      $ 120      $ 3,365      $ 122  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     6,920        54        1,707        12        8,627        66  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

     7,306        56        4,685        132        11,992        188  

Common stocks, unaffiliated

     187        6        98        3        285        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 7,494      $ 62      $ 4,783      $ 135      $ 12,277      $ 197  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by PIPE to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 (in thousands) (audited):

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Bonds

   $ 19,488      $ —        $ 19,488      $ —    

Common stocks

   $ 1,810      $ 1,810      $ —        $ —    

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by PIPE to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 (in thousands) (audited):

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Bonds

   $ 21,229      $ —        $ 21,229      $ —    

Common stocks

   $ 1,820      $ 1,820      $ —        $ —    

Fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected by increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates which generally translate, respectively, into decreases and increases in fair values of fixed maturity investments. The fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments also may be affected by the credit worthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of other investments, the liquidity of the instrument, and other general market conditions.

 

34


Table of Contents

PIPE evaluated each security and took into account the severity and duration of the impairment, the current rating on the bond, and the outlook for the issuer according to independent analysts. PIPE found that the declines in fair value are most likely attributable to increases in interest rates, and there is no evidence that the likelihood of not receiving all of the contractual cash flows as expected has changed.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PIPE determined that none of its securities were other-than-temporarily impaired. Adverse investment market conditions, or poor operating results of underlying investments, could result in impairment charges in the future.

Our management reviews the reasonableness of the pricing provided by the independent pricing service by employing various analytical procedures. Our management reviews all securities to identify recent downgrades, significant changes in pricing, and pricing anomalies on individual securities relative to other similar securities. This will include looking for relative consistency across securities in common sectors, durations, and credit ratings. This review will also include all fixed maturity securities rated lower than “A” by Moody’s or S&P. If, after this review, management does not believe the pricing for any security is a reasonable estimate of fair value, then it will seek to resolve the discrepancy through discussions with the pricing service. In its review, management did not identify any such discrepancies for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017; accordingly, no adjustments were made to the estimates provided by the pricing service for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The classification within the fair value hierarchy of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, is then confirmed based on the final conclusions from the pricing review.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Certain direct acquisition costs consisting of commissions, premium taxes and certain other direct underwriting expenses that vary with and are primarily related to the production of business are deferred and amortized over the effective period of the related insurance policies as the underlying policy premiums are earned. The method followed in computing deferred acquisition costs limits the amount of deferred costs to their estimated realizable value, which gives effect to the premium to be earned, related investment income, losses and loss adjustment expenses, and certain other costs expected to be incurred as the premium is earned. Future changes in estimates, the most significant of which is expected losses and loss adjustment expenses, may require adjustments to deferred policy acquisition costs. If the estimation of net realizable value indicates that the deferred acquisition costs are not recoverable, they would be written off.

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PPIX’s deferred acquisition costs and the related unearned premium reserves were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  
     (audited)      (audited)  

Deferred acquisition costs

   $ 2,519      $ 2,504  

Unearned premium reserves

   $ 7,979      $ 8,211  

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PCA’s deferred acquisition costs and the related unearned premium reserves were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  
     (audited)      (audited)  

Deferred acquisition costs

   $ 1,093      $ 1,189  

Unearned premium reserves

   $ 3,882      $ 5,494  

 

35


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PIPE’s deferred acquisition costs and the related unearned premium reserves were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 30, 2018      December 31, 2017  
     (audited)      (audited)  

Deferred acquisition costs

   $ 373      $ 385  

Unearned premium reserves

   $ 1,342      $ 1,609  

Reinsurance Recoverable

We cede reinsurance risk to other insurance companies. This arrangement allows us to reduce the net loss potential arising from large risks. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us of our obligation to our policyholders. Reinsurance premiums, losses, and loss adjustment expenses are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contract.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from the recognition of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of its assets and liabilities. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period of the enactment date.

We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

PPIX Deferred Tax Assets

PPIX had gross deferred tax assets of $1.0 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. A valuation allowance is required to be established for any portion of the deferred tax asset for which PPIX believed it is more likely than not that it will not be realized. PPIX believed it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance had been established at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was signed into law. Most of the provisions of this bill affect corporate taxes paid in 2018 and beyond including reducing the top corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%. Under GAAP, however, deferred income taxes are estimated based upon expected tax rates enacted prior to the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, PPIX measured its deferred income taxes at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 using a tax rate of 21%. The effect on surplus was a decrease of approximately $81,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PPIX had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties. Federal tax years 2015 through 2017 are open for examination.

PCA Deferred Tax Assets

PCA had gross deferred tax assets of $1.4 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, PCA had unused net operating loss carryforwards of $3.9 million and $0, respectively. A valuation allowance is required to be established for any portion of the deferred tax asset for which PCA believed it is more likely than not that it will not be realized. PCA believed it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance had been established at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

36


Table of Contents

Although most of the provisions of the TCJA does not affect corporate taxes paid until 2018 and beyond, under GAAP, deferred income taxes are estimated based upon expected tax rates enacted prior to the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, PCA measured its deferred income taxes at December 31,2018 and December 31, 2017 using a tax rate of 21%. The effect on surplus was a decrease of $63,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PCA had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties. Federal tax years 2015 through 2017 are open for examination.

PIPE Deferred Tax Assets

PIPE had gross deferred tax assets of $0.4 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. A valuation allowance is required to be established for any portion of the deferred tax asset for which PIPE believed it is more likely than not that it will not be realized. PIPE believed it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, no valuation allowance had been established at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

Although most of the provisions of the TCJA does not affect corporate taxes paid until 2018 and beyond, under GAAP deferred income taxes are estimated based upon expected tax rates enacted prior to the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, PIPE measured its deferred income taxes at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 using a tax rate of 21%. The effect on surplus was a decrease of $94,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, PIPE had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties. Federal tax years 2015 through 2017 are open for examination.

Results of Operations of PPIX

Our results of operations are influenced by factors affecting the MPLI industry in general. The operating results of the United States MPLI industry are subject to significant variations due to competition, changes in regulation, rising medical expenses, judicial trends, fluctuations in interest rates and other changes in the investment environment.

Our premium levels and underwriting results have been, and continue to be, influenced by market conditions. Pricing in the MPLI industry historically has been cyclical. During a soft market cycle, price competition is more significant than during a hard market cycle and makes it difficult to attract and retain properly priced MPLI business. The markets we operate in, and the national MPLI markets, are currently experiencing a soft market cycle. Therefore, it is generally unlikely that insurers will be able to increase their rates or profit margins. A soft market typically has a negative effect on premium growth, which can include absolute reductions in premiums written.

 

37


Table of Contents

The major components of PPIX’s operating revenues and net income are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Revenues:

     

Net premiums earned

   $ 13,096      $ 12,275  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     13,096        12,275  

Expenses:

     

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     6,673        7,733  

Underwriting expenses

     6,893        5,787  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Underwriting loss

     (470      (1,245

Investment income, net of investment expenses

     342        1,039  

Realized investment losses, net

     (26      (66

Interest expense

     (10      (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     164        (281

Income tax benefit

     (101      (260
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (63    $ (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums Written and Premiums Earned

Direct written premium for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $15.6 million as compared to $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a 2% increase. Direct premium earned for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $15.8 million as compared to $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a 9% increase. Ceded premium earned for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $2.7 million as compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or an increase of 20%.

Net Investment Income

The following table sets forth PPIX’s average cash and invested assets and investment income for the reported periods (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Average cash and invested assets

   $ 51,059     $ 50,823  

Net investment income

     342       1,039  

Return on average cash and invested assets

     0.67     2.04

Investment Income, Net of Expenses

Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.3 million as compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average monthly net investment income decreased from $87,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 to $28,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX adopted an accounting standard which requires that unrealized gains or losses for equity securities previously classified as available-for-sale securities for 2017 be recorded against earnings of the exchange. The effect of adopting the accounting standard was to reduce net investment income by $0.8 million or a reduction of the average monthly net investment income amount for 2018 by $70,000. With the exclusion of adopting the new accounting standard, the average monthly net investment income would have been $98,000 and the return on average cash and invested assets would have been 2.30% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

38


Table of Contents

Realized Investment Gains (Losses), Net

PPIX had net realized investment losses of $26,000 and $66,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

PPIX’s fixed maturity investments and equity investments are available-for-sale because it would, from time to time, make sales of securities that are not impaired, consistent with its investment goals and policies. At December 31, 2018, PPIX had gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of $794,000 as compared to a gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of $250,000 at December 31, 2017. Most of these unrealized losses were attributable to fluctuations in interest rates. PPIX evaluated each security and took into account the severity and duration of the impairment, the current rating on the bond, and the outlook for the issuer according to independent analysts. PPIX believed that the foregoing declines in fair value in its existing portfolio are most likely attributable to fluctuations in interest rates, and there is no evidence the entire amortized cost basis will not be recovered.

Underwriting Income (Loss)

As discussed above, we evaluate our insurance operations by monitoring certain key measures of growth and profitability. In addition to using GAAP based performance measurements, we also utilize certain financial performance measures that are used widely in the property and casualty insurance industry and that we believe are valuable in managing our business and for comparison to our peers. These financial performance measures are underwriting income, losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio, expense ratio, combined ratio, and net written premiums to statutory surplus ratio.

Underwriting income (loss) measures the pretax profitability of a company’s insurance business. It is derived by subtracting losses and loss adjustment expenses, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, and underwriting and administrative expenses from earned premiums. Each of these captions is presented in our statements of operations but not subtotaled. The sections below provide more insight into the variances in the categories of losses and loss adjustment expenses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and underwriting and administrative expense, which impact underwriting profitability.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

PPIX’s losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio was 51.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 63.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PPIX had favorable developments of $2.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The favorable development of $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to settlement of known claims below the amount for which they have been previously reserved, as well as additional revisions to PPIX’s estimate of its ultimate losses for the 2012 through 2015 accident years. The favorable development of $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reductions of the ultimate losses for the 2010, 2011, and 2015 policy years which were offset by strengthening the ultimate loss reserves for the 2016 and 2017 policy years.

As discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies”, the MPLI line of business is prone to variability in the loss reserving process due to the extended period of time during which claims can be made. Adjustments to our original estimates resulting from claims are not made until the period in which there is reasonable evidence that an adjustment to the reserve is appropriate.

Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Underwriting and Administrative Expenses

Total underwriting and administrative expenses, including amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, were $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. PPIX had $229,000 and $0 in initial public offering and conversion costs that were expensed in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in underwriting and administrative expenses. Administrative costs are directly tied to the amount of premiums written by PPIX in a given period, because the fees payable to SIS were equal to 25% of the premiums written by PPIX.

 

39


Table of Contents

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX had pre-tax loss of $(164,000) as compared to a pre-tax loss of $(281,000) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 resulted in income tax benefits of $(101,000) and $(260,000), respectively. PPIX’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 21% and 34%, respectively.

Net Income (Loss)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX had a net loss of $(63,000) as compared to a net loss of ($21,000) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Mandatory Assumed Reinsurance:

We are required to participate in Pennsylvania Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Fund (PIGA), which was formed to pay claims on policies issued by insolvent Pennsylvania domiciled property and casualty insurers. Each Pennsylvania domiciled property and casualty insurer pays PIGA an annual assessment based on its premiums written in Pennsylvania. PPIX incurred assessment fee expense (income) of $44,000 and $(28,000) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Financial Position of PPIX

At December 31, 2018, PPIX had total assets of $63.6 million as compared as compared to $67.2 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease in total assets of $3.6 million is primarily attributable to a decrease in total cash and invested assets by $3.5 million from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 due to timing of investment in securities and net unrealized losses recognized in 2018 as compared to net unrealized gains recognized in 2017. The decrease in total assets was offset by more premiums written in 2018 as compared to 2017 and an increase in premiums receivable by $0.4 million. Reinsurance receivables also decreased by $0.4 million, which are attributable mainly to the timing of payments from reinsurers.

At December 31, 2018, PPIX had total liabilities of $46.8 million as compared to $49.7 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease in total liabilities of $2.9 million between December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 is primarily attributable to a $3.4 million decrease in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, a $0.2 million decrease in unearned and advance premiums, and a decrease in reinsurance payable of $0.3 million, which were offset by a $0.5 million surplus note executed by PPIX during the year ended December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2018, PPIX had total equity of $16.8 million as compared to $17.5 million at December 31, 2017. The change in equity during the year ended December 31, 2018 is attributable to comprehensive loss of $(696,000). The change in equity during the year ended December 31, 2017 is related to comprehensive income of $652,000.

Effect of Conversion on PPIX

As a result of the conversion on March 27, 2019, PPIX merged with and into PPIX Conversion Corp., and PPIX no longer exists as a separate company. Upon completion of the conversions of PPIX, PCA and PIPE on March 27, 2019, the combination of PPIX Conversion Corp., PIPE Conversion Corp., and PCA Conversion Corp., and the offering, the pro forma shareholders’ equity of Positive Insurance Company was approximately $69.7 million. This increased capitalization should permit Positive Insurance Company to (i) increase direct premium volume to the extent competitive conditions permit, (ii) increase net premium volume by decreasing reliance on reinsurance, and (iii) enhance investment income by increasing Positive Insurance Company’s investment portfolio.

Liquidity and Capital Resources of PPIX

PPIX generated sufficient funds from its operations and maintained a high degree of liquidity in its investment portfolio to meet the demands of claim settlements and operating expenses. The primary sources of funds were premium collections, investment earnings and maturing investments.

 

40


Table of Contents

PPIX maintained investment and reinsurance programs that are intended to provide sufficient funds to meet its obligations without forced sales of investments. PPIX maintained a portion of its investment portfolio in relatively short-term and highly liquid assets to ensure the availability of funds.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2018, PPIX’s future payments under contractual obligations and estimated claims and claims related payments for continuing operations.

 

     Payments due by period  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
Contractual Obligations    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Estimated gross losses & loss adjustment expense payments

   $ 34,663      $ 659      $ 8,219      $ 15,328      $ 10,457  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

   $ 34,663      $ 659      $ 8,219      $ 15,328      $ 10,457  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The timing of the amounts of the gross losses and loss adjustment expense payments is an estimate based on historical experience and the expectations of future payment patterns. However, the timing of these payments may vary from the amounts stated above.

Cash flows from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  
     (audited)      (audited)  

Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (2,122    $ 3,741  

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,537        (6,082

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     440        (595
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (145    $ (2,936
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from operations were $(2.1) million as compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities was primarily attributable to the timing of paid losses. For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from investing activities were $1.5 million as compared to $(6.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The smaller decrease in cash flows from investing activities is primarily attributable to the time necessary to reinvest maturing securities. For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from financing activities were $0.4 million as compared $(0.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in cash flows from financing activities for 2018 is attributable to execution of a $500,000 surplus note between PPIX and PIPE.

The Company’s principal source of liquidity will be dividend payments from Positive Insurance Company. Positive Insurance Company will be restricted by the insurance laws of Pennsylvania as to the amount of dividends or other distributions it may pay to the Company. Positive Insurance Company may pay dividends to us after notice to, but without prior approval of, the Pennsylvania Insurance Department in an amount not to exceed the greater of (i) 10% of the surplus of Positive Insurance Company as reported on its most recent annual statement filed with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department, or (ii) the statutory net income of Positive Insurance Company for the period covered by such annual statement. Dividends in excess of this amount are considered “extraordinary” and are subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Department.

 

41


Table of Contents

The amount available for payment of dividends from Positive Insurance Company after the conversions without the prior approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Department is approximately $3.7 million based upon the estimated pro forma statutory surplus of Positive Insurance Company. Prior to its payment of any dividend, Positive Insurance Company will be required to provide notice of the dividend to the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. This notice must be provided to the Pennsylvania Insurance Department 30 days prior to the payment of an extraordinary dividend and 10 days prior to the payment of an ordinary dividend. The Pennsylvania Insurance Department has the power to limit or prohibit dividends if Positive Insurance Company is in violation of any law or regulation. These restrictions or any subsequently imposed restrictions may affect our future liquidity.

Upon completion of the offering on March 27, 2019, the Company is a public company and is subject to the proxy solicitation, periodic reporting, insider trading and other requirements of the Exchange Act and to most of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a result, the Company anticipates incurring significant increases in expenses related to accounting and legal services that will be necessary to comply with such requirements. We estimate that the cost of initial compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will be approximately $350,000 and that compliance with the ongoing requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will result in an increase of approximately $200,000 in annual operating expenses.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

PPIX had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital reserves.

Quantitative and Qualitative Information about Market Risk

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that a company will incur losses due to adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments. We have exposure to three principal types of market risk through our investment activities: interest rate risk, credit risk and equity risk. Our primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. We have not entered, and do not plan to enter, into any derivative financial instruments for hedging, trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that a company will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in interest rates. Each exchange’s exposure to interest rate changes primarily results from its significant holdings of fixed rate investments. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on the fair value of these securities.

The average duration of the fixed maturity securities in the investment portfolios of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE at December 31, 2018 was 3.34 years, 3.13 years, and 3.90 years, respectively. Each exchange’s fixed maturity securities investments included U.S. government bonds, securities issued by government agencies, obligations of state and local governments and governmental authorities, and corporate bonds, most of which are exposed to changes in prevailing interest rates and which may experience moderate fluctuations in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates. Each exchange carried these investments as available for sale. This allowed the exchange to manage its exposure to risks associated with interest rate fluctuations through active review of its investment portfolio by its management, its investment adviser and its board of directors.

Fluctuations in near-term interest rates could have an impact on each exchange’s results of operations and cash flows. Certain of these securities may have call features. In a declining interest rate environment these securities may be called by their issuer and replaced with securities bearing lower interest rates. If we are required to sell these securities in a rising interest rate environment we may recognize losses.

As a general matter, each exchange attempted to match the durations of its assets with the durations of its liabilities. Each exchange’s investment objectives included maintaining adequate liquidity to meet its operational needs, optimizing its after-tax investment income, and its after-tax total return, all of which were subject to the exchange’s tolerance for risk.

 

42


Table of Contents

The table below shows the interest rate sensitivity of PPIX’s fixed maturity investments measured in terms of fair value (which is equal to the carrying value for all of its investment securities that are subject to interest rate changes) at December 31, 2018 (unaudited):

 

     Estimated Change
in Fair Value
     Fair
Value
 

Hypothetical Change in

Interest Rates

   (Dollars in thousands)  

200 basis point increase

   $ (2,944    $ 38,252  

100 basis point increase

     (1,470      39,725  

No change

        41,195  

100 basis point decrease

     1,461        42,657  

200 basis point decrease

     2,935        44,130  

The table below shows the interest rate sensitivity of PCA’s fixed maturity investments measured in terms of fair value (which is equal to the carrying value for all of its investment securities that are subject to interest rate changes) at December 31, 2018 (unaudited):

 

     Estimated Change
in Fair Value
     Fair Value  

Hypothetical Change in

Interest Rates

   (Dollars in thousands)  

200 basis point increase

   $ (1,752    $ 22,771  

100 basis point increase

     (875      23,648  

No change

        24,523  

100 basis point decrease

     870        25,393  

200 basis point decrease

     1,741        26,264  

The table below shows the interest rate sensitivity of PIPE’s fixed maturity investments measured in terms of fair value (which is equal to the carrying value for all of its investment securities that are subject to interest rate changes) at December 31, 2018 (unaudited):

 

     Estimated Change
in Fair Value
     Fair
Value
 

Hypothetical Change in

Interest Rates

   (Dollars in thousands)  

200 basis point increase

   $ (1,393    $ 18,096  

100 basis point increase

     (695      18,793  

No change

        19,488  

100 basis point decrease

     691        20,180  

200 basis point decrease

     1,384        20,872  

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the potential economic loss principally arising from adverse changes in the financial condition of a specific debt issuer. Each exchange addressed this risk by investing primarily in fixed maturity securities that were rated at least “A” by Moody’s or an equivalent rating quality. Each exchange also independently, and through its outside investment manager, monitored the financial condition of all of the issuers of fixed maturity securities in the portfolio. To limit its exposure to risk, each exchange employed diversification rules that limited the credit exposure to any single issuer or asset class.

 

43


Table of Contents

Equity Risk

Equity price risk is the risk that the exchange will incur economic losses on its equity securities due to adverse changes in equity prices.

Impact of Inflation

Increases in the cost of medical procedures and related services can affect the losses that we may incur in connection with resolving claims under policies that we issue. These cost increases reduce profit margins to the extent that rate increases are not implemented on an adequate and timely basis. We, like all insurance companies, establish insurance premiums levels before the amount of loss and loss expenses, or the extent to which inflation may impact these expenses, are known. Therefore, we attempt to anticipate the potential impact of inflation when establishing rates. Because inflation has remained relatively low in recent years, financial results have not been significantly affected by it.

Results of Operations of PCA

PCA’s results of operations were influenced by factors affecting the MPLI industry in general. The operating results of the United States MPLI industry are subject to significant variations due to competition, regulation and changes in regulation, rising medical expenses, judicial trends, fluctuations in interest rates and other changes in the investment environment.

The major components of PCA’s operating revenues and net income are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Revenues:

     

Net premiums earned

   $ 7,112      $ 7,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     7,112        7,480  

Expenses:

     

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     9,990        4,012  

Underwriting expenses

     3,428        3,501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Underwriting loss

     (6,306      (33

Investment income, net of investment expenses

     318        571  

Realized investment gains, net

     10        13  

Interest expense

     —          (31
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (5,978      520  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,468      209  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (4,510    $ 311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums Written and Premiums Earned

Direct written premium for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $6.3 million as compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a 18% decrease. Direct premium earned for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $7.9 million as compared to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a 11% decrease. Ceded premium earned for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.8 million as compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a 43% decrease.

 

44


Table of Contents

Net Investment Income

The following table sets forth PCA’s average invested assets and investment income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Average cash and invested assets

   $ 31,085     $ 36,120  

Net investment income

     318       571  

Return on average cash and invested assets

     1.02     1.58

Investment Income, Net of Expenses

Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.3 million as compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average monthly net investment income decreased from $48,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $27,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, PCA adopted an accounting standard which requires that unrealized gains or losses for equity securities previously classified as available-for-sale securities for 2017 be recorded against earnings of the exchange. The effect of adopting the accounting standard was to reduce net investment income by $0.4 million or a reduction of the average monthly net investment income amount for 2018 by $35,000. With the exclusion of adopting the new accounting standard, the average monthly net investment income would have been $62,000 and the return on average cash and invested assets would have been 2.38% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Realized Investment Gains (Losses), Net

PCA had net realized gains of $10,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to net realized gains of approximately $13,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

PCA’s fixed maturity investments are available-for-sale because it would, from time to time, make sales of securities that are not impaired, consistent with its investment goals and policies. At December 31, 2018, PCA had gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of approximately $531,000 as compared to gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of approximately $160,000 at December 31, 2017. Most of these unrealized losses were attributable to an increase in interest rates. PCA evaluated each security and took into account the severity and duration of the impairment, the current rating on the bond, and the outlook for the issuer according to independent analysts. PCA believed that the foregoing declines in fair value in its existing portfolio are most likely attributable to short-term market trends, and there is no evidence the entire amortized cost basis will not be recovered.

Underwriting Income

As discussed above, we evaluate our insurance operations by monitoring certain key measures of growth and profitability. In addition to using GAAP based performance measurements, we also utilize certain financial performance measures that are used widely in the property and casualty insurance industry. These financial performance measures are underwriting income (loss), losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio, expense ratio, combined ratio, and net written premiums to statutory surplus ratio.

Underwriting income measures the pretax profitability of a company’s insurance business. It is derived by subtracting losses and loss adjustment expenses, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, and underwriting and administrative expenses from earned premiums. Each of these captions is presented in our statements of operations but not subtotaled. The sections below provide more insight into the variances in the categories of losses and loss adjustment expenses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and underwriting and administrative expense, which impact underwriting profitability.

 

45


Table of Contents

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

PCA’s losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio was 140.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 53.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The favorable development of $0.4 during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses on all claims-made policy years. The unfavorable development of $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to the 2015 to 2017 policy years based on changes in reserve indications from December 31, 2017. The unfavorable development of $(6.1) million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reserve strengthening in the 2015 ($400,000) occurrence policy year, the 2016 ($500,000) tail policy year and the 2017 ($400,000) and 2014 through 2017 ($4,500,000) claims-made policy years. A majority of these changes in indications were related to PCA’s new claims management team and a change in reserving philosophy of setting reserves at the expected value as soon as possible when the liability is acknowledged.

As discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies”, the MPL line of business is prone to variability in the loss reserving process due to the extended period of time during which claims can be made. Adjustments to our original estimates resulting from claims are not made until the period in which there is reasonable evidence that an adjustment to the reserve is appropriate.

Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Underwriting and Administrative Expenses

Total underwriting and administrative expenses, including amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, were $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. PCA had $153,000 and $125,000 in initial public offering and conversion costs that were expensed in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in underwriting and administrative expenses. Administrative costs are directly tied to the amount of premiums written by PCA in a given period, because the fees payable to PTP were equal to 25% of the premiums written by PCA.

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

PCA had a pre-tax loss of $(6.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to pre-tax income of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in income before income taxes between the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is primary related due to a reduction in net premiums earned of $0.4 million and an increase in loss and loss adjustment expenses of $6.0 million.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PCA had an income tax benefit of $(1.5) million as compared to an income tax expense of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. PCA’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 21% and 34%, respectively.

Net Income (Loss)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PCA had a net loss of $(4.5) million as compared to net income of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Mandatory Assumed Reinsurance

Each Pennsylvania domiciled property and casualty insurer pays PIGA an annual assessment based on its direct premiums written in Pennsylvania. PCA incurred assessment expense (income) of $(11,000) and $22,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Financial Position of PCA

At December 31, 2018, PCA had total assets of $36.0 million as compared to $39.6 million at December 31, 2017. Total assets decreased by $3.6 million from December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018. Total cash and invested assets decreased by $4.2 million from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, due to the timing of receipt of reinsurance receivables, lower premiums in 2018 as compared to 2017, an increase of loss

 

46


Table of Contents

payments made from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, and net unrealized losses recorded for 2018 as compared to net unrealized gains for 2017. Reinsurance receivables, which are attributable mainly to the timing of payments from reinsurers, decreased by approximately $0.1 million from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, while premiums receivable decreased by $0.3 million from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, all of which were offset by an increase in deferred income taxes of $1.0 million from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2018, PCA had total liabilities of $27.0 million as compared to total liabilities of $25.7 million at December 31, 2017. The increase in total liabilities of $1.3 million is primarily attributable to a $3.6 million increase in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, a $2.0 million decrease in unearned and advance premium, and a decrease in due to affiliates of $0.3 million.

At December 31, 2018, PCA had total equity of $9.0 million as compared to $13.9 million at December 31, 2017. The change in equity during the year ended December 31, 2018 is related to comprehensive loss of $(4.9) million. The change in equity during the year ended December 31, 2017 is related to comprehensive income of $0.6 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources of PCA

PCA generated sufficient funds from its operations and maintained a high degree of liquidity in its investment portfolio to meet the demands of claim settlements and operating expenses. The primary sources of funds were premium collections, investment earnings, and maturing investments.

PCA maintained investment and reinsurance programs that were intended to provide sufficient funds to meet its obligations without forced sales of investments. PCA maintained a portion of its investment portfolio in relatively short-term and highly liquid assets to ensure the availability of funds.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2018 (unaudited), PCA’s future payments and estimated claims and claims related payments for continuing operations.

 

     Payments due by period  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
Contractual Obligations    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Estimated gross losses and loss adjustment expense payments

   $ 22,166      $ 1,063      $ 7,855      $ 8,105      $ 5,143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

   $ 22,166      $ 1,063      $ 7,855      $ 8,105      $ 5,143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The timing of the amounts of the gross losses and loss adjustment expense payments is an estimate based on historical experience and the expectations of future payment patterns. However, the timing of these payments may vary from the amounts stated above.

Cash flows from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  
     (audited)      (audited)  

Cash flows used in operating activities

   $ (3,348    $ (5,566

Cash flows provided by investing activities

     244        4,518  

Cash flows used in financing activities

     —          (500
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (3,104    $ (1,548
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from operating activities were $(3.3) million as compared to $(5.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This smaller negative cash flows from operating activities was primarily caused by the timing of paid losses and less premiums written in 2018 as compared to 2017. Cash flows from investing activities were $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily reflecting the time needed to reinvest funds from maturing securities. Cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0 as compared to $(0.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no cash flows from financing activities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements of PCA

PCA had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital reserves.

Results of Operations of PIPE

PIPE’s results of operations were influenced by factors affecting the MPLI industry in general. The operating results of the United States MPLI industry are subject to significant variations due to competition, changes in regulation, rising medical expenses, judicial trends, fluctuations in interest rates and other changes in the investment environment.

The major components of PIPE’s operating revenues and net income are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Revenues:

     

Net premiums earned

   $ 3,380      $ 3,148  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     3,380        3,148  

Expenses:

     

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     2,920        1,823  

Underwriting expenses

     2,019        1,855  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Underwriting loss

     (1,559      (530

Investment income, net of investment expenses

     355        520  

Realized investment gains, net

     39        51  

Interest expense

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (1,165      41  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (366      101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (799    $ (60
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums Written and Premiums Earned

Direct premium written for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3.4 million as compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a 6% decrease. Direct premium earned for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3.7 million as compared to $3.8 million for the December 31, 2017, or a 3% decrease. Direct ceded premium earned for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.3 million as compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or a decrease of 51%.

 

48


Table of Contents

Net Investment Income

The following table sets forth PIPE’s average cash and invested assets and investment income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (dollars in thousands) (unaudited):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Average cash and invested assets

   $ 23,778     $ 25,555  

Net investment income

     355       521  

Return on average cash and invested assets

     1.49     2.04

Investment Income, Net of Expenses

Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.4 million as compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average monthly net investment income decreased from $43,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 to $30,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, PIPE adopted an accounting standard which requires that unrealized gains or losses for equity securities previously classified as available-for-sale securities for 2017 be recorded against earnings of the exchange. The effect of adopting the accounting standard was to reduce net investment income by $0.3 million or a reduction of the average monthly net investment income amount for 2018 by $35,000. With the exclusion of adopting the new accounting standard, the average monthly net investment income would have been $55,000 and the return on average cash and invested assets would have been 2.76% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Realized Investment Gains (Losses), Net

PIPE had net realized gains of $39,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to net realized gains of $51,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

PIPE’s fixed maturity investments are available-for-sale because it would, from time to time, make sales of securities that are not impaired, consistent with its investment goals and policies. At December 31, 2018, PIPE had gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of approximately $453,000 as compared to gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities of $188,000 at December 31, 2017. Most of these unrealized losses were attributable to fluctuations in interest rates. PIPE evaluated each security and took into account the severity and duration of the impairment, the current rating on the bond, and the outlook for the issuer according to independent analysts. PIPE believed that the foregoing declines in fair value in its existing portfolio are most likely attributable to fluctuations in interest rates, and there is no evidence the entire amortized cost basis will not be recovered.

Underwriting Income (Loss)

Underwriting income (loss) measures the pretax profitability of a company’s insurance business. It is derived by subtracting losses and loss adjustment expenses, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, and underwriting and administrative expenses from earned premiums. Each of these captions is presented in our statements of operations but not subtotaled. The sections below provide more insight into the variances in the categories of losses and loss adjustment expenses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and underwriting and administrative expense, which impact underwriting profitability.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

PIPE’s losses and loss adjustment expenses ratio was 86.4% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 57.9% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The favorable development of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses in the 2013 and 2014 policy years. The unfavorable development of $(0.9) million during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reserve strengthening in the 2015 ($1,000,000) occurrence policy year and the 2013 ($500,000) claims-made policy years. PIPE did realize positive reserve development for the 2010-2012 occurrence policy years of $800,000. A majority of these changes in indications were related to PIPE’s new claims management team and a change in reserving philosophy of setting reserves at the expected value as soon as possible when the liability is acknowledged.

 

49


Table of Contents

As discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies”, the MPLI line of business is prone to variability in the loss reserving process due to the extended period of time during which claims can be made. Adjustments to our original estimates resulting from claims are not made until the period in which there is reasonable evidence that an adjustment to the reserve is appropriate.

Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Underwriting and Administrative Expenses

Total underwriting and administrative expenses, including amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, were $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. PIPE had $151,000 and $99,000 in initial public offering and conversion costs in 2017 and 2016, respectively, which are included in underwriting and administrative expenses. Administrative costs are directly tied to the amount of premiums written by PIPE in a given period, because the fees payable to PIPE Management were equal to 25% of the premiums written by PIPE.

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PIPE had a pre-tax loss of $(1.2) million as compared to pre-tax income of $41,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017.    

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PIPE had an income tax benefit of $(0.4) million as compared to an income tax expense of $101,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. PIPE’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 21% and 34%, respectively.

Net Income (Loss)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, PIPE had a net loss of $(0.8) million as compared to a net loss of $(60,000) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Mandatory Assumed Reinsurance:

Each Pennsylvania domiciled property and casualty insurer pays PIGA an annual assessment based on its premiums written in Pennsylvania. PIPE incurred assessment expense of $3,000 and 27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Financial Position of PIPE

At December 31, 2018, PIPE had total assets of $24.9 million as compared to $26.6 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease in total assets of $1.7 million from December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 is primarily attributable to a decrease in total cash and invested assets by $2.5 million from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, due to the timing of the receipt of reinsurance receivables, lower premium written in 2018 as compared to 2017, increased loss payments made in 2018 as compared to 2017, and net unrealized losses recorded for 2018 as compared to net unrealized gains for 2017. Premiums receivable decreased from 2017 to 2018 by $168,000 and deferred acquisitions costs decreased by $12,000, all of which were offset by an increase in reinsurance receivables, which are attributable mainly to the timing of payments from reinsurers, by $141,000, an increase in deferred income taxes of $131,000, and a surplus note receivable of $500,000 from PIPE to PPIX during the year ended December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2018, PIPE had total liabilities of $13.8 million as compared to $14.4 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease in total liabilities of $0.6 million is primarily attributable to a $198,000 decrease in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, a $505,000 decrease in unearned and advance premiums, and a decrease in due to affiliates of $37,000, which were offset by an increase in reinsurance payable of $30,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

50


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018, PIPE had total equity of $11.2 million as compared to $12.3 million at December 31, 2017. The change in equity during the year ended December 31, 2018 is related to comprehensive loss of $(1.1) million. The change in equity during the year ended December 31, 2017 is related to comprehensive income of $32,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources of PIPE

PIPE generated sufficient funds from its operations and maintained a high degree of liquidity in its investment portfolio to meet the demands of claim settlements and operating expenses. The primary sources of funds were premium collections, investment earnings and maturing investments.

PIPE maintained investment and reinsurance programs that were intended to provide sufficient funds to meet its obligations without forced sales of investments. PIPE maintained a portion of its investment portfolio in relatively short-term and highly liquid assets to ensure the availability of funds.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2018 (unaudited), PIPE’s future payments under contractual obligations and estimated claims and claims related payments for continuing operations.

 

     Payments due by period  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
Contractual Obligations    Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Estimated gross losses & loss adjustment expense payments

   $ 11,266      $ 634      $ 3,556      $ 2,281      $ 4,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

   $ 11,266      $ 634      $ 3,556      $ 2,281      $ 4,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The timing of the amounts of the gross losses and loss adjustment expense payments is an estimate based on historical experience and the expectations of future payment patterns. However, the timing of these payments may vary from the amounts stated above.

Cash flows from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  
     (audited)      (audited)  

Cash flows used in operating activities

   $ (1,272    $ (1,149

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     229        (5,142

Cash flows provided by financing activities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,043    $ (6,291
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from operations was ($1.3) million as compared to $(1.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The larger negative cash flows from operating activities was primarily attributable to the timing of paid losses and less premium written in 2018 as compared to 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from investing activities were $0.2 million as compared to $(5.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The positive cash flows from investing activities is primarily attributable to the time necessary to reinvest maturing securities and the execution of the surplus note receivable between PIPE and PPIX during the year ended December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no cash flows from financing activities.

 

51


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

PIPE had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital reserves.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not Applicable.

 

52


Table of Contents

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(with Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

53


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(with Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

INDEX

 

     Page  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

     55  

Balance sheet

     56  

Statement of income

     57  

Statement of cash flows

     58  

Notes to financial statements

     59  

 

54


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, the related statements of income, and cash flows, for the period from May 1, 2018 (date of inception) to December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 1, 2018 (date of inception) to December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

April 24, 2019

 

55


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     2018  

ASSETS

  

Deferred registration costs

   $ 261,207  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 261,207  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

LIABILITIES:

  

Due to affiliates

   $ 261,207  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     261,207  

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

     —    
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

   $ 261,207  
  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

STATEMENT OF INCOME

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     2018  

REVENUES:

  

Revenues

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

     —    
  

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

  

Operating expenses

     —    
  

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

     —    
  

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     —    

RETAINED EARNINGS, beginning of period

     —    
  

 

 

 

RETAINED EARNINGS, end of period

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     2018  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  

Net income

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     —    
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  

Deferred registration costs

     (261,207

Due to affiliates

     261,207  
  

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     —    
  

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

     —    

CASH, beginning of period

     —    
  

 

 

 

CASH, end of period

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

1.

Organization and Operations:

Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (“Company”) is a newly created Pennsylvania domiciled holding company formed to be the stock holding company for Positive Physicians Insurance Company (“PIC”) following the conversions of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, and Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange from reciprocal insurance exchanges to stock insurance companies pursuant to the Pennsylvania Medical Professional Liability Reciprocal Exchange-to-Stock Conversion Act (“Conversion Act”). The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on May 1, 2018. The Company has had no significant operations and has not engaged in any business to date.

Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (“PPIX”) was a subscriber-owned, reciprocal insurance exchange. PPIX received its Certificate of Authority on April 20, 2004 from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Insurance Department (“Department”) and commenced operations on July 1, 2004. On May 1, 2011, the PPIX expanded its operations and was issued a Certificate of Authority by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance. PPIX continued to expand its operation and was issued Certificates of Authority by the Delaware Department of Insurance, Ohio Department of Insurance, and Maryland Department of Insurance on February 13, 2013, March 25, 2013, and April 30, 2014, respectively. PPIX’s primary business is to provide medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence, and occurrence policies to its subscribers. The members of PPIX consisted exclusively of PPIX’s subscribers. Underwriting is based on the applicants’ specialty, location, and claims history. PPIX was managed by Specialty Insurance Services, LLC (“SIS”), a Pennsylvania limited liability company, pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between PPIX and SIS, effective March 10, 2004. Pursuant to the terms of the amended agreement, SIS provided underwriting and administrative services to PPIX based on a percentage not to exceed 25% for gross written premium, less return premium.

On October 9, 2018, Positive Physicians Captive Insurance Company, a sponsored captive insurance company, was incorporated in the State of New Jersey and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of PPIX. PPCIC was licensed under the New Jersey Captive Insurance Act on October 16, 2018. PPCIC has one protected unincorporated cell, Keystone Captive Group (“Keystone”). Keystone is owned by an insured of the Exchange. Effective October 16, 2018, the Exchange entered into a reinsurance agreement with Keystone.

Professional Casualty Association (“PCA”) was an unincorporated, subscriber-owned exchange organized on April 16, 2003. PCA received its Certificate of Authority on June 26, 2003 and was licensed by the Department as a reciprocal insurance exchange. Additionally, PCA was licensed as an admitted carrier on November 2, 2015 by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services. PCA’s primary business is to provide medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence, and occurrence policies to its subscribers. The members of PCA consisted exclusively of PCA’s subscribers. Underwriting is based on the applicants’ specialty, location, and claims history. PCA was managed by Professional Third Party, LP (“PTP”) pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between PCA and PTP, effective April 16, 2003. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PTP provided salaries and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to PCA and pays certain expenses on behalf of PCA in exchange for 25% of the gross written premium.

Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (“PIPE”) is an unincorporated, subscriber-owned, exchange organized on March 14, 2005. The Exchange received its Certificate of Authority on August 24, 2005 and was licensed by the Department as a reciprocal insurance exchange. Additionally, PIPE was licensed as an admitted carrier on October 15, 2013 by the South Carolina Department of Insurance. PIPE’s primary business is to provide medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made and occurrence basis policies to health care providers practicing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The members of PIPE consisted exclusively of PIPE’s subscribers.

 

59


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

1.

Organization and Operations (continued):

Underwriting is based on the applicants’ specialty, location and claims history. PIPE was managed by Physicians’ Insurance Program Management Company (“PIPMC”) pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between PIPE and PIPMC, effective August 24, 2005. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PIPMC provided salaries and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to PIPE and pays certain expenses on behalf of PIPE for 25% of gross written premium.

Diversus, Inc. (“Diversus”) is a Delaware domiciled holding company which was formed to aggregate specialty insurance business in the medical professional insurance market. Diversus was initially formed in Bermuda as DSN Holdings, Ltd. on December 28, 2012. SIS, PTP, and PIPMC are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Diversus. SIS, PTP, and PIPMC had the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE, respectively.    Diversus Management, Inc. (“DMI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, provided services to PPIX, PCA, and PIPE. As the Company is scheduled not to have any full-time employees, after completion of the conversions and the offerings, DMI will manage the daily operations of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, PIC, which will be the successor to PPIX, PCA, and PIPE. DMI currently provides the staff and resources to SIS, PTP, and PIPMC under intercompany arrangements. The attorneys-in-fact will be merged into DMI and will cease to exist as separate entities upon completion of the conversions and offerings as discussed in Note 3 and 4.

Insurance Capital Group, LLC (“ICG”) is a Delaware domiciled holding company that was organized on January 8, 2018, for the purpose of acquiring and making investments in businesses across targeted sectors, with a focus on sponsored insurance company demutualization’s and other complex conversion transactions.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Principles:

Basis of Presentation

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material.

 

3.

Plans of Conversion:

PPIX, PCA, and PIPE were reciprocal insurance exchanges. As such, they had no shareholders, but did have subscribers or members. The subscribers of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE were their policyholders. Unlike shareholders, the subscribers had no voting rights with respect to the governance of their respective exchange. All of the decision making authority relating to the operations and governance of a reciprocal insurance exchange resided in the attorney-in-fact, which under the organizational documents of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE, could only be terminated with the mutual agreement of the attorney-in-fact and the respective exchange. The subscribers only had such voting rights as were required by Pennsylvania law, including the right to vote to approve the conversion from reciprocal insurance exchange to stock form. In addition, unlike shares held by shareholders, the memberships in PPIX, PCA, and PIPE were not transferable and did not exist separate from the related insurance policy issued by the exchange. Therefore, these membership rights were extinguished when a policyholder canceled or did not renew its policy or the policy is otherwise terminated.

 

60


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

3.

Plans of Conversion (continued):

The Conversion Act requires the reciprocal insurance exchange to adopt a plan of conversion that grants each eligible subscriber nontransferable subscription rights to purchase a portion of the capital stock of the converted stock company. Such rights, in the aggregate, must give the eligible subscribers the right, prior to the right of any other person, to purchase 100% of the capital stock of the converted stock company. The Conversion Act also requires that the plan of conversion provide that if the eligible subscribers do not purchase all the shares being offered, the remaining shares must be sold in a public offering or a private placement with the approval of the Department.

On June 1, 2018, SIS adopted a plan of conversion by which PPIX would convert from a reciprocal insurance exchange to a stock insurance company by merging with and into PPIX Conversion Corp. Following the conversion, PPIX Conversion Corp. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by subscribers of PPIX as of June 1, 2018, is necessary to approve the plan of conversion at a special meeting of the subscribers which was held on March 25, 2019.

On June 1, 2018, PTP adopted a plan of conversion by which PCA would convert from a reciprocal insurance exchange to a stock insurance company by merging with and into PCA Conversion Corp. Following the conversion, PCA Conversion Corp. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by subscribers of PCA as of June 1, 2018, is necessary to approve the plan of conversion at a special meeting of the subscribers which was held on March 25, 2019.

On June 1, 2018, PIPMC adopted a plan of conversion by which PIPE would convert from a reciprocal insurance exchange to a stock insurance company by merging with and into PIPE Conversion Corp. Following the conversion, PIPE Conversion Corp. became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by subscribers of PIPE as of June 1, 2018, is necessary to approve the plan of conversion at a special meeting of the subscribers which was held on March 25, 2019.

In connection with the completion of the conversions, all of the outstanding shares of common stock shares of PPIX Conversion Corp., PCA Conversion Corp., and PIPE Conversion Corp. are to be issued to the Company, and they will then become wholly-owned stock subsidiaries of the Company. Contemporaneously with the completion of the conversions and the mergers, PCA Conversion Corp. and PIPE Conversion Corp. will merge with and into PPIX Conversion Corp., which will change its name to Positive Physicians Insurance Company. PIC will then be the Company’s sole subsidiary.

On February 5, 2019, the Department approved the conversion plans of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE. The conversions from reciprocal insurance exchanges to stock insurance companies took place on March 27, 2019. On the same date, PCA Conversion Corp. and PIPE Conversion Corp. merged with and into PPIX Conversion Corp. and the resulting company was renamed was Positive Physicians Insurance Company.

 

4.

Conversion Offering:

As part of the conversions of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE, the Company is scheduled to offer between 3,570,000 shares and 4,830,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $10 per share. The offering is to commence in two phases: (1) subscription offering and (2) community offering.

 

61


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

4.

Conversion Offering (continued):

Under the subscription offering phase, the eligible subscribers of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE as of June 1, 2018 have the right to purchase shares of common stock in the offering subject to the limitation that no eligible subscriber can, together with its affiliates, purchase more than 5,000 shares in the offering and to the allocation of shares in the event of an oversubscription, as defined.

Under the community offering phase, shares of common stock will be offered to certain stockholders of Diversus and to ICG and Enstar Holdings (US) LLC (“Enstar”), the majority stockholder of Diversus. Unlike the subscription offering, except for ICG and Enstar, purchasers in the community offering do not have any right to purchase shares in the offering, and their orders are subordinate to the rights of the purchasers in the subscription offering.

Holders of Diversus’s common stock are permitted to purchase that number of shares that have a purchase price equal to 33% of the purchase price such stockholder paid for such stockholder’s shares of Diversus’ common stock. Holders of Diversus’s preferred stock are permitted to purchase that number of shares that have a purchase price equal to 10% of the purchase price such stockholder paid for such stockholder’s shares of Diversus’ preferred stock. However, the stockholders of Diversus (excluding Enstar) collectively cannot purchase more than 5% of the total number of shares available after giving effect to the shares sold in the subscription offering and no Diversus stockholder (other than Enstar) may purchase, together his or her affiliates, more than 25,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On June 8, 2018, the Company entered into the standby stock purchase agreement with ICG. Subject to the terms and conditions of the standby stock purchase agreement, ICG has agreed to purchase from the Company at a price of $10 per share such number of shares as is necessary in the community offering phase for the minimum of 3,570,000 shares to be sold as required under the plan of conversion. ICG, however, has the right to purchase additional shares from the Company up the offering maximum of 4,830,000 shares. ICG, as the standby purchaser, has agreed to permit Enstar to purchase 30% of the shares that ICG would otherwise purchase in the offering pursuant to a governance agreement entered between ICG and Enstar.

The standby purchaser’s right to purchase shares in the offering is subject to the rights of eligible subscribers to purchase in the subscription offering phase. If purchasers in the subscription offering phase subscribe to purchase all of the 4,830,000 shares offered hereby, ICG, Enstar, and Diversus stockholders will be unable to purchase shares in the offering. Additionally, if purchasers in the subscription offering subscribe to purchase 2,415,000 shares or more, ICG will not be able to purchase a majority of the number of shares in the offering. Accordingly, ICG’s ownership percentage of the Company’s common stock after the completion of the offering will range from 0% to 60%.

ICG has agreed to loan up to $750,000 to the Company to fund expenses the Company would incur in connection with the conversion and the offerings. The Company has issued an exchangeable note to ICG in connection with such credit facility. The outstanding principal balance of the exchangeable note will automatically convert into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $10 per share upon completion of the offerings. The shares issued upon the conversion of the exchangeable note will count towards the minimum number of shares that must be sold in the offerings. Enstar has agreed with ICG that Enstar will fund 30% of the advances made under the exchangeable note. At December 31, 2018, there was no outstanding balance of the exchangeable note.

 

62


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

4.

Conversion Offering (continued):

During the year ended December 31, 2018, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE paid for certain conversion and securities offering costs on behalf of the Company. The amount due to the exchanges at December 31, 2018 was $261,207.

The effective date for the Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-1 Registration Statement for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering was completed on March 27, 2019. A total of 3,615,500 shares of the Company’s common stock were sold in the offering resulting in gross proceeds of $36,155,000. The Company is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol of “PPHI.”

 

5.

Management Services Agreement

During 2018, each of the exchanges paid a management fee equal to 25% of its gross written premium to its respective attorney-in-fact. The Company and PIC have entered into a management agreement with DMI that will be effective upon completion of the conversions and the offerings. The new management agreement will be for a term of seven years and will automatically be renewed for one year at each anniversary date of the agreement so that the remaining term of the agreement will always between six to seven years. However, the management agreement may be terminated by either party under certain circumstances. Underwriting decisions will be made by the officers of PIC. Additionally, the board of directors of PIC will have enhanced oversight and approval rights over the services provided and decisions made by DMI on PIC’s behalf. The new management agreement is subject to approval by the Department.

Under the new management agreement, PIC will incur a base management fee based upon a percentage of its gross written premium, less return premium. Beginning in 2019, the fee will be reduced from the 2018 rate of 25% of gross written premium to 12%. The base management fee percentage will subsequently decline to 11% for 2020 and 10% for 2021. At January 1, 2022, the base management fee percentage will thereafter be set at 9%. If by December 31, 2019, Holdings has not acquired one or more additional insurance entities with additional annual gross written premium of at least $10,000,000 and that become subject to the management agreement, the reduction in fees scheduled for 2020 will be deferred by one year. The agreement also provides for a performance management fee reflecting the profitability of PIC based upon the ratio of PIC’s losses and loss adjustment expenses and other underwriting expenses to net earned premium. In consideration for the new management agreement that provides for reduced management fees, the Company will make a one-time payment of $10,0000,000 from the proceeds of the offering to Diversus.

 

63


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

6.

Credit Facility to Diversus:

The Company has agreed to provide a $6,000,000 credit facility to Diversus to provide working capital. Diversus may borrow up to $500,000 at any time and may borrow additional amounts at any time after the completion of the conversions and the offering. Outstanding borrowings under the credit facility will bear interest at 8%, will be unsecured, and will be subordinate to the existing senior debt and other commercial loan obligations of Diversus. The loan is to be convertible into common stock shares of Diversus at a price of $1 per share at the option of Diversus. At December 31, 2018, there was no outstanding balance of the credit facility.

 

7.

Option Agreement:

Upon completion of the conversions of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE and the securities offering, the Company and Diversus entered into an option agreement on March 27, 2019 whereby either party has the option to cause Diversus to merge with and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, the option may be exercised by either the Company or Diversus at any time (1) during the period beginning two years after completion of the conversions of the exchanges and ending 54 months after the completion of the conversions, or (2) if earlier than two years after the completion of the conversions, then such date that ICG no longer has the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of the Company. In connection with any merger, the common stock shareholders of Diversus will receive either cash, common stock shares of the Company, or some combination thereof for their shares of Diversus’s common stock. In regard to the preferred stock shares of Diversus, they will either be paid out in cash or converted into common stock shares of Diversus as if such preferred stock shares were converted into Diversus’s common stock shares immediately prior to the effective date of the merger.

 

8.

Equity:

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of no-par value common stock. At December 31, 2018, there were no shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock is subject to the determination of the Company’s board of directors. Additionally, Pennsylvania law sets the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by PIC during the twelve-month period after notice to, but without prior approval of, the Department. This amount cannot exceed the greater of (1) 10% of the Company’s surplus as reported on the most recent annual statement filed with the Department, or (2) the Company’s statutory net income for the period covered by the annual statement as reported on such statement.

The order of the Department approving the conversions of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE prohibits the declaration or payment of any dividend, return of capital, or other distribution by the Company to ICG or Enstar without the prior approval of the Department, for a period of three years following the effective date of the conversions.

 

9.

Subsequent Events:

Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

64


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2018 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

9.

Subsequent Events (continued):

As discussed in Notes 3 and 4, on February 5, 2019 the Department approved the conversion plans of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE. The effective date for the Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-1 Registration Statement for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The subscribers of PPIX, PCA, and PIPE approved the conversions from reciprocal insurance exchanges to stock insurance companies on March 25, 2019. The conversions from reciprocal insurance exchanges to stock insurance companies took place on March 27, 2019. On the same date, PCA Conversion Corp. and PIPE Conversion Corp. merged with and into PPIX Conversion Corp. and the resulting company was renamed Positive Physicians Insurance Company. Further, on March 27, 2018, the offering was completed. A total of 3,615,500 shares of the Company’s common stock were sold in the offering, resulting in gross proceeds of $36,155,000. Additionally, as discussed in Note 7, on March 27, 2019 the Company and Diversus entered into an option agreement for the possible merger of the Company and Diversus.

 

65


Table of Contents

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that are designed to ensure that required information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required timeframe as specified in the SEC’s rules and forms of the SEC. Our disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures at December 31, 2018. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, at the reasonable assurance level, as of December 31, 2018.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period rule of the SEC for newly public companies.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Because we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, management’s report was not subject to attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

66


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the year ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

 

67


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Directors and Officers

Our board of directors consists of Paul M. J. Brockman, William E. Hitselberger, Craig A. Huff, Stephen J. Johnson, Duncan McLaughlin, Scott C. Penwell, Matthew T. Popoli, Lewis S. Sharps, M.D., and James L. Zech, each of whom also serves as a director of Positive Insurance Company. Each of the directors serves a term of one year, is elected annually, and will hold office until his successor has been elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Annually, the director nominees are reviewed and proposed by the nominating/governance committee and are selected by the board of directors. ICG and Enstar have entered into an agreement that, among other things, affects the nomination and election of our directors. See – “Board Governance.”

Our executive officers are elected annually and, subject to the terms of their respective employment agreements, will hold office until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or until death, resignation or removal by the board of directors.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current directors.

 

     Age at
March 31, 2019
   Director
Since (1)
   Position with Positive Physicians
Holdings, Inc.

Dr. Lewis S. Sharps, M.D.

   69    2018    President, CEO, and Director

Scott C. Penwell

   66    2018    Director

William E. Hitselberger

   61    2018    Director

Stephen J. Johnson

   64    2018    Director

James L. Zech

   61    2018    Director

Paul M. J. Brockman

   46    2019    Director

Duncan McLaughlin

   48    2019    Director

Craig A. Huff

   54    2019    Director

Matthew T. Popoli

   43    2019    Director

 

(1)

Indicates year first elected as a director of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.

The business experience of each nonemployee director for at least the past five years is set forth below.

Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.

Dr. Sharps founded Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange in 2002 and has served as the CEO and President since its inception. In 2017 he became the CEO of Diversus Management and the President of Diversus Inc. Dr. Sharps attended medical school and completed his orthopaedic residency training at Thomas Jefferson University. He is a Fellow of The American Orthopaedic Society and The American Orthopaedic Association. He founded and managed multiple health care related companies and developed numerous instrument patents for minimally invasive spine surgery. Dr. Sharps served as President of the Pennsylvania Orthopaedic Society (POS) from 1999 to 2000. He was also instrumental in the creation of the Political Action Committee (PAC) of POS and was Chairman of the PAC from 1993 to 2011. During that time, the POS PAC became a major factor in Pennsylvania politics, protecting the long-term needs of the medical and orthopaedic communities. His experience and insights as a spine surgeon have greatly benefitted our risk management and claim management platform. He is a strong advocate of “integrated risk management”, whereby the medical malpractice insurer partners with the insureds and trains their in-house staff as to the benefits of notifying Positive Insurance Company of any unforeseen events and then working aggressively to resolve the issue.

 

68


Table of Contents

Dr. Sharps has also been instrumental in developing technologies that promote patient safety in the operating room and continues to stress the need for integrated risk management in the freestanding outpatient office environment.

Scott C. Penwell

Scott C. Penwell, Esq., is an attorney who has practiced corporate, securities and insurance law for 35 years and is a member of the law firm of Penwell, Bowman + Curran LLC. Prior to that Mr. Penwell was an associate and partner at Duane Morris LLP from 1981 to 2004, a partner at Stevens & Lee, PC, from 2004 to 2012, and a partner at Rhoads & Sinon, LLP from 2012 to 2017. In addition to practicing law, he has served on the boards of directors of numerous companies including banks, mutual funds and technology companies. He also founded and has served as a director and corporate officer of two insurance companies. From 1987 until its sale in 2014, he was a director and corporate secretary of Eastern Alliance Insurance Company, a publicly traded, national insurance company, and from 2010 until its sale in 2017, he was a director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Great Falls Insurance Company, a regional insurance company that writes insurance in the northeastern United States. Mr. Penwell has been Chairman of the Business Law Section of the Pennsylvania Bar Association and a member of the attorney advisory committees of both the Pennsylvania Corporation Bureau and the Pennsylvania Securities Commission. Mr. Penwell received his BA from Rutgers University, his MA from Villanova University and his JD from Temple Law School, where he was Editor-in-Chief of Temple Law Review.

Stephen J. Johnson

Stephen J. Johnson is a Insurance Financial and Regulatory Specialist with the law firm of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP. Prior to joining Stradley Ronon in 2016, Mr. Johnson served as Deputy Insurance Commissioner for the Pennsylvania Insurance Department’s Office of Corporate and Financial Regulation from 1998-2015 where he oversaw the Bureau of Company Licensing and Financial Analysis and the Bureau of Financial Examinations. Before that Mr. Johnson served as Director of the Bureau of Financial Examinations where he oversaw a team of examiners and exam managers who conducted on-site reviews of the financial health of nearly 300 insurance companies in Pennsylvania, as well as continuing care retirement communities. Stephen also worked as Chief of the Financial Analysis Division in the Office of Corporate and Financial Regulation, supervising the department’s financial analysts and overseeing the analysis and review of financial statements filed by Pennsylvania’s licensed insurance companies. Before joining the Insurance Department, Stephen worked at the Pennsylvania Securities Commission as Chief Analyst and at the Department of Auditor General as a Field Auditor. He also worked as an Audit Supervisor for the accounting firm Laventhol and Horwath. Mr. Johnson has been involved with numerous committees, task forces and financial working groups of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC), including the Statutory Accounting Principles Working Group, which he has been involved with since its founding in 1994, and the Financial Analysis Working Group, of which he was appointed chair in 2011. Mr. Johnson has nearly 30 years’ experience in the insurance industry and is a certified public accountant.

James L. Zech

James L. Zech is a co-founder and President of High Ridge Capital and has served in this position since its formation in 1995. In this connection, Mr. Zech has served as a director of Max Re Capital, the James River Group, Eastern Insurance Holdings, Front Royal Group, Acordia Inc., Old American Holdings, SelectQuote, Inc., and Insurance Data Systems. From 1988 through 1995, Mr. Zech was an investment banker covering the insurance industry. From 1988 through 1992, Mr. Zech was a member of the Insurance Group of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. In 1992, Mr. Zech joined S.G. Warburg & Co. Inc. to form a U.S. Insurance Group as part of Warburg’s worldwide financial institutions practice. From 1984 through 1988, Mr. Zech was with American Independent Reinsurance Company where he served as Corporate Secretary and Counsel (1984-1985) and Chairman and CEO (1986-1988). From 1982 through 1984, Mr. Zech was a corporate attorney with the New York law firm of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett. Mr. Zech has a B.S. degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania (1979) and J.D. degree from New York University School of Law (1982).

 

69


Table of Contents

William E. Hitselberger

William E. Hitselberger is the Chief Financial Officer of Sutton National Insurance Company, a property and casualty insurance company formed in 2019. Prior thereto, Mr. Hitselberger was the Treasurer of Castlepoint National Insurance Company from July 2016 through December 2018 and the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Tower Group International, Ltd. (formerly, Tower Group Inc.) since March 15, 2010 and served as its Principal Accounting Officer during that time. Mr. Hitselberger joined the Tower Group International on December 8, 2009 as Senior Vice President. Mr. Hitselberger served as Executive Vice President of PMA Companies, Inc. (formerly, PMA Capital Corporation) from April 2004 to December 8, 2009. He served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of PMA Companies, Inc. from June 2002 to December 8, 2009. Mr. Hitselberger is a Certified Public Accountant and Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Hitselberger graduated from the University of Pennsylvania, where he received a B.S. in Economics in 1980.

Matthew T. Popoli

Matthew T. Popoli is a Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Insurance Capital Group, with 20 years of insurance industry experience with a specialized focus on sponsored demutualizations and similar complex conversion transactions. Prior to founding Insurance Capital Group, Mr. Popoli was a partner and Senior Managing Director at Reservoir Capital Group, which he joined in 2005, and led its financial services investing activities until when he left Reservoir in May 2018 to join ICG. Previously, Mr. Popoli was a Principal at Capital Z Partners and began his career as an investment banker in the insurance group at Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Popoli is a graduate of Amherst College, where he received a B.A. in Economics.

Craig A. Huff

Craig A. Huff is a Founder and Managing Partner of Insurance Capital Group and Co-Founder and Co-CEO of Reservoir Capital Group. Mr. Huff has served as Co-CEO of Reservoir Capital Group since August 1, 2004. Mr. Huff serves on the boards of many of Reservoir portfolio companies in industries such as energy, power, insurance, and aircraft leasing and was instrumental in the formation and development of a variety of hedge funds and private investment firms. Prior to founding Reservoir, Mr. Huff was a partner at Ziff Brothers Investments and, prior to business school, served in the U.S. Navy as a nuclear submarine officer and nuclear engineer. Mr. Huff is a graduate of Abilene Christian University and Harvard Business School.

Paul M. J. Brockman

Paul M. J. Brockman was appointed President & Chief Executive Officer of Enstar (US) Inc. in 2016, and continues to serve as its president. He served as Chief Operating Officer of Enstar (US) Inc. from 2014-2016. Enstar is a Bermuda based company that specializes in the acquisition and run-off of insurance policy portfolios that had approximately $15.2 billion in assets at June 30, 2018. From 2012-2014, he served as Senior Vice President, Head of Commutations in the US. Before joining Enstar, he worked as Head of Reinsurance for Resolute Management Services UK Ltd. and prior to that at Equitas.

Duncan McLaughlin

Duncan McLaughlin is a Director of Cranmore (EU) Ltd, a United Kingdom affiliate of Enstar. Cranmore is a specialist insurance and reinsurance audit and consultancy firm with six worldwide offices. From 2012 to 2018, Mr. McLaughlin was a Senior Vice President of Enstar (US) Inc. in the United States and prior to that Mr. Duncan was a Director of Enstar (EU) Limited in the United Kingdom. Mr. Duncan joined Enstar Group in 2000 and has over 25 years of experience in the reinsurance business.

Board Governance

Enstar and ICG have agreed that the number of members of the board of directors of the Company shall be nine, and that six of such members shall be designated by ICG and two of such members shall be designated by Enstar. They have also agreed that one of the directors designated by ICG shall be elected as the Chairman of the Board, one of the directors designated by Enstar shall be elected as the Vice Chairman, and that the Chief Executive Officer of the Company will be a member of the board of directors. The agreement also provides that at least five directors must be present at any meeting to constitute a quorum.

 

70


Table of Contents

The agreement between ICG and Enstar provides that any of the following actions by the Company or any of its subsidiaries must be approved in writing by both ICG and Enstar:

 

   

the creation, incurrence, or guarantee of indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000, other than (i) borrowings under credit facilities previously approved by ICG and Enstar, and (ii) indebtedness contemplated by the standby stock purchase agreement among the Company and ICG;

 

   

authorization or issuance of shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, such shares of capital stock;

 

   

the distribution of cash or other property to shareholders of the Company on other than a pro rata basis;

 

   

the repurchase by the Company of any shares of its capital stock if either ICG or Enstar is not provided with the opportunity to participate in such repurchase on a pro rata basis;

 

   

any acquisition of any business in which the aggregate consideration paid would exceed $1,000,000;

 

   

any disposal, whether in a single or a series of related transactions, by merger, consolidation, sale or otherwise, of (i) any asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with a fair market value greater than $1,000,000, or (ii) all or substantially all of the capital stock of any subsidiary of the Company, excluding sales of investments in connection with the management of the investment portfolios of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

   

an election to dissolve or liquidate the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to file bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

   

making or changing any material election in respect of taxes, adopting or changing in any material respect any accounting method in respect of taxes, settling or compromising any material claim or assessment in respect of taxes, or filing any amended tax return that is reasonably likely to result in a material increase in liability in respect of taxes;

 

   

initiating, conducting, or settling any legal or regulatory proceeding or threatened legal or regulatory proceeding, excluding claims under insurance policies in the ordinary course of business, for an amount in excess of $1,000,000;

 

   

creating any new subsidiary of the Company that is not wholly-owned by the Company;

 

   

amending, altering, waiving or repealing any provision of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in a manner that would negatively impact the economic, voting or other rights of either ICG or Enstar in a material manner; and

 

   

entering into or becoming a party to any transaction with an employee, officer, or director of the Company or any subsidiary or any other party related to any such person except for transactions arising in the ordinary course of business or such transactions that are conducted on an arms-length basis.

ICG and Enstar have also agreed that for so long as Enstar continues to own the shares of Company common stock purchased in the offering, ICG will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to consider a proposal from Enstar with respect to any reinsurance proposed to be purchased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In connection with this agreement, Enstar agreed to dismiss litigation brought by Enstar against Diversus and its directors that sought to enjoin Diversus from entering into the transaction with ICG contemplated by the standby stock purchase agreement.

 

71


Table of Contents

Executive Management

The Company is a newly formed insurance holding company and currently does not have any employees other than Lewis S. Sharps, M.D. The Company has entered into a management services agreement with Diversus Management that became effective upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering. Pursuant to the management services agreement, officers of Diversus Management will be responsible for the day to day management of the Company and will provide such management, financial accounting, and other services as the Company may require. Such services will include preparing all annual, quarterly and current reports required to be filed with the SEC and all annual, quarterly and other reports required to be filed with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department and any other regulatory agencies. The officers of Diversus Management identified below, who are also officers of the Company, have been identified in the management services agreement as the officers who will be responsible for providing such services to the Company.

Officers

Lewis  S. Sharps is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Diversus Management and the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Daniel Payne , age 50, is the Treasurer and Vice-President of Diversus, Inc. and is the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. He is also the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Diversus Management, Inc. and Positive Insurance Company and the Treasurer of Andrews Outsource Solutions LLC and Gateway Risk Services LLC, which are subsidiaries of Diversus, Inc. He is a veteran of the U.S. Air Force and has over 20 years of experience in the insurance industry as an agent, external auditor, consultant and employee. Mr. Payne has done consulting work for several RRGs and began working with PIPE at its inception in 2005. As a former partner in the CPA firm, Read Martin & Slickman, CPAs, Mr. Payne worked in a variety of business environments, including insurance, governmental, aviation, banking, nonprofit, manufacturing, and wholesale and retail entities. Mr. Payne also provided individual, trust and corporate tax services for clients along with investment management and insurance services. He remains a registered investment adviser representative and insurance agent for property, casualty and life. He is a Certified Public Accountant (Georgia) and a Certified Financial Planner.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), requires the Company’s directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10 percent of the common stock of the Company to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC and NASDAQ. Copies of these reports must also be furnished to the Company. The Company had no class of shares registered under the Exchange Act during 2018. Accordingly, no person was required to file reports under Section 16(a) with respect to the Company’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is designed to help directors, officers and employees maintain ethical behavior and resolve ethical issues in an increasingly complex global business environment. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, and any other employee. The Code of Conduct covers topics including, but not limited to, ethical behavior, conflicts of interest, corporate opportunities, confidentiality of information and compliance with laws and regulations. A copy of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available at the Company’s website under the Investor Relations section at www.positivephysicians.com. Any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be posted on the website, and any waiver that applies to a director or executive officer will be disclosed in accordance with the rules of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Audit Committee . The Company has a standing Audit Committee composed exclusively of independent directors. The members of the Audit Committee are William E. Hitselberger (Chair), Stephen Johnson, James L. Zech, and Scott C. Penwell. The Company’s board of directors has determined that Mr. Hitselberger is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations. Under the independence criteria utilized by the

 

72


Table of Contents

NASDAQ listing rules, the Audit Committee members must meet additional criteria to be deemed independent. An Audit Committee member may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee, the board of directors, or any other board of directors’ committee (i) accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the Company other than the receipt of fixed amounts of compensation under a retirement plan (including deferred compensation) for prior service with the Company (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service); or (ii) be an affiliated person of the Company as defined in Exchange Act Rule 10A-3(e)(1) ).

The Audit Committee is responsible for:

 

   

the selection, retention, oversight and termination of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving the non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

approving the estimated cost of the annual audit;

 

   

establishing procedures to facilitate the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received from third parties regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters;

 

   

establishing procedures to facilitate the receipt, retention, and treatment of confidential, anonymous submissions of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters by Company employees;

 

   

reviewing and approve all related party transactions and transactions raising potential conflicts of interest;

 

   

reviewing the annual financial statements and the results of the audit with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the adequacy of our system of internal control over financial reporting, including their effectiveness at achieving compliance with any applicable laws or regulations;

 

   

reviewing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the significant recommendations made by the independent registered public accounting firm with respect to changes in accounting procedures and internal control over financial reporting; and

 

   

reporting to the board of directors on the results of its review and make such recommendations as it may deem appropriate.

 

73


Table of Contents

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Compensation of Executive Officers

The officers of the Company did not receive any compensation for their services as officers of the Company, PPIX, PCA, or PIPE during 2018. The Company has agreed to pay Lewis S. Sharps, M.D. an annual salary of $135,000 for his services as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Dr. Sharps will also be entitled to receive an annual cash bonus equal to the sum of 2.5% of the after-tax statutory net income of Positive Insurance Company plus 2.5% of all dividends paid by the Company to its shareholders. In addition, the Company has agreed to grant stock options to Dr. Sharps on the date that is six months after the completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The number of shares covered by such stock options will be equal to 3% of the number of shares of the Company that are outstanding immediately after completion of the offering. Such options will vest in equal monthly installments over a three and one-half year period following the grant date for such options.

One third of such options will vest upon achievement of each of the following milestones: (i) Positive Insurance Company attaining an “A-“ rating from A.M. Best, (ii) the completion of acquisitions by the Company, Positive Insurance Company, or any other subsidiary of the Company of risk bearing entities, including RRGs, stock and mutual insurance companies, reciprocal insurance exchanges, and reinsurance transactions and loss portfolio transfers with total acquired statutory surplus of $50 million or more, and (iii) purchasers of shares in the offering who continue to hold such shares achieving a 300% return on their investment (including all dividends and proceeds from sales of shares of Company common stock and any other distributions to shareholders of the Company). The exercise price for all of the stock options granted to Dr. Sharps will be equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date such options are granted. Upon the sale by Dr. Sharps of any shares of common stock underlying such stock options, the Company will pay to Dr. Sharps in cash the amount equal to the number of shares sold and the amount by which the exercise price for the applicable stock options exceeds $10.00 per share.

The Company intends to adopt an equity incentive plan that will permit the Company to issue stock options and shares of restricted stock in an aggregate amount equal to ten percent of the number of shares of the Company that are outstanding immediately after completion of the offering. The stock options granted to Dr. Sharps will be counted towards the number of shares restricted stock and stock options that can be granted under such plan. The Company intends to adopt such plan six months or later after completion of the offering.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the total annual compensation received by our named executive officers from the Company, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE, collectively, for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

Lewis S. Sharps, M. D. President and CEO

     2018      $ -0-        —          —          —        $ —          —        $ —        $ -0-  
     2017        -0-        —          —          —          —          —          —          -0-  

Daniel A. Payne

CFO

     2018      $ -0-        —          —          —        $ —          —        $ —        $ -0-  
     2017        -0-        —          —          —          —          —          —          -0-  

Director Compensation

The directors of the Company did not receive any compensation for their service as directors of the Company during 2018. The Company will pay Messrs. Johnson, Hitselberger, Penwell, and Zech a flat annual fee of $25,000 for board of directors’ meeting attendance in person or participation by telephone, regardless of the number of such meetings. No additional compensation is paid for attending committee meetings. Each director will be entitled to be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and of any committees of which such director is a member.

 

74


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding the total annual compensation paid by the Company, PPIX, PCA, and PIPE, collectively, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 to the nonemployee directors who serve as directors of the Company.

 

Name

   Fees earned
or paid in
cash ($)
     Stock
awards ($)
     Option
awards ($)
     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation ($)
     Change in
pension value
and nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
     All other
compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

William E. Hitselberger

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

Stephen J. Johnson

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

Scott C. Penwell

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

James L. Zech

   $ —          —             —          —           $ —    

Paul M. J. Brockman 1)

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

Craig A. Huff (1)

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

Duncan McLaughlin (1)

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

Matthew T. Popoli (1)

   $ —          —          —          —          —          —        $ —    

 

(1)

Messrs. Brockman, Huff, McLaughlin, and Popoli were not directors of the Company, PPIX, PCA, or PIPE during 2018.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 31, 2019 by:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. In computing the number of common shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding common shares subject to options or other convertible or exercisable securities held by that person that are currently exercisable or convertible or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of March 31, 2019. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 3,615,500 common shares outstanding.

Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., 100 Berwyn Park, Suite 220, 850 Cassatt Road, Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312.

 

75


Table of Contents
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner    Number      Percent  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

     

Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.

     50,000        1.4

Paul M. J. Brockman 1

     0        *  

William E. Hitselberger

     0        *  

Craig A. Huff 2

     0        *  

Stephen J. Johnson

     0        *  

Duncan McLaughlin 1

     0        *  

Scott C. Penwell

     0        *  

Matthew T. Popoli 2

     0        *  

James L. Zech

     0        *  

Daniel A. Payne

     0        *
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (8 persons)

     50,000        1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1

Mr. Brockman and Mr. McLaughlin disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares owned by Enstar Holdings (US) LLC.

2

Mr. Huff and Mr. Popoli disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares owned by Insurance Capital Group, LLC.

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

Principal Shareholders

Based on filings made under Section 13(d) and Section 13(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as of April 18, 2019, the only persons known by us to be beneficial owners of five percent or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock were as follows:

 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percent of Outstanding
Common Stock
 

Insurance Capital Group, LLC

767 Fifth Avenue, 16th Floor

New York, NY 10153

     2,277,753        63.0

Enstar Holdings (US) LLC

150 2nd Ave N 3rd Floor,

St. Petersburg, Florida 33701

     976,180        27.0

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

We have not engaged in any transactions with, loaned money to or incurred any indebtedness to, or otherwise proposed to engage in transactions with, loan money to or incur any indebtedness to, any related person, promoter or control person in an amount that in the aggregate exceeds $120,000.

We maintain a written policy which discourages our officers and directors from having a financial interest in any transaction between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and a third party. When we engage in transactions involving our officers, directors or employees, their immediate family members, or affiliates of these parties, our officers, directors and employees are required to give notice to us of their interest in such a transaction and refrain from participating in material negotiations or decisions with respect to that transaction.

Directors with an interest in such a transaction are expected to disqualify themselves from any vote by the board of directors regarding the transaction.

 

76


Table of Contents

When considering whether we should engage in a transaction in which our officers, directors or employees, their immediate family members, or affiliates of these parties, may have a financial interest, our board of directors considers the following factors:

 

   

whether the transaction is fair and reasonable to us;

 

   

the business reasons for the transaction;

 

   

whether the transaction would impair the independence of a director;

 

   

whether the transaction presents a conflict of interest, taking into account the size of the transaction, the financial position of the director, officer or employee, the nature of their interest in the transaction and the ongoing nature of the transaction; and

 

   

whether the transaction is material, taking into account the significance of the transaction in light of all the circumstances.

Director Independence

In order to determine which of our directors are independent, we have elected to utilize the standards for independence established under the NASDAQ listing standards. Under this standard, an independent director is a person other than an executive officer or employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The following persons will not be considered independent:

 

   

a director who is, or at any time during the past three years was, employed by us;

 

   

a director who accepted, or who has a spouse, parent, child or sibling, whether by blood, marriage or adoption, or any other person who resides in his home, hereinafter referred to as a “Family Member”, who accepted any compensation from us in excess of $120,000 during any period of twelve consecutive months within the three years preceding the determination of independence (other than compensation for board or board committee service; compensation paid to a Family Member who is an employee (other than an executive officer) of the Company or one of its subsidiaries; or benefits under a tax qualified retirement plan, or non-discretionary compensation);

 

   

a director who is a Family Member of an individual who is, or at any time during the past three years was, employed by us as an executive officer;

 

   

a director who is, or has a Family Member who is, a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, any organization to which we made, or from which we received, payments for property or services in the current or any of the past three fiscal years that exceed 5% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenues for that year, or $200,000, whichever is more (excluding payments arising solely from investments in our securities or payments under non-discretionary charitable contribution matching programs);

 

   

a director of the Company who is, or has a Family Member who is, employed as an executive officer of another entity where at any time during the past three (3) years any of our executive officers served on the compensation committee of such other entity; or

 

   

a director who is, or has a Family Member who is, a current partner of our outside auditor, or was a partner or employee of the Company’s outside auditor who worked on our audit at any time during any of the past three (3) years.

 

77


Table of Contents

Under these criteria, all directors except Lewis S. Sharps, M.D. are independent. Pennsylvania insurance law requires that one-third of the members of each committee of the board be independent, except for the audit, nominating, and compensation committees, which may only include independent directors.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

Under the Audit Committee’s charter, the Committee is responsible for the selection of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Committee also evaluates and monitors the auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence. This evaluation includes a review and evaluation of the lead partner of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Committee also takes into account the opinion of the Company’s management. More can be learned about the Committee’s responsibility with respect to the independent registered public accounting firm in the Committee’s charter, which is available on the Company’s website at www. positivephysicians .com under the heading “Committee Charters” on the “Investor Relations” page.

The Audit Committee unanimously selected Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2018 and 2019.

Audit Fees

Fees pertaining to services rendered to the Company, PCA, and PIPE by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and to PPIX by EisnerAmper, LLP during the year ended December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Audit fees

   $ 228,924      $ 223,426  

Audit related fees

     91,723        79,679  

Tax fees

     19,500        4,000  

All other fees

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fees:

   $ 340,147      $ 307,105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The audit and audit related fees shown above for 2018 include the fees of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP related to the review of the September 30, 2018 financial statements of PPIX, PCA and PIPE and the delivery of comfort letters to the Company’s placement agent, which were completed in connection with the Company’s initial public offering. No tax fees are shown for 2017 for PCA or PIPE with respect to such accounting firms because the Company’s taxes were handled by another independent registered public accounting firm.

The Audit Committee maintains a policy requiring that it pre-approves all audit and permitted non-audit services provided by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP. None of the non-audit services provided in 2017 or 2018 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee because the Committee did not exist prior to March 27, 2019. The Audit Committee has considered whether, and determined that, the provision of the non-audit services reflected above is compatible with maintaining Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP’s independence.

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) See Item 8 for the Index to Financial Statements of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.

(b) Index to 2018 Financial Statements of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange on page A-2.

(c) Index to Financial Statements of Professional Casualty Association on page B-2.

(d) Index to Financial Statements of Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange on page C-2.

(e) Index to Pro-Forma Combining Financial Statements of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., on page D-2

(f) Index to 2017/2016 Financial Statements of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange on page E-2

 

78


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

———————

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

A-1


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(with report of independent registered public accounting firm)

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

INDEX

 

     Page  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     A-3  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Consolidated balance sheet

     A-4  

Consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss

     A-5  

Consolidated statement of members’ equity

     A-6  

Consolidated statement of cash flows

     A-7  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     A-8  

 

A-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, members’ equity, and cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Effect of Adopting New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses on equity securities in 2018 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities .

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

April 24, 2019

 

A-3


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     2018  

ASSETS

  

Available-for-sale bond securities, at fair value
(Amortized cost of $41,907,055)

   $ 41,195,608  

Equity securities, at fair value
(Cost of $2,783,103)

     2,441,316  

Equity securities, at net asset value

     3,696,840  
  

 

 

 

Total investments

     47,333,764  

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,964,477  

Accrued investment income

     318,997  

Premiums receivable

     5,247,957  

Reinsurance recoverable

     5,431,752  

Reinsurance premiums receivable

     313,632  

Income taxes recoverable

     110,149  

Deferred acquisition costs

     2,518,789  

Deferred income taxes

     299,778  

Due from affiliate

     84,286  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 63,623,541  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

  

LIABILITIES:

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 34,663,484  

Unearned premiums

     7,978,836  

Reinsurance payable

     1,116,900  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     1,750,372  

Note payable

     127,327  

Surplus note payable to affiliate

     500,000  

Due to affiliates

     650,191  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     46,787,110  
  

 

 

 

MEMBERS’ EQUITY:

  

Contributed capital

     5,482,997  

Retained earnings

     11,915,477  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (562,043
  

 

 

 

TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY

     16,836,431  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 63,623,541  
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     2018  

REVENUES:

  

Net premium earned

   $ 13,096,418  

Net investment income

     315,598  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

     13,412,016  
  

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net

     6,673,451  

Other underwriting expenses

     6,892,975  

Interest expense

     9,597  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

     13,576,023  
  

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (164,007

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (101,417
  

 

 

 

NET LOSS

     (62,590
  

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:

  

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax benefit of $168,243

     (637,894

Reclassification adjustments for net realized loss included in net loss

     4,979  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

     (632,915
  

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

   $ (695,505
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     Contributed
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total Members’
Equity
 

Balance, January 1, 2018

   $ 5,482,997      $ 11,160,278     $ 888,661     $ 17,531,936  

Net loss

     —          (62,590     —         (62,590

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —         (632,915     (632,915

Reclassification of unrealized gain on equity securities, net of income taxes, from accumulated other comprehensive income with the adoption of ASU 2016-01

     —          817,789       (817,789     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

   $ 5,482,997      $ 11,915,477     $ (562,043   $ 16,836,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     2018  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  

Net loss

   $ (62,590

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

  

Deferred income taxes

     (173,067

Net realized loss on sales of investments

     25,570  

Unrealized loss on equity securities

     830,123  

Amortization of bond premiums

     181,528  

Depreciation expense

     50,000  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accrued investment income

     (16,209

Premiums receivable

     (412,955

Reinsurance recoverable

     685,637  

Reinsurance premiums receivable

     (313,632

Income taxes recoverable

     464,177  

Deferred acquisition costs

     (14,788

Due from affiliate

     (84,286

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     (3,365,225

Unearned premiums

     (232,644

Reinsurance payable

     (291,518

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     409,048  

Due to affiliates

     198,506  
  

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     (2,122,285
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

  

Investments:

  

Proceeds from sales and maturities

     6,603,916  

Purchases

     (5,067,259
  

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     1,536,657  
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  

Repayments of note payable

     (59,895

Proceeds from surplus note payable to affiliate

     500,000  
  

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     440,105  
  

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (145,523

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

     2,110,000  
  

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

   $ 1,964,477  
  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

  

Interest paid for the year

   $ 6,620  
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

1.

Organization and Operations:

Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (the “Exchange”) is a subscriber-owned, reciprocal insurance exchange. The Exchange received its Certificate of Authority on April 20, 2004 and is licensed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Insurance Department (“Department”). On May 1, 2011, the Exchange expanded its operations and was issued a Certificate of Authority by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“New Jersey Department”). The Exchange continued to expand its operations and was issued Certificates of Authority by the Delaware Department of Insurance, Ohio Department of Insurance, and Maryland Department of Insurance on February 13, 2013, March 25, 2013, and April 30, 2014, respectively. The Exchange’s primary business is to provide medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence, and occurrence policies to health care providers practicing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Ohio, and Maryland.

On October 9, 2018, Positive Physicians Captive Insurance Company (“PPCIC”), a sponsored captive insurance company, was incorporated in the State of New Jersey and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Exchange. PPCIC was licensed under the New Jersey Captive Insurance Act on October 16, 2018. PPCIC has one protected unincorporated cell, Keystone Captive Group (“Keystone”). Keystone is owned by an insured of the Exchange. As the Exchange is not the primary beneficiary of Keystone, the financial position and results of operations of Keystone for the period from October 9, 2018 to December 31, 2018 are not included in the accompanying financial statements. Effective October 16, 2018, the Exchange entered into a reinsurance agreement with Keystone.

The Exchange is managed by Specialty Insurance Services, LLC (“SIS”), a Pennsylvania limited liability company, pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between the Exchange and SIS, effective March 10, 2004. Pursuant to the terms of the amended agreement as discussed in Note 12, SIS provides underwriting and administrative services to the Exchange based on a percentage not to exceed 25.0% for gross written premiums, less return premiums.

SIS has the power to direct the activities of the Exchange that most significantly impact the Exchange economic performance by acting as the common attorney-in-fact and decision maker for the subscribers at the Exchange. SIS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, Inc. (“Diversus”), a Delaware domiciled holding company, effective as of January 1, 2017.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Basis of Presentation

The Exchange prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Exchange and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses between the Exchange and PPCIC have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these consolidated financial statements and notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material. The Exchange’s principal estimates include the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, deferred acquisition costs, other-than-temporary impairments of investments, valuation of deferred tax assets, and premium deficiency reserves.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Exchange considers cash and cash equivalents to be cash on hand and depository bank accounts with original maturities of three months or less, are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

Investments

Investments in fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, on available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Prior to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , as of January 1, 2018, investments in equity securities were classified as available-for-sale securities, stated at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, were recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). With the adoption of ASU 2016-01, investments in equity securities are still stated at fair value but unrealized holding gains and losses are credited or charged to net income (loss) as incurred.

The Exchange has ownership interests in four limited partnership equity hedge funds. The Exchange’s partnership interests are measured at fair value using the funds’ net asset values as a practical expedient. Unrealized holding gains and losses are credited or charged to net income (loss) as incurred. There are no unfunded commitments related to these investments. The investment strategy, fair values at December 31, 2018, lockup periods, and redemption frequencies and notice periods are as follows for these investments:

 

Investment Strategy

   Fair Value      Lockup
Period
   Redemption
Freguency
   Redemption
Notice
Period

Long-term equities fund

   $ 913,476      Expired    Quarterly    90 day

Global short/long-term equity fund

     669,427      None    Monthly    30 day

Short/long-term equity fund in financial institutions

     611,090      Expired    Quarterly    45 day

Global opportunities fund in bonds and equities

     1,502,847      Expired    Quarterly    60 day
  

 

 

          
   $ 3,696,840           
  

 

 

          

Realized gains and losses on sales of equity and fixed maturity securities are recognized into income based upon the specific identification method. Interest and dividends are recognized as earned.

The Exchange considers short-term investments to be short-term, highly liquid investments that are less than one year in term to the dates of maturities at the purchase dates that they present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

The Exchange regularly evaluates all its investments based on current economic conditions, credit loss experience, and other specific developments. If there is a decline in a securities’ net realizable value that is other than temporary, it is considered as a realized loss and the cost basis in the security is reduced to its estimated fair value.

Other-than-temporary-impairments (OTTI) of fixed maturity securities are separated into credit and noncredit-related amounts when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired fixed maturity security for which management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, computed using original yield as the discount rate, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.” For equity securities in an unrealized loss position where fair value is not expected to be recovered to the security’s cost basis in a reasonable time period, or where management does not expect to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery to the security’s cost basis, an OTTI is deemed to have occurred, and a loss is recognized in earnings.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Deferred acquisition costs consist of costs that vary with and are directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts. These costs, which primarily consist of sales commissions, management fees, and premium taxes, are deferred and amortized as premiums are earned over the applicable policy term.

Equipment

Equipment was recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization were provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. The estimated useful life of the equipment and software was three years. The equipment was fully depreciated at December 31, 2018.

Liability for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses include an amount determined from individual case estimates and loss reports and an amount, based on prior experience, actuarial assumptions and management judgments for losses incurred but not reported. Such liabilities are necessarily based on assumptions and estimates and while management believes the amount is adequate, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the amounts provided. The methods for making such estimates for establishing the resulting liabilities are continually reviewed. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based upon the assumption that past developments are an appropriate indicator of future events and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends, and other relevant factors. The uncertainties involved with the reserving process include internal factors, such as changes in claims handling procedure, as well external factors, such as economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final loss settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends.

The Exchange offers extended reporting coverage at no additional charge in the event of disability, death or retirement after a policyholder reaches the age of 55 and has been an Exchange policyholder for least five years. An extended reporting endorsement policy reserve is required to assure that premiums are not earned prematurely. The Exchange has this reserve actuarially determined with the balance included in unearned premiums. The extended reporting endorsement policy reserve amounted to $820,803 at December 31, 2018.

Premium Deficiency Reserves

Premium deficiency reserves and the related expenses are recognized when it is probable that expected future benefit payments, loss adjustment expenses, direct administration costs, and an allocation of indirect administration costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and reinsurance recoveries considered over the remaining lives of the contracts, and are recorded as “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Exchange has not recorded any premium deficiency reserves as of December 31, 2018. The analysis of premium deficiency reserves was completed as of December 31, 2018. The Exchange does not consider anticipated investment income when calculating the premium deficiency reserves.

Reinsurance

The Exchange cedes insurance risk to other insurance companies. This arrangement allows the Exchange to minimize the net loss potential arising from large risks. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Exchange of its obligation to its subscribers. Reinsurance premiums, losses, and loss adjustment expenses are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contract.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Conversion Costs

The Exchange incurred direct consulting and other costs related to the conversion from a reciprocal insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership and as part of offering securities offering by the currently planned parent company as further discussed in Note 11. During the year ended December 31, 2018, conversion and securities offering costs that are not expected to be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive loss as incurred.

Revenue Recognition

Premiums of the Exchange are earned on a daily pro rata basis over the terms of the insurance policies. Unearned premium reserves are established to cover the unexpired portion of the policies in force less amounts ceded to reinsurers. For consideration received for policies with effective dates subsequent to the reporting period, the Exchange records an advance premium liability in lieu of written premium.

Comprehensive Loss

Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on fixed maturity securities, are reported as a separate component in the equity section in the accompanying balance sheets. Such items, along with net loss, are components of comprehensive loss, and are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Reclassifications of realized gains and losses on sales of investments and out of accumulated other comprehensive loss are recorded in net investment income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Exchange accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Exchange’s consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Exchange records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Exchange considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.

The Exchange recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Exchange adopted the provisions of ASU 2016-01 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The amendments in this ASU require among other things that equity investments to be measured at fair value (excluding those equity securities measured at fair value using net asset value as a practical expedient) with changes in fair value recognized in net income, simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, eliminate the requirement for public business

 

A-11


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of the liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements, and clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. With the adoption of ASU 2016-01, a cumulative effect of unrealized holding gains and losses on previously classified available-for-sale equity securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income at January 1, 2018 are to be reclassified to retained earnings. At January 1, 2018, unrealized holding gains in equity securities, net of tax effect, of $817,789 were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as presented in the accompanying consolidated statement of members’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting rules and disclosure requirements can impact the results and the comparability of the Exchange’s consolidated financial statements. The following recently issued accounting pronouncements are relevant to the Exchange’s consolidated financial statements:

ASU 2016-13: In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in this Update require a new topic to be added (Topic 326) to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and removes the thresholds that entities apply to measure credit losses on financial instruments measured at amortized cost, such as loans, trade receivables, reinsurance recoverables, off-balance-sheet credit exposures, and held-to-maturity securities. Under current GAAP, entities generally recognize credit losses when it is probable that the loss has been incurred. The guidance under ASU 2016-13 will remove all current recognition thresholds and will require entities under the new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to recognize an allowance for credit losses for the difference between the amortized cost basis of a financial instrument and the amount of amortized cost that an entity expects to collect over the instrument’s contractual life. The new CECL model is based upon expected losses rather than incurred losses. Additionally, the credit loss recognition guidance for available-for-sale

 

A-12


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

securities is amended and will require that credit losses on such debt securities should be recognized as an allowance for credit losses rather than a direct write-down of amortized cost balance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. At this time, management is evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 in the Exchange’s consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Exchange to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, non-U.S. government bonds, premiums receivable, and balances recoverable from reinsurers. Non-U.S. government bonds are diversified and no one investment accounts for greater than 5% of the Exchange’s invested assets. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with financial institutions which balances fluctuate in excess of federally insured limits. If the financial institutions were not to honor their contractual liability to the Exchange, then the Exchange could incur losses. Management is of the opinion that there is low risk because of the financial strength of the respective financial institutions.

The Exchange is also subject to concentrations of credit risks through short-term money market investments. The credit risk related to short-term money market investments is minimized by the Exchange by investing in money market funds secured by U.S. government securities or repurchase agreements secured by U.S. government securities.

Insureds consist of healthcare providers in which no one insured accounted for over 20% of premiums receivable or gross written premium as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, the Exchange had reinsurance balances recoverable of $5,431,752 and reinsurance payable to the reinsurers of $1,116,900 for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, contingent commissions receivable, and unearned premiums with various reinsurers, one of which is an authorized reinsurer domiciled outside of the United States of America. The authorized, domestic reinsurers have A.M. Best ratings of A or better. As discussed in Note 1, the Exchange has a reinsurance agreement with Keystone, an affiliated company.

 

4.

Variable Interest Entity:

The Exchange is a reciprocal insurance exchange domiciled in Pennsylvania, for which SIS serves as attorney-in-fact. SIS holds a variable interest in the Exchange due to the absence of decision-making capabilities by the equity owners (subscribers/policyholders) of the Exchange and due to the significance of the management fee the Exchange pays to SIS as its decision maker. As a result, SIS is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the Exchange and is considered to be its primary beneficiary.

All medical professional liability insurance operations are owned by the Exchange, and SIS functions solely as the management company.

SIS has not provided any additional financial or other support to the Exchange for any of the reporting periods presented. At December 31, 2018, there are no explicit or implicit arrangements that would require SIS to provide future financial support to the Exchange.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

5.

Investments:

The Exchange’s equity and fixed maturity securities are stated at fair value, which is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between willing market participants as of the measurement date.

The Exchange uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value, which are in accordance with accounting principles for fair value measurement of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements on a recurring basis. These principles establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices for identical assets in active markets.

Level 2 - Other observable inputs, either directly or indirectly, including:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in nonactive markets (few transactions, limited information, noncurrent prices, high variability over time, etc.);

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset (interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, default rates, etc.); and

 

   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data.

The estimated fair values of equity and fixed maturity securities are based on quoted market prices where available. The Exchange obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (“pricing service”), which generally uses quoted prices or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, non-binding broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, and prepayment speeds. As the Exchange is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value.

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Exchange’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Amortized cost/cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities by major security type for the results of the Exchange at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2018

           

U.S. government

   $ 5,105,355      $ —        $ 103,777      $ 5,001,578  

States, territories, and possessions

     911,411        3,903        897        914,417  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     9,874,472        71,771        25,272        9,920,971  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     26,015,817        6,281        663,456        25,358,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     41,907,055        81,955        793,402        41,195,608  

Common stocks

     2,783,103        183,346        525,133        2,441,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 44,690,158      $ 265,301      $ 1,318,535      $ 43,636,924  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, maturities of investments in bond securities are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in less than one year

   $ 3,049,548      $ 2,519,305  

Due after one year to five years

     26,158,004        23,744,418  

Due after five years to ten years

     12,699,503        14,931,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 41,907,055      $ 41,195,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

A-15


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method. During the year ended December 31, 2018, proceeds from maturity and sales and gross realized gains and losses on securities are:

 

     2018  

Proceeds

   $ 6,603,916  

Gross gains

     54,150  

Gross losses

     79,720  
The components of net investment income are as follows:

 

     2018  

Bonds

   $ 1,069,187  

Cash and short-term investments

     8,042  

Common stocks

     144,469  

Other

     5,730  

Net loss on sales of investments

     (25,570

Unrealized loss on equity securities

     (830,123
  

 

 

 
     371,735  

Less investment expenses

     56,137  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 315,598  
  

 

 

 

In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-01 at January 1, 2018, the following are the net losses recognized for equity securities that are included in net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     2018  
  

 

 

 

Total net loss recognized during the year

   $ (850,713

Net loss on sales during the year

     (20,590
  

 

 

 

Net unrealized loss recognized during the year

   $ (830,123
  

 

 

 

 

A-16


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Exchange’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 495,758      $ 1,263  

States, territories, and possessions

     410,416        897  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     2,608,394        4,141  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     14,690,196        283,485  

Common stocks

     1,120,791        198,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,325,555      $ 488,776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 4,505,820      $ 102,514  

States, territories, and possessions

     —          —    

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     1,322,893        21,131  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     9,407,802        379,971  

Common stocks

     406,793        326,143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,643,308      $ 829,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 5,001,578      $ 103,777  

States, territories, and possessions

     410,416        897  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     3,931,287        25,272  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     24,097,998        663,456  

Common stocks

     1,527,584        525,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,968,863      $ 1,318,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, the Exchange had 271 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $488,776 and 100 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $829,759.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

The unrealized losses on investments in U.S. government and agency securities, state securities, and corporate debt securities at December 31, 2018 were primarily caused by general economic conditions and not by unfavorable changes in credit ratings associated with these securities. The Exchange evaluates impairment at each reporting period for each of the securities where the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value. The contractual cash flows of the U.S. government and agency obligations are guaranteed either by the U.S. government or an agency of the U.S. government. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the carrying value of the investment, and the Exchange does not intend to sell the investment until the unrealized loss is fully recovered. The Exchange evaluated the credit ratings of the state and agency obligations and corporate obligations, noting whether a significant deterioration since purchase or other factors that may indicate an other-than-temporary-impairment such as the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition, and near-term prospects of the issuer as well as specific events or circumstances that may influence the operations of the issuer and the Insurance

 

A-18


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Exchanges’ intent to sell the investment. The management of the Exchange determined that there were no investments which were other-than-temporarily-impaired as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Exchange to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 5,001,578      $ —        $ 5,001,578      $     —    

States, territories, and possessions

     914,417        —          914,417        —    

Subdivisions of states, territories and possessions

     9,920,971        —          9,920,971        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     25,358,642        —          25,358,642        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     41,195,608        —          41,195,608        —    

Common stocks

     2,441,316        2,441,316        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,636,924      $ 2,441,316      $ 41,195,608      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

A-19


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

6.

Deferred Acquisition Costs:

The following table summarizes the components of deferred acquisition costs for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     2018  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,504,001  

Amount capitalized during the year

     5,020,219  

Amount amortized during the year

     5,005,431  
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,518,789  
  

 

 

 

 

7.

Reinsurance:

In January 1, 2015, the Exchange entered into an annual loss and clash reinsurance contract. The contract applies to policies written by the Exchange for insureds with medical practices within the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Delaware, and Maryland. Under the terms of the agreement, Coverage A has a retention of $700,000 in excess of $300,000. For Medical Care Availability and Reduction of Error Fund (“MCARE”) eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the policy limits are $500,000 ultimate net loss per each claim, insured, and policy and $1,500,000 in the aggregate. For those defined specialties not covered under MCARE, policy limits are $1,000,000 ultimate net loss per each claim, insured, and policy and $3,000,000 in the aggregate. The contract also has Clash coverage provision (Coverage B) providing $600,000 in coverage subject to a $2,200,000 aggregate. Coverage C has a retention of $1,000,000 in excess of $1,000,000. The reinsurer’s maximum liability during the annual contract period was $25,000,000 for Coverages A and B and $2,000,000 for Coverage C.

On January 1, 2016, the Exchange entered into a two-year excess of loss and clash reinsurance contract. The contract applies to policies written by the Exchange for insureds with medical practices within the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Delaware, and Maryland. Coverages under the contract are the same as the January 2015 contract described above except for the following changes: (1) The reinsurer’s maximum liability during the annual contract period shall be 550% of ceded reinsurance premium or $5,000,000, whichever is greater, for Coverages A and B; and (2) Coverages A and B are subject to a deductible of $1,250,000 or 12% of net subject earned premium, whichever is greater. The contract terminated on December 31, 2017.

On January 1, 2018, the Exchange entered into a reinsurance contract with JLT Re (North America), Inc. (“JLT”). Under the terms of the agreement, reinsurance is ceded by the Exchange. For MCARE eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the reinsurance liability is $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insured individuals not covered by MCARE, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insureds in other states with policy limits of $200,000 per claim, the reinsurer liability is $100,000 in excess of $100,000 per claim. For insureds with policy limits in excess of $200,000 per claim, not exceeding $1,000,000 per claim, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000. The reinsurance contract has a two-year term and expires on January 1, 2020.

Premiums ceded to the reinsurers are subject to adjustment based on the terms of the reinsurance agreement. Initially, a deposit or provisional premium is ceded to the reinsurers, which is periodically adjusted, and set equal to 7.5% of the gross net earned premium income for the period from January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2018, subject to a minimum premium of $650,000.

 

A-20


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written, amounts earned, and losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

     2018  

Premiums written:

  

Direct

   $ 15,586,230  

Ceded

     3,036,088  
  

 

 

 

Premiums written, net of reinsurance

   $ 12,550,142  
  

 

 

 

Premiums earned:

  

Direct

   $ 15,818,872  

Ceded

     2,722,454  
  

 

 

 

Premiums earned, net of reinsurance

   $ 13,096,418  
  

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred:

  

Direct

   $ 6,430,711  

Ceded

     (242,740
  

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net of reinsurance

   $ 6,673,451  
  

 

 

 

 

A-21


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

8.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses:

Activity in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 are summarized as follows:

 

     2018  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year

   $ 38,028,709  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable, beginning of year

     6,117,389  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, claims paid, beginning of year

     352,285  
  

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year

     32,263,605  

Incurred related to:

  

Current year

     9,596,259  

Prior years

     (2,922,808
  

 

 

 

Total incurred

     6,673,451  
  

 

 

 

Paid related to:

  

Current year

     398,770  

Prior years

     9,300,763  
  

 

 

 

Total paid

     9,699,533  
  

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year—net

     29,237,523  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, end of year

     5,431,752  

Less: Recoverable on claims paid

     5,791  
  

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year—gross

   $ 34,663,484  
  

 

 

 

The liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 was $34,663,484. For the year ended December 31, 2018, $9,300,763 has been paid for incurred claims attributable to insured events of prior years. Original estimates are increased or decreased, as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims. The favorable development of $2,922,808 during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reductions of the ultimate losses for the 2010, 2011, and 2015 policy years which were offset by strengthening the ultimate loss reserves for the 2016 and 2017 policy years.

 

A-22


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Incurred and Paid Loss Development Information - Unaudited

The following information about incurred and paid loss development at December 31, 2018, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities, plus expected development on report claims included within the net incurred claims amounts.

The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2017, is presented as supplementary information and is unaudited.

 

      Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)     

 

 
      (Unaudited)             As of December 31, 2018  

Accident
Year

    2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Total of
Incurred-But-Not-Reported
Liabilities Plus Expected
Development on Reported
Claims
     Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
 
  2009     $ 3,899     $ 3,792     $ 3,939     $ 3,607      $ 3,426      $ 2,856      $ 2,718      $ 2,548      $ 2,503      $ 2,323        75        3  
  2010         4,875       4,191       4,961        4,521        4,158        3,671        3,265        2,937        2,252        22        1  
  2011           5,329       5,473        5,456        5,221        4,948        4,276        4,447        3,864        128        2  
  2012             6,258        5,956        5,946        5,643        5,405        6,410        6,430        170        11  
  2013                6,547        6,722        6,199        5,625        5,224        4,947        359        19  
  2014                   6,353        6,034        5,562        4,278        3,952        643        16  
  2015                      8,173        7,575        6,992        5,009        1,332        16  
  2016                         8,136        7,502        8,166        2,200        45  
  2017                            10,184        10,864        4,994        45  
  2018                               9,397        6,999        58  
                         

 

 

       
                          $ 57,204        
                         

 

 

       
      Cumulative Paid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)                
      (Unaudited)                       
Accident
Year
    2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018                
  2009     $ 58     $ 312     $ 530     $ 829      $ 1,291      $ 1,577      $ 1,656      $ 1,573      $ 1,602      $ 1,942        
  2010         30       255       466        871        1,410        1,531        1,736        1,911        2,187        
  2011           69       366        903        1,959        3,400        2,988        3,273        3,409        
  2012             83        464        901        1,870        3,775        5,193        5,478        
  2013                50        236        950        2,306        2,617        3,279        
  2014                   42        292        766        1,792        2,697        
  2015                      79        381        1,162        2,148        
  2016                         193        807        3,397        
  2017                            400        3,428        
  2018                               228        
                            28,193        
                         

 

 

       
        All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance        227        
        

 

 

       
      Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance      $ 29,238        
      

 

 

       

 

A-23


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Reconciliation

The reconciliation for the net incurred and paid loss development tables to the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 in the accompanying balance sheet is as follows:

 

     2018  

Net outstanding liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

  

Medical professional

   $ 29,237,523  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     29,237,523  
  

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims:

  

Medical professional

     5,425,961  
  

 

 

 

Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

     5,425,961  
  

 

 

 

Total gross liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 34,663,484  
  

 

 

 

Actuarial Assumptions and Methodologies

The Exchange uses a combination of the Actual versus Expected Method, Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method, Expected Loss Ratio Method, Frequency/Severity Method, and the Loss Development Method in order to estimate its liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses. There were no significant changes in the methodologies and assumptions used to develop the liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Losses Duration Information

The following is supplemental information about average historical claims duration at December 31, 2018:

 

     Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Losses by Age, Net of Reinsurance  
           (unaudited)  

Accident Year

   Year 1     Year 2     Year 3     Year 4     Year 5     Year 6     Year 7     Year 8     Year 9     Year 10  

Medical professional

     1.9     9.6     14.2     20.9     23.3     8.5     6.1     2.6     6.8     14.6

 

9.

Note Payable:

On December 12, 2014, the Exchange entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution with proceeds totaling $300,000 to finance the development of a new policy system. The loan is secured by the equipment purchased with the proceeds received. The loan is being repaid on a monthly basis from January 2016 through December 2020 with interest calculated on the unpaid principal balance at a rate of 4%. At December 31, 2018, the balance of the note was $127,327. At December 31, 2018, the Exchange was in compliance with all loan covenants.

Future maturities of the note for the succeeding years are as follows at December 31, 2018:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2019

   $ 62,385  

2020

     64,942  
  

 

 

 
   $ 127,327  
  

 

 

 

 

A-24


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

10.

Income Taxes:

The components of the Exchange’s income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

     2018  

Current provision

   $ 71,650  

Deferred tax provision

     (173,067
  

 

 

 
   $ (101,417
  

 

 

 

The Exchange’s U.S. federal statutory income tax rate applicable to ordinary income was 21% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The income tax provision differs from that computed by applying federal statutory rate to loss before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018 is summarized as follows:

 

     2018  

Expected tax provision at federal statutory rate

   $ (34,441

Tax exempt income, net of proration

     (38,234

Dividends received deduction, net of proration

     (10,540

Deferred adjustments

     (22,053

Other

     3,851  
  

 

 

 

Net income tax provision

   $ (101,417
  

 

 

 

 

A-25


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between financial reporting purposes and the income tax purposes of the Exchange’s assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2018, the components of the Exchange’s net deferred income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     2018  

Deferred tax assets:

  

Discount of unearned premiums

   $ 321,939  

Discount of advance premiums

     16,919  

Discount of losses and loss adjustment expenses

     561,439  

Unrealized loss on investments

     72,387  

Guaranteed fund assessment

     28,675  

Other

     28  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,001,387  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

  

Deferred acquisition costs

     528,946  

TCJA transitional adjustment

     169,324  

Unrealized gain on investments

     —    

Other

     3,339  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     701,609  
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 299,778  
  

 

 

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At December 31, 2018, management determined that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized by the Exchange in future years. Accordingly, the Exchange did not record a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2018, there were no unused operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income.

The Exchange has applied the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , for the year ended December 31, 2018. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute with respect to uncertainty in income tax positions. In applying ASC 740, the Exchange has evaluated its various tax positions taken during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Exchange has determined that based solely on the technical merits, each tax position on a current and deferred basis has a more-likely-than-not probability that the tax position will be sustained by taxing authorities. The Exchange is not presently under audit by any taxing authority and there are no other uncertainties and events that are reasonably possible in the next year that would cause a significant change in the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits.

 

A-26


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

The Exchange did not recognize any interest and penalties in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Exchange remains subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2015 through 2017.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was signed into law. Most of the provisions of this bill did not affect corporate taxes paid until 2018 and beyond including reducing the top corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%. However, based upon applicable statutory accounting rules deferred income taxes are estimated based upon expected tax rates enacted prior to the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, the Exchange has measured its deferred income taxes at December 31, 2017 using a tax rate of 21%.

Additionally, as part of the enactment of TCJA, property and casualty insurance companies are required to use Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) prescribed factors to determine the loss discount. From the date of the passage of the new law, the IRS is using a corporate bond yield curve to determine the discount factors and property and casualty insurance companies are no longer allowed to use their own historical payment patterns to determine their discount factors. Transition rules require that property and casualty insurance companies recalculate the 2017 reserve discount as if the 2018 tax reform rules had been in effect at the time of the passage of the new law, compare it to the actual 2017 reserve discount, and amortize the difference into taxable income over eight years beginning in 2018. As a result of this comparison, the Exchange recorded as a component of net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2017 a resulting difference amount of $105,261, the gross amount of $501,243 of which is being amortized into taxable income beginning in 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the 2017 discount reserve difference was subsequently revised due to changes in the corporate bond yield curve published by the IRS resulting in an adjusted gross amount of $921,493. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the amount amortized into taxable income was $115,187. At December 31, 2018, the deferred tax liability related to TCJA transitional adjustment was $169,324 and is included as a component of net deferred tax asset.

 

11.

Related Party Transactions:

SIS, as the Attorney-In-Fact for the subscribers to the Exchange, is responsible for the exchange of reciprocal insurance contracts among the subscribers and for managing the business of the Exchange as set forth in the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, SIS provides underwriting and administrative services to the Exchange based on a percentage not to exceed 25.0% for gross written premiums, less return premiums. The Attorney-In-Fact Agreement is in effect for an indefinite term, subject only to the right of the Exchange and SIS to terminate this Agreement by mutual agreement. Management fee expense incurred by the Exchange in accordance with the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3,896,557. Management fee is included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive loss . At December 31, 2018, the Exchange owed SIS $261,476 for these services and is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The Attorney-In-Fact Agreement was amended effective January 1, 2017 to increase the management fee percentage from 24.5% of gross written premiums to 25.0% of gross written premiums. Additionally, the agreement was further amended whereby the management fee charged by SIS to the Exchange is to no longer include payments to agents and other sales commissions as components of the fee. Total amount of broker commissions incurred by the Exchange during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $1,316,013 and is included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

On June 1, 2018, SIS adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) to convert the Exchange from a reciprocal inter-insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership pursuant to the Pennsylvania Medical Professional Liability Reciprocal Exchange-to-Stock Conversion Act. Under the Plan, the Exchange would merge with Professional Casualty Association (the “Association”) and Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (“PIPE”), Pennsylvania reciprocal inter-insurance exchanges, and would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation (“Holdings”). As part of the Plan, as amended, Holdings will offer and sell its common stock to subscribers of the Exchange, the Association, and PIPE as well as to other interested investors. Other than eligible stockholders of Diversus, it is not expected that Diversus would be a direct or indirect purchaser of common stock in the offering. The Plan was subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner. In connection with the Plan, the Exchange incurred conversion and securities offering costs of $312,902 during the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $228,656 was included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2018, the amount due from Holdings related to these conversion and securities offering costs was $84,246 and is presented as “due from affiliate” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

On February 5, 2019, the Department approved the Plan. The effective date for the Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-1 Registration Statement for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering took place on March 27, 2019.

The Exchange and Andrews Outsource Solutions, LLC (“AOS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, entered into an agreement in April 2017, whereby AOS is to provide litigation management services and paralegal support services to the Exchange. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Exchange incurred litigation management services of $544,000 related to this agreement; such amount is included in “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2018, there was no amount due to AOS related to these services.

The Exchange has an agreement with Gateway Risk Services, Inc. (“Gateway”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, whereby Gateway provides the Exchange with specialty services for claims administration. Gateway manages the claims process on behalf of the Exchange. The Exchange incurred and paid fees related to services provided by Gateway totaling $135,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018; such amount is included in “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. There was no amount due to Gateway at December 31, 2018.

 

A-28


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

On October 16, 2018, PPCIC entered into a surplus note agreement with PIPE whereby PIPE advanced $500,000 to PPCIC. Under the terms of the note, outstanding advances bear interest at 3%, payable in monthly interest installments of $3,750 and principal is due on the maturity date on October 1, 2028. All monthly payments of interest and principal payments are subject to the approval of the New Jersey Department. During the year ended December 31, 2018, PPCIC incurred interest expense of $3,139, the amount is due at December 31, 2018, and is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2018, the Exchange had a payable to Keystone in the amount of $383,255 for ceded premiums on behalf of the owner of Keystone and insured of the Exchange for the year ended December 31, 2018 and is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, expenses of the Exchange were initially paid by PIPE. At December 31, 2018, the amount due to PIPE was $3,321, and is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

As discussed in Note 7, on January 1, 2018 the Exchange entered into a reinsurance contract with JLT. JLT and SIS co-brokered the contract. JLT is to be compensated by the reinsurers through commissions, and JLT, in turn, will pay a portion of the commission to SIS. During the year ended December 31, 2018, SIS earned commission income of $55,277 related to this agreement.

 

12.

Management Agreement:

The Exchange and PPCIC have an agreement with Strategic Risk Solutions (VT), Inc. (“SRS”), an unrelated company, whereby SRS provides accounting, administrative, and regulatory services to both entities. The Exchange incurred fees related to services provided by SRS totaling $107,509, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The amount due to SRS at December 31, 2018 was $2,167.

 

13.

Assessments:

The Exchange is aware of various insurance entities’ insolvencies that produced business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Exchange has received assessments for its pro-rata share of the cost of such insolvencies from the Pennsylvania Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Fund. Statutory accounting principles require the Exchange to provide a liability for the full cost of such insolvencies up to the maximum annual assessment limit (2.0%).

Based upon the available information, the Exchange has provided a gross liability of $136,547 at December 31, 2018 for guaranty fund assessments and is included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Exchange has not recorded applicable premium tax credits at December 31, 2018 related to guaranty assessments. Total guaranty fund expense, net of prior years’ refunds and premium tax credits, for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $43,682.

 

A-29


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

MCARE is a special fund established by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to ensure reasonable compensation for persons injured due to medical negligence. Healthcare providers who render 50% or more of his or her healthcare business or practice within Pennsylvania are required to obtain statutory excess professional liability coverage with MCARE by paying a certain percentage (assessment) of the prevailing primary premium charged by the Pennsylvania Professional Liability Joint Underwriting Association to MCARE. The Exchange assesses its policyholders as required by MCARE in addition to collecting the premium assessed. The assessments collected from policyholders are included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, and no income is recognized by the Exchange. At December 31, 2018, the Exchange had liabilities of $433,130 for amounts collected on behalf of MCARE.

The New Jersey Property-Liability Insurance Guaranty Association (“NJPIGA”) was created by the State of New Jersey to provide a safety net for policyholders and claimants of insolvent property-casualty insurance companies. The Exchange assesses its policyholders as required by NJPIGA in addition to collecting the premium assessed. The assessments collected from policyholders are included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, and no income is recognized by the Exchange. At December 31, 2018, the Exchange had liabilities of $36,777 for amounts collected on behalf NJPIGA.

 

14.

Statutory Information:

Accounting principles used to prepare statutory financial statements differ from those used to prepare financial statements under GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) include state laws, regulations, and general administration rules, as well as a variety of publications from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The statutory financial statements of the Exchange are prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the Department.

Financial statements prepared under SAP focus on solvency of the insurer and generally provide a more conservative approach than under GAAP. These accounting practices differ significantly in the following respects from GAAP: (1) assets must be included in the statutory balance sheet at “admitted asset value,” whereas GAAP requires historical cost or, in certain instances, fair value; (2) “non-admitted assets” must be excluded through a charge to surplus, while on a GAAP basis “non-admitted assets” are included in the balance sheet net of any allowance valuation; (3) acquisition costs, such as commissions, management fees, premium taxes, and other items, have been charged to operations when incurred, whereas GAAP requires capitalization of these expenses and amortized over the term of the policies; (4) the carrying value of bonds are based on NAIC ratings whereas GAAP requires bonds to be valued based on whether management intends to hold the bonds to maturity; (5) changes in deferred income taxes are reported directly to surplus, whereas changes to deferred income taxes are reflected in the statement of income for GAAP; (6) deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowance, are limited to those temporary deductible differences which are expected to reverse within three years, whereas under GAAP, no such limitation exists; and (7) ceded reinsurance amounts (unearned premiums and estimated loss recoverables) are shown net of the related liability, whereas presented on a gross basis and reflected as an asset for GAAP.

The Department has adopted certain prescribed accounting practices that differ from those found in the NAIC statutory accounting practices. Specifically, the Department prescribes the deduction of management fees related to unearned premiums from unearned premiums reserve and charging operations on a pro-rata basis over the period covered by these policies; whereas under SAP, the unearned premiums would not be reduced by the management fees paid relate to unearned premiums reserve.

 

A-30


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

Statutory net income and surplus and other funds of the Exchange as determined in accordance with SAP prescribed or permitted by the Department for the year ended December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

     2018  

Statutory net income

   $ 597,233  

Statutory surplus and other funds

     16,821,008  

A reconciliation of statutory surplus and other funds between NAIC statutory accounting practices and practices prescribed by the Department are as follows:

 

     2018  

Statutory surplus and other funds prescribed by the

    Department

   $ 16,821,008  

State prescribed practices:

  

Unearned management fees

     (1,789,508
  

 

 

 

Statutory surplus and other funds per NAIC

    statutory accounting practices

   $ 15,031,500  
  

 

 

 

In accordance with Pennsylvania law, the Exchange is required to maintain minimum subscribers’ surplus of $1,125,000. Additionally, Pennsylvania law sets the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by the Exchange during any twelve-month period after notice to, but without the approval of, the Department. This amount cannot exceed the greater of (1) 10% of the Exchange’s surplus as reported on its most recent annual statement filed with the Department or (2) the Exchange’s statutory net income for the period covered by the annual statement as reported on such statement. During the year ended December 31, 2018, no dividends were declared or paid by the Exchange.

The Exchange is subject to minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the NAIC. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances and various levels of risk activity. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of the Exchange’s total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to its authorized control level RBC. At December 31, 2018, the Exchange’s RBC exceeded minimum RBC requirements.

Note 15: Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 24, 2019, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

As discussed in Note 12, on February 5, 2019 the Department approved the Plan. The effective date of the S-1 for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering took place on March 27, 2019.

 

A-31


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

———————-

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

B-1


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(with report of independent registered public accounting firm)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

INDEX

 

     Page  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     B-3  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Balance sheets

     B-4  

Statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income

     B-5  

Statements of members’ equity

     B-6  

Statements of cash flows

     B-7  

Notes to financial statements

     B-8  

 

 

B-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors of Professional Casualty Association:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Professional Casualty Association (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, members’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “ financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Effect of Adopting New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses on equity securities in 2018 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities .

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

April 24, 2019

 

B-3


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

ASSETS

    

Available-for-sale bond securities, at fair value (Amortized cost of $25,043,747 and $25,795,187)

   $ 24,522,706     $ 25,714,469  

Equity securities, at fair value (Cost of $2,934,515 and $2,758,755)

     3,016,174       3,240,787  

Equity security, at net asset value

     130,432       —    

Short-term investments, at fair value

     149,948       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     27,819,260       28,955,256  

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,146,235       4,250,022  

Accrued investment income

     172,559       139,058  

Premiums receivable

     1,189,326       1,447,712  

Reinsurance recoverable

     2,227,068       2,312,019  

Unearned ceded premiums

     203,585       549,304  

Income taxes recoverable

     761,855       353,968  

Deferred acquisition costs

     1,093,314       1,189,364  

Deferred income taxes

     1,094,106       102,362  

Due from affiliate

     88,333       —    

Other assets

     162,208       260,684  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 35,957,849     $ 39,559,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

LIABILITIES:

    

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 22,165,916     $ 18,584,712  

Unearned premiums

     3,882,068       5,494,355  

Reinsurance payable

     45,988       —    

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     861,943       1,347,964  

Due to affiliates, net

     5,179       278,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     26,961,094       25,705,401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

MEMBERS’ EQUITY:

    

Contributed capital

     2,348,988       2,348,988  

Retained earnings

     7,059,388       11,188,322  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (411,621     317,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY

     8,996,755       13,854,348  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 35,957,849     $ 39,559,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

REVENUES:

    

Net premium earned

   $ 7,111,761     $ 7,480,452  

Net investment income

     329,172       584,026  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

     7,440,933       8,064,478  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

    

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net

     9,990,048       4,012,280  

Other underwriting expenses

     3,428,395       3,500,447  

Interest expense

     —         31,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

     13,418,443       7,543,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (5,977,510     520,501  

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (1,467,771     209,278  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

     (4,509,739     311,223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

    

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax benefit (expense) of $92,468 and ($133,601)

     (340,754     272,576  

Reclassification adjustments for net realized gain Included in net (loss) income

     (7,100     (13,233
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

     (347,854     259,343  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (4,857,593   $ 570,566  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     Contributed
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total Members’
Equity
 

Balance, January 1, 2017

   $ 2,348,988      $ 10,929,270     $ 5,524     $ 13,283,782  

Net income

     —          311,223       —         311,223  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —         259,343       259,343  

Reclassification of tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income related to passage of TCJA

     —          (52,171     52,171       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 2,348,988      $ 11,188,322     $ 317,038     $ 13,854,348  

Net loss

     —          (4,509,739     —         (4,509,739

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —         (347,854     (347,854

Reclassification of unrealized gain on equity securities, net of income taxes, from accumulated other comprehensive income with the adoption of ASU 2016-01

     —          380,805       (380,805     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

   $ 2,348,988      $ 7,059,388     $ (411,621   $ 8,996,755  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (4,509,739   $ 311,223  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

     (899,276     180,933  

Net realized gain on sales of investments

     (10,433     (13,233

Unrealized loss on equity securities

     422,320       —    

Amortization of bond premiums

     23,608       87,129  

Amortization expense

     27,756       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accrued investment income

     (33,501     (2,674

Premiums receivable

     258,386       (666,779

Reinsurance recoverable

     84,951       153,261  

Unearned ceded premiums

     345,719       54,543  

Income taxes recoverable

     (407,887     28,345  

Deferred acquisition costs

     96,050       29,360  

Due from affiliate

     (88,333     147,754  

Other assets

     87,031       (87,982

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     3,581,204       (4,417,079

Unearned premiums

     (1,612,287     (1,211,753

Reinsurance payable

     45,988       —    

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     (486,021     (437,083

Due to affiliates, net

     (273,191     278,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     (3,347,655     (5,565,665
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Investments:

    

Proceeds from sales and maturities

     8,400,183       16,725,323  

Purchases

     (8,140,004     (12,123,961

Other assets

     (16,311     (83,610
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     243,868       4,517,752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Repayment of subordinated notes payable

     —         (500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     —         (500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (3,103,787     (1,547,913

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

     4,250,022       5,797,935  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

   $ 1,146,235     $ 4,250,022  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Interest paid for the year

   $ —       $ 31,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

B-7


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

1.

Organization and Operations:

Professional Casualty Association (“Association”) is an unincorporated, subscriber-owned exchange organized on April 16, 2003. The Association received its Certificate of Authority on June 26, 2003 and is licensed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Insurance Department (“Department”) as a reciprocal insurance exchange. Additionally, the Association was licensed as an admitted carrier on November 2, 2015 by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services. The Association’s primary business is to provide medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence, and occurrence policies to its subscribers. The members of the Association consist exclusively of the Association’s subscribers. Underwriting is based on the applicants’ specialty, location, and claims history.

The Association is managed by Professional Third Party, LP (“PTP”) pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between the Association and PTP, effective April 16, 2003. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PTP provides salaries and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to the Association and pays certain expenses on behalf of the Association in exchange for 25% of the gross written premium.

PTP has the power to direct the activities of the Association that most significantly impact the Association economic performance by acting as the common attorney-in-fact and decision maker for the subscribers at the Association. PTP is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, Inc. (“Diversus”), a Delaware domiciled holding company, effective as of June 4, 2014.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Basis of Presentation

The Association prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material. The Association’s principal estimates include the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, deferred acquisition costs, other-than-temporary impairments of investments, valuation of deferred tax assets, and premium deficiency reserves.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Association considers cash and cash equivalents to be cash on hand and depository bank accounts with original maturities of three months or less, are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

Investments

Investments in fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, on available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

B-8


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Prior to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , as of January 1, 2018, investments in equity securities were classified as available-for-sale securities, stated at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, were recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income. With the adoption of ASU 2016-01, investments in equity securities are still stated at fair value but unrealized holding gains and losses are credited or charged to net income (loss) as incurred.

The Association has an ownership interest in a limited partnership equity hedge fund. The fund has a short-term and long-term equity investment strategy that specializes in securities of financial institutions. The Association’s interest in the fund is measured at fair value using the fund’s net asset value as a practical expedient. Unrealized holding gains and losses are credited or charged to net income (loss) as incurred. After an initial one-year lockup period, the investment may be redeemed quarterly with a 45-day notice. There are no unfunded commitments related to the investment. The investment is presented as “equity security, at net asset value” in the accompanying balance sheets.

Realized gains and losses on sales of equity and fixed maturity securities are recognized into income based upon the specific identification method. Interest and dividends are recognized as earned.

The Association considers short-term investments to be short-term, highly liquid investments that are less than one year in term to the dates of maturities at the purchase dates that they present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

The Association regularly evaluates all its investments based on current economic conditions, credit loss experience, and other specific developments. If there is a decline in a securities’ net realizable value that is other than temporary, it is considered as a realized loss and the cost basis in the security is reduced to its estimated fair value.

Other-than-temporary-impairments (“OTTI”) of fixed maturity securities are separated into credit and noncredit-related amounts when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired fixed maturity security for which management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors is recorded in other comprehensive (loss) income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, computed using original yield as the discount rate, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.” For equity securities in an unrealized loss position where fair value is not expected to be recovered to the security’s cost basis in a reasonable time period, or where management does not expect to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery to the security’s cost basis, an OTTI is deemed to have occurred, and a loss is recognized in earnings.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Deferred acquisition costs consist of costs that vary with and are directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts. These costs primarily consist of sales commissions, management fees, and premium taxes, are deferred, and amortized as premiums are earned over the applicable policy term.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Liability for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses include an amount determined from individual case estimates and loss reports and an amount, based on prior experience, actuarial assumptions and management judgments for losses incurred but not reported. Such liabilities are necessarily based on assumptions and estimates and while management believes the amount is adequate, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the amounts provided. The methods for making such estimates for establishing the resulting liabilities are continually reviewed. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based upon the assumption that past developments are an appropriate indicator of future events and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends, and other relevant factors. The uncertainties involved with the reserving process include internal factors, such as changes in claims handling procedure, as well external factors, such as economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final loss settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends.

The Association offers extended reporting coverage at no additional charge in the event of disability, death or retirement after a policyholder reaches the age of 55 and has been an Association policyholder for least five years. An extended reporting endorsement policy reserve is required to assure that premiums are not earned prematurely. The Association has this reserve actuarially determined with the balance included in unearned premiums. The extended reporting endorsement policy reserve amounted to $1,074,000 and $2,263,158 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Premium Deficiency Reserves

Premium deficiency reserves and the related expenses are recognized when it is probable that expected future benefit payments, loss adjustment expenses, direct administration costs, and an allocation of indirect administration costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and reinsurance recoveries considered over the remaining lives of the contracts, and are recorded as “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying balance sheets. The Association has not recorded any premium deficiency reserves as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. The analysis of premium deficiency reserves was completed as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Association does not consider anticipated investment income when calculating the premium deficiency reserves.

Reinsurance

The Association cedes reinsurance risk to other insurance companies. This arrangement allows the Association to minimize the net loss potential arising from large risks. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Association of its obligation to its subscribers. Reinsurance premiums, losses, and loss adjustment expenses are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contract.

 

B-10


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Conversion Costs

The Association incurred direct consulting and other costs related to the conversion from a reciprocal insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership and as part of offering of securities by the currently planned parent company as further discussed in Note 10. Conversion and securities offering costs that are not anticipated to be reimbursed by the currently planned parent company are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income as incurred. Additionally, the Association has paid costs related to offering of securities by the formerly planned parent company. These costs were charged to the Association and required reimbursement from the formerly planned parent company. However, given the termination of the original offering (as discussed in Note 10), these costs have been written off and are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Revenue Recognition

Premiums of the Association are earned on a daily pro rata basis over the terms of the insurance policies. Unearned premium reserves are established to cover the unexpired portion of the policies in force less amounts ceded to reinsurers. For consideration received for policies with effective dates subsequent to the reporting period, the Association records an advanced premium liability in lieu of written premium.

Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on fixed maturity securities, are reported as a separate component in the equity section in the accompanying balance sheets. Such items, along with net (loss) income, are components of comprehensive income (loss), and are reflected in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

Reclassifications of realized gains and losses on sales of investments out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are recorded in investment income in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

Income Taxes

The Association accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Association’s financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Association records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Association considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.

The Association recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Association adopted the provisions of ASU 2016-01 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The amendments in this ASU require among other things that equity investments to be measured at fair value (excluding those equity securities measured at fair value using net asset value as a practical expedient) with changes in fair value recognized in net income, simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of the liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements, and clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. With the adoption of ASU 2016-01, a cumulative effect of unrealized holding gains and losses on previously classified available-for-sale equity securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income at January 1, 2018 are to be reclassified to retained earnings. At January 1, 2018, unrealized holding gains in equity securities, net of tax effect, of $380,805 were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as presented in the accompanying statement of members’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Association adopted the provisions of FASB ASU 2015-09, Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts , addressing enhanced disclosure requirements for insurers relating to short-duration insurance contract claims and the unpaid claims liability roll-forward for long and short-duration contracts. The disclosures are intended to provide users of financial statements with more transparent information about an insurance entity’s initial claim estimates and subsequent adjustments to those estimates, the methodologies and judgments used to estimate claims, and the timing, frequency, and severity of claims. The adoption of this ASU for the year ended December 31, 2017 did not have material impact on the financial statements.

The Association adopted the provisions of ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income during the year ended December 31, 2017 . The amendments in this ASU allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to members’ equity for stranded tax effects resulting from passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”). In connection with the adoption of ASU 2018-02, the Association adopted the policy option available under ASU 2018-02 of reclassifying the income tax effects related to change in tax rates from accumulated other comprehensive income to members’ equity during the year ended December 31, 2017. The adoption of this ASU for the year ended December 31, 2017 did not have material impact on the financial statements.

 

B-12


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting rules and disclosure requirements can impact the results and the comparability of the Association’s financial statements. The following recently issued accounting pronouncements are relevant to the Association’s financial statements:

ASU 2016-13: In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in this Update require a new topic to be added (Topic 326) to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and removes the thresholds that entities apply to measure credit losses on financial instruments measured at amortized cost, such as loans, trade receivables, reinsurance recoverables, off-balance-sheet credit exposures, and held-to-maturity securities. Under current GAAP, entities generally recognize credit losses when it is probable that the loss has been incurred. The guidance under ASU 2016-13 will remove all current recognition thresholds and will require entities under the new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to recognize an allowance for credit losses for the difference between the amortized cost basis of a financial instrument and the amount of amortized cost that an entity expects to collect over the instrument’s contractual life. The new CECL model is based upon expected losses rather than incurred losses. Additionally, the credit loss recognition guidance for available-for-sale securities is amended and will require that credit losses on such debt securities should be recognized as an allowance for credit losses rather than a direct write-down of amortized cost balance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. At this time, management is evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 in the Association’s financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in the December 31, 2017 financial statements. Such reclassifications had no impact on members’ equity or net (loss) income.

 

3.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments which potentially expose the Association to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, non-U.S. government bonds, premium balances receivable, and balances recoverable from reinsurers. Non-U.S. government bonds are diversified and no one investment accounts for greater than 5% of the Association’s invested assets. The Association maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limits. The Association has not experienced any losses from bank accounts. Management is of the opinion that there is low risk because of the financial strength of the respective financial institutions.

The Association is also subject to concentrations of credit risk through short-term money market investments. The credit risk related to short-term investments is minimized by the Association investing in money market funds secured by U.S. government securities or repurchase agreements secured by U.S. government securities.

Insureds consist of healthcare providers in which no one insured accounted over 20% of premiums receivable or gross written premium as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Association had reinsurance balances recoverable of $2,227,068 and $2,312,019, respectively, and reinsurance payable to reinsurers of $45,988 and $0, respectively, for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, contingent commissions receivable, and unearned premiums with four reinsurers, one of which is an authorized reinsurer domiciled outside of the United States of America. The authorized, domestic reinsurers have A.M. Best ratings of A or better.

 

B-13


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

4.

Variable Interest Entity:

The Association is a reciprocal insurance exchange domiciled in Pennsylvania, for which PTP serves as attorney-in-fact. PTP holds a variable interest in the Association due to the absence of decision-making capabilities by the equity owners (subscribers/policyholders) of the Association and due to the significance of the management fee the Association pays to PTP as its decision maker. As a result, PTP is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the Association and is considered to be its primary beneficiary.

All medical professional liability insurance operations are owned by the Association, and PTP functions solely as the management company.

PTP has not provided financial or other support to the Association for any of the reporting periods presented. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there are no explicit or implicit arrangements that would require PTP to provide future financial support to the Association.

 

5.

Investments:

The Association’s equity and fixed maturity securities are stated at fair value, which is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between willing market participants as of the measurement date.

The Association uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value, which are in accordance with accounting principles for fair value measurement of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements on a recurring basis. These principles establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices for identical assets in active markets.

Level 2 - Other observable inputs, either directly or indirectly, including:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in nonactive markets (few transactions, limited information, noncurrent prices, high variability over time, etc.);

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset (interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, default rates, etc.);

 

   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data.

 

B-14


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The estimated fair values of equity and fixed maturity are based on quoted market prices where available. The Association obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (“pricing service”), which generally uses quoted prices or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, non-binding broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, and prepayment speeds. As the Association is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value.

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Association’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

Amortized cost/cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and fair value of investments by major security type of the Association at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2018

           

U.S. government

   $ 4,097,623      $ 852      $ 61,351      $ 4,037,124  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     840,210        4,645        —          844,855  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     20,105,9140        4,974        470,161        19,640,727  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     25,043,747        10,471        531,512        24,522,706  

Common stocks

     2,934,515        246,770        165,111        3,016,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,978,262      $ 257,241      $ 696,623      $ 27,538,880  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2017

           

U.S. government

   $ 6,693,770      $ 560      $ 67,765      $ 6,626,565  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     915,000        —          1,912        913,088  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     18,186,417        78,498        90,099        18,174,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     25,795,187        79,058        159,776        25,714,469  

Common stocks

     2,758,755        491,752        9,720        3,240,787  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,553,942      $ 570,810      $ 169,496      $ 28,955,256  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

B-15


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

At December 31, 2018, maturities of investments in bond securities are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in less than one year

   $ 2,420,813      $ 2,413,413  

Due after one year to five years

     14,258,820        14,003,835  

Due after five years to ten years

     8,364,114        8,105,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,043,747      $ 24,522,706  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, proceeds from maturity and sales and gross realized gains and losses on securities are:

 

     2018      2017  

Proceeds

   $ 8,400,183      $ 16,725,323  

Gross gains

     59,236        46,147  

Gross losses

     48,803        32,914  

The components of net investment income are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Bonds

   $ 635,369      $ 578,219  

Cash and short-term investments

     40,539        19,529  

Common stocks

     103,226        81,298  

Limited partnerships

     1,231        —    

Net gain on sales of investments

     10,433        13,233  

Unrealized loss on equity investments

     (422,320      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     368,478        692,279  

Less investment expenses

     39,306        108,253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 329,172      $ 584,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-01 at January 1, 2018, the following are the net gains and losses recognized for equity investments that are included in net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     2018  

Total net loss recognized during the year

   $ (418,987)  

Net gain on sales of equity investments during the year

     3,333  
  

 

 

 

Net unrealized loss recognized during the year

   $ (422,320)  
  

 

 

 

 

B-16


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Association’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 993,433      $ 2,438  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     8,273,516        159,459  

Common stocks

     1,093,538        146,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,360,487      $ 308,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 2,897,807      $ 58,913  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     9,281,312        310,702  

Common stocks

     167,040        18,410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,346,159      $ 388,025  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 3,891,240      $ 61,351  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     17,554,828        470,161  

Common stocks

     1,260,578        165,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 22,706,646      $ 696,623  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, the Association had 174 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $308,598 and 79 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $388,025.

 

B-17


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Association’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 2,508,225      $ 4,733  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     —          —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     7,514,041        58,048  

Common stocks

     186,528        5,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,208,794      $ 68,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 3,893,144      $ 63,032  

Subdivisions of states, territories and possessions

     913,088        1,912  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     3,212,135        32,051  

Common stocks

     214,313        4,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,232,680      $ 101,269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 6,401,369      $ 67,765  

Subdivision of states, territories, & possessions

     913,088        1,912  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     10,726,176        90,099  

Common stocks

     400,841        9,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,441,474      $ 169,496  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the Association had 69 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $68,227 and 47 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $101,269.

The unrealized losses on investments in U.S. government and agency securities, state securities, and corporate debt securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were primarily caused by general economic conditions and not by unfavorable changes in credit ratings associated with these securities. The Association evaluates impairment at each reporting period for each of the securities where the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value. The contractual cash flows of the U.S. government and agency obligations are guaranteed either by the U.S. government or an agency of the U.S. government. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the carrying value of the investment, and the Association does not intend to sell the investment until the unrealized loss is fully recovered. The Association evaluated the credit ratings of the state and agency obligations and corporate obligations, noting whether a significant deterioration since

 

B-18


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

purchase or other factors that may indicate an other-than-temporary-impairment such as the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition, and near-term prospects of the issuer as well as specific events or circumstances that may influence the operations of the issuer and the Association’s intent to sell the investment. Management of the Association determined that there were no investments which were other-than-temporarily-impaired as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Association to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 4,037,124      $ —        $ 4,037,124      $ —    

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     844,855        —          844,855        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     19,640,727        —          19,640,727        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     24,522,706        —          24,522,706        —    

Common stocks

     3,016,174        3,016,174        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,538,880      $ 3,016,174      $ 24,522,706      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Association to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 6,626,565      $ —        $ 6,626,565      $ —    

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     913,088        —          913,088        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     18,174,816        —          18,174,816        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     25,714,469        —          25,714,469        —    

Common stocks

     3,240,787        3,240,787        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,955,256      $ 3,240,787      $ 25,714,469      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.

Deferred Acquisition Costs:    

The following table summarizes the components of deferred acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     2018      2017  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,189,364      $ 1,218,724  

Amount capitalized during the year

     2,352,535        2,583,099  

Amount amortized during the year

     2,448,585        2,612,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 1,093,314      $ 1,189,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

B-19


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

7.

Reinsurance:

On January 1, 2016, the Association and the Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (“Exchange”), a Pennsylvania reciprocal inter-insurance exchange, entered into a consolidated reinsurance contract with Guy Carpenter & Co, LLC. Under the terms of the agreement, reinsurance is ceded by the Association and the Exchange. For Medical Care Availability and Reduction of Error Fund (“MCARE”) eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the reinsurance liability is $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insured individuals not covered by MCARE, the reinsurance liability is $500,000 in excess of $500,000 per claim. Stand-alone Clinics, Health Care Organizations and Dental Professional Liability insureds, not covered by MCARE, are reinsured at limits of $700,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insureds in South Carolina and Michigan with policy limits of $200,000 per claim, the reinsurer liability is $100,000 in excess of $100,000 per claim. For insureds with policy limits in excess of $200,000 per claim, not exceeding $1,000,000 per claim, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000. The reinsurance contract had a two-year term and was terminated on December 31, 2017.

On January 1, 2018, the Association and the Exchange entered into separate reinsurance contracts with JLT Re (North America), Inc. (“JLT”). Under the terms of the agreements, reinsurance is ceded by the Association and the Exchange. For MCARE eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the reinsurance liability is $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insured individuals not covered by MCARE, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insureds in South Carolina and Michigan with policy limits of $200,000 per claim, the reinsurer liability is $100,000 in excess of $100,000 per claim. For insureds with policy limits in excess of $200,000 per claim, not exceeding $1,000,000 per claim, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000. The reinsurance contracts have a two-year term and expire on January 1, 2020.

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written, amounts earned, and losses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Premiums written:

     

Direct

   $ 6,311,346      $ 7,683,787  

Ceded

     466,154        1,360,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums written, net of reinsurance

   $ 5,845,192      $ 6,323,237  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums earned:

     

Direct

   $ 7,923,634      $ 8,895,545  

Ceded

     811,873        1,415,093  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums earned, net of reinsurance

   $ 7,111,761      $ 7,480,452  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred:

     

Direct

   $ 12,388,564      $ 4,702,804  

Ceded

     2,398,516        690,524  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net of reinsurance

   $ 9,990,048      $ 4,012,280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

B-20


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

8.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses:

Activity in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is summarized as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Loss and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year - gross

   $ 18,584,712      $ 23,001,791  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable, beginning of year

     2,312,019        2,465,280  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, claims paid, beginning of year

     844,288        740,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year- net

     17,116,981        21,276,669  

Incurred related to:

     

Current year

     3,867,284        4,435,280  

Prior years

     6,122,764        (423,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total incurred

     9,990,048        4,012,280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Paid related to:

     

Current year

     186,677        310,857  

Prior years

     6,981,504        7,861,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total paid

     7,168,181        8,171,968  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year - net

     19,938,848        17,116,981  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, end of year

     2,227,068        2,312,019  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable, claims paid, end of year

     —          844,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year - gross

   $ 22,165,916      $ 18,584,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $22,165,916 and $18,584,712, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, $6,981,504 and $7,861,111, respectively, has been paid for incurred claims attributable to insured events of prior years. Original estimates are increased or decreased, as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims. The favorable development of $423,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses on all claims-made policy years. The unfavorable development of $6,122,764 during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related to reserve strengthening in the 2015 ($400,000) occurrence policy year, the 2016 ($500,000) tail policy year and the 2017 ($400,000) and 2014 through 2017 ($4,500,000) claims-made policy years. A majority of these changes in indications were related to the Association’s new claims management team and a change in reserving philosophy of setting reserves at the expected value as soon as possible when the liability is acknowledged.

 

B-21


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Incurred and Paid Loss Development Information - Unaudited

The following information about incurred and paid loss development at December 31, 2018, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities, plus expected development on report claims included within the net incurred claims amounts.

The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2017, is presented as supplementary information and is unaudited.

 

     Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)      As of December 31, 2018  
     (unaudited)            

 

 

Accident
Year

   2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Total of
Incurred-But-Not-Reported
Liabilities Plus Expected
Development on Reported
Claims
     Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
 

2009

   $ 13,591      $ 11,440      $ 10,624      $ 9,767      $ 9,791      $ 9,712      $ 10,438      $ 11,064      $ 11,196      $ 11,602           108  

2010

        8,455        6,567        6,443        5,740        4,990        4,563        4,461        5,127        5,269        5        100  

2011

           9,459        9,537        9,471        11,602        11,928        11,982        12,428        12,589        7        70  

2012

              9,877        9,364        9,553        10,064        10,146        10,420        10,619        109        84  

2013

                 7,818        7,057        6,270        5,536        5,040        5,353        152        98  

2014

                    7,403        5,924        5,989        5,672        5,957        509        86  

2015

                       8,374        7,292        6,500        7,286        1,127        68  

2016

                          7,529        7,873        9,548        1,563        66  

2017

                             4,378        6,224        2,151        71  

2018

                                3,773        2,472        46  
                             

 

 

       
                              $ 78,220        
                             

 

 

       
     Cumulative Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Paid, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)                
     (unaudited)                       

Accident
Year

   2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018                

2009

   $ 408      $ 1,605      $ 4,028      $ 7,214      $ 7,956      $ 8,282      $ 9,507      $ 10,240      $ 11,057      $ 11,602        

2010

        267        963        2,065        3,078        3,671        3,851        3,981        4,986        4,997        

2011

           398        1,132        2,802        8,926        10,356        11,098        11,795        12,464        

2012

              423        1,500        3,240        5,736        8,617        9,811        9,933        

2013

                 406        1,336        2,715        4,191        4,435        4,996        

2014

                    285        1,017        2,884        4,094        4,395        

2015

                       381        1,802        3,197        4,110        

2016

                          512        2,475        4,513        

2017

                             302        1,517        

2018

                                167        
                             

 

 

       
                              $ 58,694        
           All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance        83        
           

 

 

       
        Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance      $ 19,609        
        

 

 

       

 

B-22


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Reconciliation

The reconciliation for the net incurred and paid loss development tables to the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 in the accompanying balance sheet is as follows:

 

     2018  

Net outstanding liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

  

Medical professional

   $ 19,608,690  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     19,608,690  
  

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims:

  

Medical professional

     2,227,068  
  

 

 

 

Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

     2,227,068  
  

 

 

 

Unallocated loss adjustment expenses

     330,158  
  

 

 

 

Total gross liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 22,165,916  
  

 

 

 

Actuarial Assumptions and Methodologies

The Association uses a combination of the Actual versus Expected Method, Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method, Frequency/Severity Method, and the Loss Development Method in order to estimate its liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses. There were no significant changes in the methodologies and assumptions used to develop the liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Losses Duration Information

The following is supplemental information about average historical claims duration at December 31, 2018:

 

     Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Losses by Age, Net of Reinsurance  
           (unaudited)                       

Accident Year

   Year 1     Year 2     Year 3     Year 4     Year 5     Year 6     Year 7     Year 8     Year 9     Year 10  

Medical professional

     4.8     14.3     21.1     25.6     11.0     6.8     6.5     10.2     3.6     4.7

 

9.

Income Taxes:

The components of the Association’s income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Current provision

   $ (568,495    $ 28,345  

Deferred tax provision

     (899,276      180,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (1,467,771    $ 209,278  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

B-23


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The Association’s U.S. federal statutory income tax rate applicable to ordinary income was 21% and 34% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The income tax provision differs from that computed by applying federal statutory rate to (loss) income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is summarized as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Expected tax provision at federal statutory rate

   $ (1,255,277    $ 176,970  

Permanent and other differences

     (9,706      27,125  

Deferred adjustments

     (6,640      (58,182

Change in enacted tax rates

     (219,872      63,366  

Alternative minimum tax

     23,607        —    

Other

     117        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income tax provision

   $ (1,467,771    $ 209,279  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between financial reporting purposes and the income tax purposes of the Association’s assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the components of the Association’s net deferred tax assets consisted of the following:

 

     2018      2017  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Discount of unearned premiums

   $ 154,496      $ 207,692  

Discount of advance premiums

     18,400        30,365  

Discount of losses and loss adjustment expenses

     352,602        266,541  

Guaranty fund assessment

     5,041        16,757  

Net operating loss carryforward

     811,703        —    

Unrealized loss on investments

Capital loss carryforward

     96,879        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,439,121        521,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Deferred acquisition costs

     229,596        249,766  

TCJA transitional adjustment

     114,004        83,753  

Other items

     1,415        1,198  

Unrealized gains on investments

     —          84,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     345,015        418,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 1,094,106      $ 102,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

 

B-24


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, management determined that it is more likely than not that all the deferred tax assets will be realized by the Association in future years. Accordingly, the Association did not record a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

At December 31, 2018, the Association had unused operating loss carryforwards of $3,865,253 which can be utilized to offset taxable income in future years. The utilization of these losses expires in 2038. There were no unused operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2017.

The Association has applied the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute with respect to uncertainty in income tax positions. In applying ASC 740, the Association has evaluated its various tax positions taken during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Association has determined that based solely on the technical merits, each tax position on a current and deferred basis has a more-likely-than-not probability that the tax position will be sustained by taxing authorities. The Association is not presently under audit by any taxing authority and there are no other uncertainties and events that are reasonably possible in the next year that would cause a significant change in the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits.

The Association did not recognize any interest and penalties in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Association remains subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2015 through 2017.

On December 22, 2017, TCJA was signed into law. Most of the provisions of this bill will not affect corporate taxes paid until 2018 and beyond including reducing the top corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%. However, based upon accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, deferred income taxes are estimated based upon expected tax rates enacted prior to the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, the Association has measured its deferred income taxes at December 31, 2017 using a tax rate of 21%. The effect on members’ equity was a decrease of $63,366, which is reported as a component of deferred income tax expense of $63,366.

Additionally, as part of the enactment of TCJA, property and casualty insurance companies are required to use Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) prescribed factors to determine the loss discount. From the date of the passage of the new law, the IRS is using a corporate bond yield curve to determine the discount factors and property and casualty insurance companies are no longer allowed to use their own historical payment patterns to determine their discount factors. Transition rules require that property and casualty insurance companies recalculate the 2017 reserve discount as if the 2018 tax reform rules had been in effect at the time of the passage of the new law, compare it to the actual 2017 reserve discount, and amortize the difference into taxable income over eight years beginning in 2018. As a result of this comparison, the Association recorded as a component of net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2017 a resulting difference amount of $83,753, the gross amount of $398,825 of which is being amortized into taxable income beginning in 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the 2017 discount reserve difference was subsequently revised due to changes in the corporate bond yield curve published by the IRS resulting in an adjusted gross amount of $620,429. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the amount amortized into taxable loss was $77,554. At December 31, 2018, the deferred tax liability related to TCJA transitional adjustment was $114,004 and is included as a component of net deferred tax asset.

 

B-25


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

10.

Related Party Transactions:

PTP, as the attorney-in-fact for the subscribers to the Association, is responsible for the exchange of reciprocal insurance contracts among the subscribers and for managing the business of the Association as set forth in the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PTP provides salaries, and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to the Association and pays certain expenses on behalf of the Association in exchange for 25% of the gross written premium. The Attorney-In-Fact Agreement is in effect for an indefinite term, subject only to the right of the Association and PTP to terminate this Agreement by mutual agreement. Management fee expense incurred by the Association in accordance with the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement with PTP for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $1,577,837 and $1,920,949, respectively. Additionally, during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Association incurred commission expenses from services provided by PTP totaling $31,404 and $33,164, respectively.    Management fee and commission expenses are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Association owed PTP $5,179 and $267,045, respectively, for these services and are included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheets.

At December 31, 2016, the Association had subordinated promissory notes to the former owners of PTP in the total amount of $500,000, interest carried at 5%, and maturing on March 31, 2017. All the subordinated promissory notes were issued in exchange for cash from the original note holders and the notes were carried at face value. The notes were subordinated to all policyholders and general creditor obligations of the Association, and all payments of interest and principal were subject to prior approval of the Department.    During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Association received permission from the Department to pay principal and interest of $500,000 and $31,250, respectively.

On July 27, 2015, PTP had adopted a previous plan of conversion to convert the Association from a reciprocal inter-insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership pursuant to the Pennsylvania Medical Professional Liability Reciprocal Exchange-to-Stock Conversion Act (the “Act”). Under the previous plan of conversion, the Association would have merged with the Exchange and would have become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Professional Casualty Holdings, Inc. (“PCH”), a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation. As part of the previous plan of conversion, PCH would have offered and sold its common stock to subscribers of the Association and of the Exchange as well as to other interested investors. With the adoption of the current plan of conversion between the Association, the Exchange, and Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (“PPIX”), a Pennsylvania reciprocal inter-insurance exchange, in June 2018 as discussed below, the previous plan of conversion was discontinued. In connection with the previous plan, the Association incurred conversion and securities offering costs of $0 and $125,180 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2017, the Association had a payable of $7,426 to Diversus related to these conversion and securities offering costs and is included “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheet. There was no payable to Diversus at December 31, 2018 related to the previous plans of conversion.

On June 1, 2018, PTP adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) to convert the Association from a reciprocal inter-insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership pursuant to the Act. Under the Plan, the Association would merge with the Exchange and PPIX and would become a wholly-owned

 

B-26


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

subsidiary of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation. As part of the Plan, as amended, Holdings will offer and sell its common stock to subscribers of the Association, the Exchange, and PPIX as well as to other interested investors. Other than eligible stockholders of Diversus, it is not expected that Diversus would be a direct or indirect purchaser of common stock in the offering. The Plan was subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner. In connection with the proposed plan, the Exchange incurred conversion and securities offering costs of $241,272 during the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $152,939 was included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018, the amount due from Holdings related to these conversion and securities offering costs was $88,333 and is presented as “due from affiliate” in the accompanying balance sheet.

On February 5, 2019, the Department approved the Plan. The effective date for the Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-1 Registration Statement (“S-1”) for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering was completed on March 27, 2019.

The Association and Andrews Outsource Solutions, LLC (“AOS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, entered into an agreement, with the Form D filing approved by the Department on December 17, 2015, whereby AOS is to provide litigation management services to the Association consisting of developing, implementing, and monitoring the litigation practices and strategy of the handling of specific medical professional liability lawsuits and claims. In April 2017, the litigation management services agreement between AOS and the Association was amended, with the Form D filing approved by the Department on April 6, 2017, whereby the fee structure of charges by AOS to the Association for each case is based upon the relationship with each respective attorney ranging from $300 to $500 per case per month rather than a flat fee of $500 per case per month. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Association incurred litigation management services of $441,100 and $521,000, respectively, related to this agreement; such amounts are included in “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there was no amount due to AOS related to these services.

In April 2017, the Association and Gateway Risk Services, Inc. (“Gateway”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, entered into an agreement, with the Form D filing approved by the Department on April 6, 2017, whereby Gateway is to provide defense and cost containment services to the Association that were formerly provided by PTP to the Association prior to the effective date of the agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Association incurred services totaling $115,000 and $84,714, respectively, related to this agreement; such amounts are included in “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there was no amount due to Gateway related to these services.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Diversus Management, Inc. (“DMI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, and PPIX paid for certain expenses on behalf of the Association. Additionally, DMI makes cash disbursements on behalf of each attorney-in-fact subsidiary of Diversus and invoices the respective attorney-in-fact for these transactions. At December 31, 2017, the amounts due to DMI and PPIX by the Association were $3,549 and $350, respectively, and are included “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheets. There was no amount due to DMI and PPIX by the Association at December 31, 2018.

 

B-27


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

As discussed in Note 7, on January 1, 2018 the Association entered into a reinsurance contract with JLT. JLT and Specialty Insurance Services, LLC (“SIS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, co-brokered the contract. JLT is to be compensated by the reinsurers through commissions, and JLT, in turn, will pay a portion of the commission to SIS. During the year ended December 31, 2018, SIS earned commission income of $14,178 related to this agreement.

As discussed in Note 7, the Association and the Exchange entered into a consolidated reinsurance contract effective as of January 1, 2016. Guy Carpenter and International Specialty Brokers, Ltd. (“ISBL”), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, co-brokered the contract. Guy Carpenter was compensated by the reinsurers through commissions and Guy Carpenter, in turn, paid a portion of the commissions to ISBL. During the year ended December 31, 2017, ISBL earned commission income of $52,387 related this arrangement.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Healthcare Professional Services, Inc. (“HPSI”), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, provided wholesale brokerage services to the Association in the amount of $39,273.

 

11.

Assessments:

The Association is aware of various insurance entities’ insolvencies that produced business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Association has received assessments for its pro-rata share of the cost of such insolvencies from the Pennsylvania Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Fund. Statutory accounting principles require the Association to provide a liability for the full cost of such insolvencies up to the maximum annual assessment limit (2.0%).

Based upon the available information, the Association has provided a gross liability of $24,000 and $79,793 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for guaranty fund assessments and are included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying balance sheets. The Association has not recorded applicable premium tax credits at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively related to guaranty assessments. Total guaranty fund expense, net of prior years’ refunds and premium tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $(10,998) and $21,663, respectively.

MCARE is a special fund established by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to ensure reasonable compensation for persons injured due to medical negligence. Healthcare providers who render 50% or more of his or her healthcare business or practice within Pennsylvania are required to obtain statutory excess professional liability coverage with MCARE by paying a certain percentage (assessment) of the prevailing primary premium charged by the Pennsylvania Professional Liability Joint Underwriting Association to MCARE. The Association assesses its policyholders as required by MCARE in addition to collecting the premium assessed. The assessments collected from policyholders are included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying balance sheets, and no income is recognized by the Association. The Association had liabilities of $101,838 and $250,000 for MCARE assessments at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for amounts collected on behalf of MCARE.

 

B-28


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

12.

Statutory Information:

Accounting principles used to prepare statutory financial statements differ from those used to prepare financial statements under GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) include state laws, regulations, and general administration rules, as well as a variety of publications from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The statutory financial statements of the Association are prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the Department.

Financial statements prepared under statutory accounting principles focus on solvency of the insurer and generally provide a more conservative approach than under GAAP. These accounting practices differ in the following respects from GAAP: (1) assets must be included in the statutory balance sheet at “admitted asset value,” whereas GAAP requires historical cost or, in certain instances, fair value; (2) “nonadmitted assets” must be excluded through a charge to surplus, while on a GAAP basis “nonadmitted assets” are included in the balance sheet net of any allowance valuation; (3) acquisition costs, such as commissions, premium taxes and other items, have been charged to operations when incurred, whereas GAAP requires capitalization of these expenses and amortized over the term of the policies; (4) the carrying value of bonds are based on NAIC ratings whereas GAAP requires bonds to be valued based on whether management intends to hold the bonds to maturity; (5) changes in deferred income taxes are reported directly to surplus, whereas changes to deferred income taxes are reflected in the statement of income for GAAP; and (6) Ceded reinsurance amounts (unearned premiums and estimated loss recoverable) are shown net of the related liability, whereas presented on a gross basis and reflected as an asset for GAAP.

The Department has adopted certain prescribed accounting practices that differ from those found in the NAIC statutory accounting practices. Specifically, the Department prescribes the deduction of management fees related to unearned premiums from unearned premiums reserve and charging operations on a pro-rata basis over the period covered by these policies; whereas under SAP, the unearned premiums would not be reduced by the management fees paid related to unearned premiums reserve.

Statutory net (loss) income and surplus and other funds of the Association as determined in accordance with SAP prescribed or permitted by the Department for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Statutory net (loss) income

   $ (4,996,396    $ 566,492  

Statutory surplus and other funds

     8,963,342        13,590,554  

A reconciliation of statutory surplus and other funds between NAIC statutory accounting practices and practices prescribed by the Department are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Statutory surplus and other funds prescribed by

the Department

   $ 8,963,342      $ 13,590,554  

State prescribed practices:

     

Unearned management fees

     (702,017      (807,794
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statutory surplus and other funds per NAIC statutory accounting practices

   $ 8,261,325      $ 12,782,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

B-29


Table of Contents

PROFESSIONAL CASUALTY ASSOCIATION

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

In accordance with Pennsylvania law, the Association is required to maintain minimum subscribers’ surplus of $1,125,000. Additionally, Pennsylvania law sets the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by the Association during any twelve-month period after notice to, but without the approval of, the Department. This amount cannot exceed the greater of (1) 10% of the Association’s surplus as reported on its most recent annual statement filed with the Department or (2) the Association’s statutory net income for the period covered by the annual statement as reported on such statement. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, no dividends were declared or paid by the Association.

The Association is subject to minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the NAIC. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances and various levels of risk activity. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of the Association’s total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to its authorized control level RBC. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Association’s RBC exceeded minimum RBC requirements.

 

Note 13:

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 24, 2019, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

As discussed in Note 10, on February 5, 2019 the Department approved the Plan. The effective date of the S-1 for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering was completed on March 27, 2019.

 

B-30


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

C-1


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(with report of independent registered public accounting firm)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

INDEX

 

     Page  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     C-3  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Balance sheets

     C-4  

Statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income

     C-5  

Statements of members’ equity

     C-6  

Statements of cash flows

     C-7  

Notes to financial statements

     C-8  

 

C-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors of Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, members’ equity, and cash flows, for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “ financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Effect of Adopting New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses on equity securities in 2018 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities .

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

April 24, 2019

 

C-3


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

ASSETS

    

Available-for-sale bond securities, at fair value (Amortized cost of $19,812,852 and $21,161,640)

   $ 19,488,355     $ 21,229,056  

Equity securities, at fair value (Cost of $1,851,192 and $1,580,248)

     1,809,604       1,819,637  

Equity securities, at net asset value

     224,127       131,798  

Short-term investments, at fair value

     224,001       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     21,746,087       23,180,491  

Cash and cash equivalents

     792,908       1,836,204  

Accrued investment income

     138,796       136,854  

Premiums receivable

     185,889       353,793  

Reinsurance recoverable

     297,223       156,443  

Unearned ceded premiums

     56,162       171,573  

Income taxes recoverable

     425,753       189,233  

Deferred acquisition costs

     373,090       384,957  

Deferred income taxes

     282,207       151,578  

Surplus note to affiliate

     500,000       —    

Due from affiliate

     88,628       —    

Other assets

     49,970       83,036  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 24,936,713     $ 26,644,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

LIABILITIES:

    

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 11,562,933     $ 11,761,133  

Unearned premiums

     1,341,722       1,609,252  

Reinsurance payable

     40,139       10,661  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     796,554       922,001  

Due to affiliates, net

     40,334       77,470  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     13,781,682       14,380,517  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

MEMBERS’ EQUITY:

    

Contributed capital

     8,050,850       8,050,850  

Retained earnings

     3,360,533       3,970,419  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (256,352     242,376  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY

     11,155,031       12,263,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 24,936,713     $ 26,644,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

REVENUES:

    

Net premium earned

   $ 3,379,655     $ 3,147,916  

Net investment income

     394,014       571,463  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

     3,773,669       3,719,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

    

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, net

     2,919,719       1,823,071  

Other underwriting expenses

     2,019,277       1,855,102  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

     4,938,996       3,678,173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (1,165,327     41,206  

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (366,140     101,394  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

     (799,187     (60,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:

    

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax benefit (expense) of $82,253 and $(104,314)

     (263,199     143,108  

Reclassification adjustments for net realized gain included in net loss

     (46,228     (50,671
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (309,427     92,437  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (1,108,614   $ 32,249  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

C-5


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     Contributed
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total Members’
Equity
 

Balance, January 1, 2017

   $ 8,050,709      $  4,070,492     $ 110,054     $ 12,231,255  

Subscription fees

     141        —         —         14141  

Net loss

     —          (60,188     —         (60,188

Other comprehensive income

     —          —         92,437       92,437  

Reclassification of tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income related to passage of TCJA

     —          (39,885     39,885       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 8,050,850      $ 3,970,419     $ 242,376     $ 12,263,645  

Net loss

     —          (799,187     —         (799,187

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —         (309,427     (309,427

Reclassification of unrealized gain on equity securities, net of income taxes, from accumulated other comprehensive income with the adoption of ASU 2016-01

     —          189,301       (189,301     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

     $8,050,850      $ 3,360,533     $  (256,352   $ 11,155,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

C-6


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (799,187   $ (60,188

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

     (48,376     131,414  

Net realized gain on sales of investments

     (39,393     (50,671

Unrealized loss on equity securities

     305,075       —      

Amortization of bond premiums

     40,722       66,290  

Amortization expense

     16,356       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accrued investment income

     (1,942     (13,981

Premiums receivable

     167,904       105,002  

Reinsurance recoverable

     (140,780     (65,575

Unearned ceded premiums

     115,411       23,261  

Income taxes recoverable

     (236,520     (125,986

Deferred acquisition costs

     11,867       37,353  

Due from affiliate

     (88,628     —    

Other assets

     24,583       (9,391

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     (198,200     (581,915

Unearned premiums

     (267,530     (143,419

Reinsurance payable

     29,478       (61,082

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     (125,447     (148,289

Due to affiliates, net

     (37,136     (252,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     (1,271,743     (1,149,281
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Investments:

    

Proceeds from sales and maturities

     5,056,598       5,489,626  

Purchases

     (4,320,278     (10,580,515

Issuance of surplus note to affiliate

     (500,000     —    

Other assets

     (7,873     (51,010
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     228,447       (5,141,899
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Subscription fees received

     —         141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     —         141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (1,043,296     (6,291,039

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

     1,836,204       8,127,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

   $ 792,908     $ 1,836,204  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Income taxes paid for the year

   $ —       $ 215,406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

C-7


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

1.

Organization and Operations:

Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (“Exchange”) is an unincorporated, subscriber-owned, exchange organized on March 14, 2005. The Exchange received its Certificate of Authority on August 24, 2005 and is licensed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Insurance Department ( “Department”) as a reciprocal insurance exchange. Additionally, the Exchange was licensed as an admitted carrier on October 15, 2013 by the South Carolina Department of Insurance. The Exchange’s primary business is to provide medical professional liability insurance consisting of claims-made, tail occurrence, and occurrence policies to health care providers practicing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The members of the Exchange consist exclusively of the Exchange’s subscribers. Underwriting is based on the applicants’ specialty, location and claims history.

The Exchange is managed by Physicians’ Insurance Program Management Company (“PIPMC”) pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between the Exchange and PIPMC, effective August 24, 2005. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PIPMC provides salaries and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to the Exchange and pays certain expenses on behalf of the Exchange for 25% of gross written premium.

PIPMC has the power to direct the activities of the Exchange that most significantly impact the Exchange economic performance by acting as the common attorney-in-fact and decision maker for the subscribers at the Exchange. PIPMC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, Inc. (“Diversus”), a Delaware domiciled holding company, effective as of November 23, 2015.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Basis of Presentation

The Exchange prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material. The Exchange’s principal estimates include the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, deferred acquisition costs, other-than-temporary impairments of investments, valuation of deferred tax assets, and premium deficiency reserves.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Exchange considers cash and cash equivalents to be cash on hand and depository bank accounts with original maturities of three months or less, are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

Investments

Investments in fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, on available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Prior to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , as of January 1, 2018, investments in equity securities were classified as available-for-sale securities, stated at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, were recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). With the adoption of ASU 2016-01, investments in equity securities are still stated at fair value but unrealized holding gains and losses are credited or charged to net income (loss) as incurred.

 

C-8


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The Exchange has ownership interests in two limited partnership equity hedge funds. The Exchange’s interests are measured at fair value using the funds’ net asset values as a practical expedient. Unrealized holding gains and losses are credited or charged to net income (loss) as incurred. There are no unfunded commitments related to these investments. The investments are presented as “equity securities, at net asset value” in the accompanying balance sheets. The first fund with a fair value of $137,173 has a short-term and long-term global equity investment strategy. Investments may be redeemed from the fund on a monthly basis with a 30-day notice, subject to certain restrictions at the discretion of the general partner, and there is no lockup period related to the investment. The second fund with a fair value of $86,954 also has a short-term and long-term equity investment strategy that specializes in investments in financial institutions. After an initial one-year lockup period that expires in 2019, the investment in the second fund may be redeemed quarterly with a 45-day notice.

Realized gains and losses on sales of equity and fixed maturity securities are recognized into income based upon the specific identification method. Interest and dividends are recognized as earned.

The Exchange considers short-term investments to be short-term, highly liquid investments that are less than one year in term to the dates of maturities at the purchase dates that they present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

The Exchange regularly evaluates all its investments based on current economic conditions, credit loss experience, and other specific developments. If there is a decline in a securities’ net realizable value that is other than temporary, it is considered as a realized loss and the cost basis in the security is reduced to its estimated fair value.

Other-than-temporary-impairments (“OTTI”) of fixed maturity securities are separated into credit and noncredit-related amounts when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired fixed maturity security for which management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, computed using original yield as the discount rate, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.” For equity securities in an unrealized loss position where fair value is not expected to be recovered to the security’s cost basis in a reasonable time period, or where management does not expect to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery to the security’s cost basis, an OTTI is deemed to have occurred, and a loss is recognized in earnings.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Deferred acquisition costs consist of costs that vary with and are directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts. These costs primarily consist of sales commissions, management fees, and premium taxes, are deferred, and amortized as premiums are earned over the applicable policy term.

Liability for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses include an amount determined from individual case estimates and loss reports and an amount, based on prior experience, actuarial assumptions and management judgments for losses incurred but not reported. Such liabilities are necessarily based on assumptions and estimates and while management believes the amount is adequate, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the amounts provided. The methods for making such estimates for establishing the resulting liabilities are continually reviewed. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based upon the assumption that past developments are an appropriate indicator of future events and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends, and other relevant factors.

 

C-9


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The uncertainties involved with the reserving process include internal factors, such as changes in claims handling procedure, as well external factors, such as economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final loss settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends.

The Exchange offers extended reporting coverage at no additional charge in the event of disability, death or retirement after a policyholder reaches the age of 55 and has been an Exchange policyholder for least five years. An extended reporting endorsement policy reserve is required to assure that premiums are not earned prematurely. The Exchange has this reserve actuarially determined with the balance included in unearned premiums. The extended reporting endorsement policy reserve amounted to $365,000 and $600,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Premium Deficiency Reserves

Premium deficiency reserves and the related expenses are recognized when it is probable that expected future benefit payments, loss adjustment expenses, direct administration costs, and an allocation of indirect administration costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and reinsurance recoveries considered over the remaining lives of the contracts, and are recorded as “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying balance sheets. The Exchange has not recorded any premium deficiency reserves as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. The analysis of premium deficiency reserves was completed as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Exchange does not consider anticipated investment income when calculating the premium deficiency reserves.

Reinsurance

The Exchange cedes insurance risk to other insurance companies. This arrangement allows the Exchange to minimize the net loss potential arising from large risks. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Exchange of its obligation to its subscribers. Reinsurance premiums, losses, and loss adjustment expenses are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contract.

Conversion Costs

The Exchange incurred direct consulting and other costs related to the conversion from a reciprocal insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership and as part of offering of securities by the currently planned parent company as further discussed in Note 10. Conversion and securities offering costs that are not anticipated to be reimbursed by the currently planned parent company are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income as incurred. Additionally, the Exchange has paid costs related to offering of securities by the formerly planned parent company. These costs were charged to the Exchange and required reimbursement from the formerly planned parent company. However, given the termination of the original offering (as discussed in Note 10), these costs have been written off and are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Revenue Recognition

Premiums of the Exchange are earned on a daily pro rata basis over the terms of the insurance policies. Unearned premium reserves are established to cover the unexpired portion of the policies in force less amounts ceded to reinsurers. For consideration received for policies with effective dates subsequent to the reporting period, the Exchange records an advanced premium liability in lieu of written premium.

Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on fixed maturity securities, are reported as a separate component in the equity section in the accompanying balance sheets. Such items, along with net (loss) income, are components of comprehensive income (loss), and are reflected in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

 

C-10


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Reclassifications of realized gains and losses on sales of investments and out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are recorded in investment income in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

Income Taxes

The Exchange accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Exchange’s financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Exchange records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Exchange considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial operations.

The Exchange recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the accompanying balance sheets.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Exchange adopted the provisions of ASU 2016-01 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The amendments in this ASU require among other things that equity investments to be measured at fair value (excluding those equity securities measured at fair value using net asset value as a practical expedient) with changes in fair value recognized in net income, simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of the liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements, and clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. With the adoption of ASU 2016-01, a cumulative effect of unrealized holding gains and losses on previously classified available-for-sale equity securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income at January 1, 2018 are to be reclassified to retained earnings. At January 1, 2018, unrealized holding gains in equity securities, net of tax effect, of $189,301 were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as presented in the accompanying statement of members’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Exchange adopted the provisions of FASB ASU 2015-09, Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts , addressing enhanced disclosure requirements for insurers relating to short-duration insurance contract claims and the unpaid claims liability roll-forward for long and short-duration contracts. The disclosures are intended to provide users of financial statements with more transparent

 

C-11


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

information about an insurance entity’s initial claim estimates and subsequent adjustments to those estimates, the methodologies and judgments used to estimate claims, and the timing, frequency, and severity of claims. The adoption of this ASU for the year ended December 31, 2017 did not have material impact on the financial statements.

The Exchange adopted the provisions of ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income during the year ended December 31, 2017 . The amendments in this ASU allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to members’ equity for stranded tax effects resulting from passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”). In connection with the adoption of ASU 2018-02, the Exchange adopted the policy option available under ASU 2018-02 of reclassifying the income tax effects related to change in tax rates from accumulated other comprehensive income to members’ equity during the year ended December 31, 2017. The adoption of this ASU for the year ended December 31, 2017 did not have material impact on the financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting rules and disclosure requirements can impact the results and the comparability of the Exchange’s financial statements. The following recently issued accounting pronouncements are relevant to the Exchange’s financial statements:

ASU 2016-13: In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in this Update require a new topic to be added (Topic 326) to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and removes the thresholds that entities apply to measure credit losses on financial instruments measured at amortized cost, such as loans, trade receivables, reinsurance recoverables, off-balance-sheet credit exposures, and held-to-maturity securities. Under current GAAP, entities generally recognize credit losses when it is probable that the loss has been incurred. The guidance under ASU 2016-13 will remove all current recognition thresholds and will require entities under the new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to recognize an allowance for credit losses for the difference between the amortized cost basis of a financial instrument and the amount of amortized cost that an entity expects to collect over the instrument’s contractual life. The new CECL model is based upon expected losses rather than incurred losses. Additionally, the credit loss recognition guidance for available-for-sale securities is amended and will require that credit losses on such debt securities should be recognized as an allowance for credit losses rather than a direct write-down of amortized cost balance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. At this time, management is evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 in the Exchange’s financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in the December 31, 2017 financial statements. Such reclassifications had no impact on members’ equity or net loss.

 

3.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Exchange to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, non-U.S. government bonds, premiums receivable, and balances recoverable from reinsurers. Non-U.S. government bonds are diversified and no one investment accounts for greater than 5% of the Exchange’s invested assets. The Exchange maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limits. The Exchange has not experienced any losses from bank accounts. Management is of the opinion that there is low risk because of the financial strength of the respective financial institutions.

 

C-12


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The Exchange is also subject to concentrations of credit risks through short-term money market investments. The credit risk related to short-term money market investments is minimized by the Exchange by investing in money market funds secured by U.S. government securities or repurchase agreements secured by U.S. government securities.

Insureds consist of healthcare providers in which no one insured accounted for over 20% of premiums receivable or gross written premium as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange had reinsurance balances recoverable of $297,223 and $156,443, respectively, and reinsurance payable to the reinsurer of $40,139 and $10,661, respectively, for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, contingent commissions receivable, and unearned premiums with one authorized reinsurer, which is domiciled outside of the United States of America.

Premiums receivable include amounts due from a premium financing company that are paid within 30 days of the effective date of the insurance policy. Management is of the opinion there is minimal risk due to the premium financing company accepting all recourse for nonpayment by the subscriber.

 

4.

Variable Interest Entity:

The Exchange is a reciprocal insurance exchange domiciled in Pennsylvania, for which PIPMC serves as attorney-in-fact. PIPMC holds a variable interest in the Exchange due to the absence of decision-making capabilities by the equity owners (subscribers/policyholders) of the Exchange and due to the significance of the management fee the Exchange pays to PIPMC as its decision maker. As a result, PIPMC is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the Exchange and is considered to be its primary beneficiary.

All medical professional liability insurance operations are owned by the Exchange, and PIPMC functions solely as the management company.

PIPMC has not provided financial or other support to the Exchange for any of the reporting periods presented. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there are no explicit or implicit arrangements that would require PIPMC to provide future financial support to the Exchange.

 

5.

Investments:

The Exchange’s equity and fixed maturity securities are stated at fair value, which is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between willing market participants as of the measurement date.

The Exchange uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value, which are in accordance with accounting principles for fair value measurement of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements on a recurring basis. These principles establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices for identical assets in active markets.

Level 2 - Other observable inputs, either directly or indirectly, including:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in nonactive markets (few transactions, limited information, noncurrent prices, high variability over time, etc.);

 

C-13


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset (interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, default rates, etc.);

 

   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data.

The estimated fair values of equity and fixed maturity securities are based on quoted market prices where available. The Exchange obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (“pricing service”), which generally uses quoted prices or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, non-binding broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, and prepayment speeds. As the Exchange is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value.

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Exchange’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

Amortized cost/cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and fair value of investments by major security type for the results of the Exchange at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2018

           

U.S. government

   $ 3,656,123      $ 86,502      $ 43,571      $ 3,699,054  

States, territories, and possessions

     200,468        10,594        —          211,062  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     2,516,008        29,549        19,319        2,526,238  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     13,440,253        2,775        391,027        13,052,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     19,812,852        129,420        453,917        19,488,355  

Common stocks

     1,851,192        94,410        135,998        1,809,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,664,044      $ 223,830      $ 589,915      $ 21,297,959  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

C-14


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2017

           

U.S. government

   $ 4,940,661      $ 147,753      $ 44,877      $ 5,043,537  

States, territories, and possessions

     200,490        15,866        —          216,356  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     3,205,666        54,515        77,223        3,182,958  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     12,814,823        37,455        66,073        12,786,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     21,161,640        255,589        188,173        21,229,056  

Common stocks

     1,580,248        247,978        8,589        1,819,637  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 22,741,888      $ 503,567      $ 196,762      $ 23,048,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, maturities of investments in bond securities are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in less than one year

   $ 1,623,905      $ 1,617,154  

Due after one year to five years

     10,259,473        10,144,327  

Due after five years to ten years

     6,554,339        6,324,553  

Due after ten years

     1,375,135        1,402,321  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,812,852      $ 19,488,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, proceeds from maturity and sales and gross realized gains and losses on securities are:

 

     2018      2017  

Proceeds

   $ 5,056,598      $ 5,489,626  

Gross gains

     93,587        98,767  

Gross losses

     54,194        48,096  

 

C-15


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The components of net investment income are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Bonds

   $ 606,990      $ 510,632  

Cash and short-term investments

     15,960        26,662  

Common stocks

     69,041        58,073  

Limited partnerships

     2,061        2,684  

Net gain on sales of investments

     39,393        50,671  

Unrealized loss on equity investments

     (305,075      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     428,370        648,722  

Less investment expenses

     34,356        77,259  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 394,014      $ 571,463  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-01 at January 1, 2018, the following are the net gains and losses recognized for equity investments that are included in net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     2018  

Total net loss recognized during the year

   $ (283,344

Net gain on sales of equity investments during the year

     21,731  
  

 

 

 

Net unrealized loss recognized during the year

   $  (305,075
  

 

 

 

 

C-16


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Exchange’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 267,830      $ 1,820  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     530,256        7,588  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     5,223,704        120,373  

Common stocks

     700,199        125,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,721,989      $ 255,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 1,455,155      $ 41,751  

Subdivision of states, territories, and possessions

     670,277        11,731  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     7,098,101        270,654  

Common stocks

     57,464        10,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,280,997      $ 334,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 1,722,985      $ 43,571  

Subdivision of states, territories, and possessions

     1,200,533        19,319  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     12,321,805        391,027  

Common stocks

     757,663        135,988  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 16,002,986      $ 589,915  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, the Exchange had 173 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $255,472 and 99 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $334,443.

 

C-17


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Exchange’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 259,329      $ 1,404  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     127,479        646  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     6,919,636        53,723  

Common stocks

     187,070        6,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,493,514      $ 61,873  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 2,087,424      $ 43,473  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     890,308        76,577  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     1,707,035        12,350  

Common stocks

     98,136        2,489  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,782,903      $ 134,889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 2,346,753      $ 44,877  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     1,017,787        77,223  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     8,626,671        66,073  

Common stocks

     285,206        8,589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,276,417      $ 196,762  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the Exchange had 89 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $61,873 and 71 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $134,889.

The unrealized losses on investments in U.S. government and agency securities, state securities, and corporate debt securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were primarily caused by general economic conditions and not by unfavorable changes in credit ratings associated with these securities. The Association evaluates impairment at each reporting period for each of the securities where the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value. The contractual cash flows of the U.S. government and agency obligations are guaranteed either by the U.S. government or an agency of the U.S. government. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the carrying value of the investment, and the Exchange does not intend to sell the investment until the unrealized loss is fully recovered. The Exchange evaluated the credit ratings of the state and agency obligations and corporate obligations, noting whether a significant deterioration since purchase or other factors that may indicate an other-than-temporary-impairment such as the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition, and near-term prospects of the issuer as well as specific events or circumstances that may influence the operations of the issuer and the Exchange’s intent to sell the investment. Management of the Exchange determined that there were no investments which were other-than-temporarily-impaired as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

C-18


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Exchange to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 3,699,054      $ —        $ 3,699,054      $ —    

States, territories, and possessions

     211,062        —          211,062        —    

Subdivisions of states, territories and possessions

     2,526,238        —          2,526,238        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     13,052,001        —          13,052,001        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     19,488,355        —          19,488,355        —    

Common stocks

     1,809,604        1,809,604        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,297,959      $ 1,809,604      $ 19,488,355      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Exchange to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 5,043,537      $ —        $ 5,043,537      $ —    

States, territories, and possessions

     216,356        —          216,356        —    

Subdivisions of states, territories and possessions

     3,182,958        —          3,182,958        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     12,786,205        —          12,786,205        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     21,229,056        —          21,229,056        —    

Common stocks

     1,819,637        1,819,637        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,048,693      $ 1,819,637      $ 21,229,056      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

C-19


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

6.

Deferred Acquisition Costs:

The following table summarizes the components of deferred acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     2018      2017  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 384,957      $ 422,310  

Amount capitalized during the year

     1,272,882        1,370,230  

Amount amortized during the year

     1,284,749        1,407,583  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 373,090      $ 384,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Reinsurance:

Effective January 1, 2016, the Exchange and Professional Casualty Association (the “Association”), a Pennsylvania reciprocal inter-insurance exchange, entered into an annual consolidated reinsurance contract with Guy Carpenter & Co, LLC. Under the terms of the agreement, reinsurance is ceded by the Association and the Exchange. For Medical Care Availability and Reduction of Error Fund (“MCARE”) eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the reinsurance liability is $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insured individuals not covered by MCARE, the reinsurance liability is $500,000 in excess of $500,000 per claim. Stand-alone Clinics, Health Care Organizations and Dental Professional Liability insureds, not covered by MCARE, are reinsured at limits of $700,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insureds in South Carolina and Michigan with policy limits of $200,000 per claim, the reinsurer liability is $100,000 in excess of $100,000 per claim. For insureds with policy limits in excess of $200,000 per claim, not exceeding $1,000,000 per claim, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000. The reinsurance contract had a two-year term and was terminated on December 31, 2017.

On January 1, 2018, the Exchange and the Association entered into separate reinsurance contracts with JLT Re (North America), Inc. (“JLT”). Under the terms of the agreements, reinsurance is ceded by the Exchange and the Association. For MCARE eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the reinsurance liability is $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insured individuals not covered by MCARE, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insureds in South Carolina and Michigan with policy limits of $200,000 per claim, the reinsurer liability is $100,000 in excess of $100,000 per claim. For insureds with policy limits in excess of $200,000 per claim, not exceeding $1,000,000 per claim, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000. The reinsurance contracts have a two-year term and expire on January 1, 2020.

 

C-20


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written, amounts earned, and losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Premiums written:

     

Direct

   $ 3,425,473      $ 3,647,265  

Ceded

     197,937        619,507  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums written, net of reinsurance

   $ 3,227,536      $ 3,027,758  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums earned:

     

Direct

   $ 3,693,003      $ 3,790,684  

Ceded

     313,348        642,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums earned, net of reinsurance

   $ 3,379,655      $ 3,147,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred:

     

Direct

   $ 3,060,499      $ 1,888,646  

Ceded

     140,780        65,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net of reinsurance

   $ 2,919,719      $ 1,823,071  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

C-21


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

8.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses:

Activity in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year - gross

   $ 11,761,133      $ 12,343,048  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable, beginning of year

     156,443        90,868  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss expense reserves, beginning of year – net

     11,604,690        12,252,180  

Incurred related to:

     

Current year

     2,061,854        2,163,071  

Prior years

     857,865        (340,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total incurred

     2,919,719        1,823,071  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Paid related to:

     

Current year

     128,751        29,623  

Prior years

     3,129,948        2,440,938  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total paid

     3,258,699        2,470,561  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year – net

     11,265,710        11,604,690  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, end of year

     297,223        156,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year - gross

   $ 11,562,933      $ 11,761,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $11,562,933 and $11,761,133, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, $3,129,948 and $2,440,938, respectively, has been paid for incurred claims attributable to insured events of prior years. Original estimates are increased or decreased, as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims. The favorable development of $340,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses in the 2013 and 2014 policy years. The unfavorable development of $857,865 during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily related reserve strengthening in the 2015 ($1,000,000) occurrence policy year and the 2013 ($500,000) claims-made policy years. The Exchange did realize positive reserve development for the 2010-2012 occurrence policy years of $800,000. A majority of these changes in indications were related to the Exchange’s new claims management team and a change in reserving philosophy of setting reserves at the expected value as soon as possible when the liability is acknowledged.

 

C-22


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Incurred and Paid Loss Development Information—Unaudited

The following information about incurred and paid loss development as of December 31, 2018, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities, plus expected development on report claims included within the net incurred claims amounts.

The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2017, is presented as supplementary information and is unaudited.

 

    Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)
(unaudited)
            As of December 31, 2018  
Accident
Year
  2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Total of
Incurred-But-

Not-
Reported
Liabilities
Plus

Expected
Development
on Reported
Claims
     Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
 
2009   $ 4,299     $ 3,801     $ 4,603     $ 4,624      $ 4,687      $ 5,501      $ 6,253      $ 6,663      $ 7,421      $ 7,422      $ 17        2  
2010       5,262       4,314       4,306        4,229        3,517        3,667        3,048        3,224        3,012        11        1  
2011         4,736       3,773        3,664        4,352        4,203        4,772        4,454        4,133        44        4  
2012           4,170        3,176        3,314        3,400        2,927        2,914        2,543        68        3  
2013              3,388        3,100        2,750        2,063        1,183        1,722        68        5  
2014                 3,551        3,150        2,247        1,137        1,153        155        7  
2015                    3,452        2,918        3,002        4,078        745        16  
2016                       2,800        3,486        3,662        960        12  
2017                          2,026        2,055        1,214        13  
2018                             1,991        1,300        12  
        

 

 

       
                          $ 31,771        
                         

 

 

       
    Cumulative Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Paid, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)                
    (unaudited)                       
Accident
Year
  2009     2010     2011     2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      2018                
2009   $ 52     $ 315     $ 1,112     $ 2,122      $ 3,246      $ 4,449      $ 4,620      $ 6,075      $ 6,695      $ 7,085        
2010       167       503       1,631        2,363        1,802        2,392        2,611        2,724        2,737        
2011         111       390        1,342        1,232        3,155        3,688        3,802        3,900        
2012           496        657        1,496        2.166        1,984        2,361        2,394        
2013              70        324        584        445        573        1,195        
2014                 90        367        419        562        688        
2015                    63        293        827        1,188        
2016                       239        536        1,781        
2017                          26        112        
2018                             104        
        

 

 

       
                          $ 21,184        

All outstanding liabilities before 2009, net of reinsurance

       460        
        

 

 

       

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     $ 11,047        
      

 

 

       

 

C-23


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

Reconciliation

The reconciliation for the net incurred and paid loss development tables to the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2018 in the accompanying balance sheet is as follows:

 

     2018  

Net outstanding liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

  

Medical professional

   $ 11,046,603  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     11,046,603  
  

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims:

  

Medical professional

     297,223  
  

 

 

 

Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

     297,223  
  

 

 

 

Unallocated loss adjustment expenses

     219,107  
  

 

 

 

Total gross liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 11,562,933  
  

 

 

 

Actuarial Assumptions and Methodologies

The Exchange uses a combination of the Actual versus Expected Method, Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method, Frequency/Severity Method, and the Loss Development Method in order to estimate its liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses. There were no significant changes in the methodologies and assumptions used to develop the liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Losses Duration Information

The following is supplemental information about average historical claims duration at December 31, 2018:

 

     Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Losses by Age, Net of Reinsurance  
           (unaudited)                       

Accident Year

   Year 1     Year 2     Year 3     Year 4     Year 5     Year 6     Year 7     Year 8     Year 9     Year 10  

Medical professional

     5.5     9.4     21.4     10.7     9.0     19.9     3.4     8.6     4.4     5.3

 

9.

Income Taxes:

The components of the Exchange’s income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Current provision

   $ (317,764    $ (30,020

Deferred tax provision

     (48,376      131,414  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (366,140    $ 101,394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

C-24


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The Exchange’s U.S. federal statutory income tax rate applicable to ordinary income was 21% and 34% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The income tax provision differs from that computed by applying federal statutory rate to (loss) income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is summarized as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Expected tax provision at federal statutory rate

   $ (244,719    $ 14,010  

Permanent and other difference

     (14,010      5,242  

Deferred adjustments

     23,453        (15,955

Alternative minimum tax

     —          4,262  

Change in enacted tax rates

     (130,864      93,835  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income tax provision

   $ (366,140    $ 101,394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between financial reporting purposes and the income tax purposes of the Exchange’s assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the components of the Exchange’s net deferred income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     2018      2017  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Discount of unearned premiums

   $ 53,993      $ 60,382  

Discount of advance premiums

     20,319        25,263  

Discount of losses and loss adjustment expenses

     199,629        177,136  

Capital loss carryforward

     34,558        41,774  

Guaranty fund assessment

     2,311        5,692  

Unrealized loss on investments

     81,326        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     392,136        310,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Deferred acquisition costs

     78,349        80,841  

TCJA transitional adjustment

     31,118        12,425  

Other items

     462        410  

Unrealized gain on investments

     —          64,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     109,929        158,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 282,207      $ 151,578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, management determined that it is more likely than not that all the deferred tax assets will be realized by the Exchange in future years. Accordingly, the Exchange did not record a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

C-25


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange had $164,566 and $198,923, respectively, of unused capital loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income and no unused operating loss carryforwards.

The Exchange has applied the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute with respect to uncertainty in income tax positions. In applying ASC 740, the Exchange has evaluated its various tax positions taken during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Exchange has determined that based solely on the technical merits, each tax position on a current and deferred basis has a more-likely-than-not probability that the tax position will be sustained by taxing authorities. The Exchange is not presently under audit by any taxing authority and there are no other uncertainties and events that are reasonably possible in the next year that would cause a significant change in the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits.

The Exchange did not recognize any interest and penalties in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Exchange remains subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2015 through 2017.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was signed into law. Most of the provisions of this bill did not affect corporate taxes paid until 2018 and beyond including reducing the top corporate tax rate from 34% to 21%. However, based upon applicable statutory accounting rules deferred income taxes are estimated based upon expected tax rates enacted prior to the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, the Exchange has measured its deferred income taxes at December 31, 2017 using a tax rate of 21%. The effect on members’ equity was a decrease of $93,835, which is reported as a component of deferred income tax expense of $93,835.

Additionally, as part of the enactment of TCJA, property and casualty insurance companies are required to use Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) prescribed factors to determine the loss discount. From the date of the passage of the new law, the IRS is using a corporate bond yield curve to determine the discount factors and property and casualty insurance companies are no longer allowed to use their own historical payment patterns to determine their discount factors. Transition rules require that property and casualty insurance companies recalculate the 2017 reserve discount as if the 2018 tax reform rules had been in effect at the time of the passage of the new law, compare it to the actual 2017 reserve discount, and amortize the difference into taxable income over eight years beginning in 2018. As a result of this comparison, the Exchange recorded as a component of net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2017 a resulting difference amount of $12,425, the gross amount of $59,167 of which is being amortized into taxable income beginning in 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the 2017 discount reserve difference was subsequently revised due to changes in the corporate bond yield curve published by the IRS resulting in an adjusted gross amount of $169,350. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the amount amortized into taxable income was $21,169. At December 31, 2018, the deferred tax liability related to TCJA transitional adjustment was $31,118 and is included as a component of net deferred tax asset.

 

10.

Related Party Transactions:

PIPMC, as the attorney-in-fact for the subscribers to the Exchange, is responsible for the exchange of reciprocal insurance contracts among the subscribers and for managing the business of the Exchange as set forth in the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, PIPMC provides salaries, and benefit expenses of the employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies, and data processing services to the Exchange and pays certain expenses on behalf of the Exchange for 25% of gross written premium. The Attorney-In-Fact Agreement is in effect for an indefinite term, subject only to the right of the Exchange and PIPMC to terminate this Agreement by mutual agreement. Management fee expense incurred by the Exchange in accordance with the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $856,368 and $911,816, respectively, and are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and

 

C-26


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange owed PIPMC $35,201 and $73,365, respectively, for these services and are included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheets.

On July 30, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Exchange had adopted a previous plan of conversion to convert the Exchange from a reciprocal inter-insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership pursuant to the Pennsylvania Medical Professional Liability Reciprocal Exchange-to-Stock Conversion Act (“Act”). Under the previous plan of conversion, the Exchange would have merged with the Association and would have become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Professional Casualty Holdings, Inc., a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation (“PCH”). As part of the previous plan of conversion, PCH would have offered and sold its common stock to subscribers of the Exchange and of the Association and to other interested investors. With the adoption of the current plan of conversion between the Exchange, the Association, and Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (“PPIX”), a Pennsylvania reciprocal inter-insurance exchange, in June 2018 as discussed below, the previous plan of conversion was discontinued. In connection with the previous plan of conversion, the Exchange incurred conversion and securities offering costs of $0 and $98,852 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2017, the Exchange had a payable of $7,425 to Diversus related to these conversion and securities offering costs and is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheet. There was no payable to Diversus at December 31, 2018 related to the previous plan of conversion.

On June 1, 2018, PIPMC adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) to convert the Exchange from a reciprocal inter-insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership pursuant to the Act. Under the Plan, the Exchange would merge with the Association and PPIX and would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation (“Holdings”). As part of the Plan, as amended, Holdings will offer and sell its common stock to subscribers of the Exchange, the Association, and PPIX as well as to other interested investors. Other than eligible stockholders of Diversus, it is not expected that Diversus would be a direct or indirect purchaser of common stock in the offering. The Plan was subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner. In connection with the proposed plan, the Exchange incurred conversion and securities offering costs of $239,614 during the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $150,986 was included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018, the amount due from Holdings related to these conversion and securities offering costs was $88,628 and is presented as “due from affiliate” in the accompanying balance sheet.

On February 5, 2019, the Department approved the Plan. The effective date for the Securities and Exchange Commission Form S-1 Registration Statement (“S-1”) for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering was completed on March 27, 2019.

In connection with the acquisition of PIPMC by Diversus on November 23, 2015, Diversus acquired through its subsidiary, PTP, certain medical insurance accounts from affiliates of PIPMC. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, PTP provided services related to these contracts totaling $143,860 and $177,358, respectively, to the Exchange and are included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the amount due to PTP related to these services was $8,454 and $8,177, respectively, and are included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheets.

The Exchange and Andrews Outsource Solutions, LLC (“AOS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, entered into an agreement, with the Form D filing approved by the Department on February 17, 2016, whereby AOS is to provide litigation management services to the Exchange consisting of developing, implementing, and monitoring the litigation practices and strategy of the handling of specific medical professional liability lawsuits and claims. In April 2017, the litigation management services agreement between AOS and the Exchange was amended,

 

C-27


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

with the Form D filing approved by the Department on April 6, 2017, whereby the fee structure of charges by AOS to the Exchange for each case is based upon relationship with each respective attorney ranging from $300 to $500 per case per month rather than a flat fee of $500 per case per month. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange incurred litigation management services of $292,800 and $303,900, respectively, related to this agreement; such amounts are included in “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there was no amount due to AOS related to these services.

In April 2017, the Exchange and Gateway Risk Services, Inc. (“Gateway”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, entered into an agreement, with the Form D filing approved by the Department on April 6, 2017, whereby Gateway is to provide defense and cost containment services to the Exchange that were formerly provided by PIPMC to the Exchange prior to the effective date of the agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange incurred services totaling $57,500 and $42,335, respectively, related to this agreement; such amounts are included in “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there was no amount due to Gateway related to these services.

On October 16, 2018, the Exchange entered into a surplus note agreement with Positive Physicians Captive Insurance Company (the “Captive”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PPIX, whereby the Exchange advanced $500,000 to the Captive. Under the terms of the note, outstanding borrowings bear interest at 3%, payable in monthly interest installments of $3,750 and principal is due on the maturity date on October 1, 2028. All monthly payments of interest and principal payments are subject to the approval of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Exchange earned interest income of $3,139, the amount is due at December 31, 2018, and is included in “accrued investment income” in the accompanying balance sheet. The balance of the surplus note at December 31, 2018 was $500,000.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange paid for expenses on behalf of PPIX or PPIX collected premiums on behalf of the Exchange. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the amounts due from PPIX were $3,321 and $15,046, respectively, and are included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheets.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Diversus Management, Inc. (“DMI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, paid for certain expenses on behalf of the Exchange. Additionally, DMI makes cash disbursements on behalf of each attorney-in-fact subsidiary of Diversus and invoices the respective attorney-in-fact for these transactions. At December 31, 2017, the amount due to DMI by the Exchange was $3,549 and is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheet. There was no amount due to DMI at December 31, 2018.

As discussed in Note 7, on January 1, 2018 the Exchange entered into a reinsurance contract with JLT. JLT and Specialty Insurance Services, LLC (“SIS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, co-brokered the contract. JLT is to be compensated by the reinsurer through commissions, and JLT, in turn, will pay a portion of the commission to SIS. During the year ended December 31, 2018, SIS earned commission income of $5,514 related to this agreement.

As discussed in Note 7, the Exchange and the Association entered into a consolidated reinsurance contract effective as of January 1, 2016. Guy Carpenter and International Specialty Brokers, Ltd (“ISBL”), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, co-brokered the contract. Guy Carpenter was compensated by the reinsurer through commissions and Guy Carpenter, in turn, paid a portion of the commissions to ISBL. During the year ended December 31, 2017, ISBL earned commission income of $73,458 related this arrangement.

 

C-28


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Healthcare Professional Services, Inc. (“HPSI”), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, provided wholesale brokerage services to the Exchange in the amount of $4,629.

 

11.

Assessments:

The Exchange is aware of various insurance entities’ insolvencies that produced business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Exchange has received assessments for its pro-rata share of the cost of such insolvencies from the Pennsylvania Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Fund. Statutory accounting principles require the Exchange to provide a liability for the full cost of such insolvencies up to the maximum annual assessment limit (2.0%).

Based upon the available information, the Exchange has provided a gross liability of $11,003 and $27,106 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for guaranty fund assessments and are included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying balance sheets. The Exchange has not recorded applicable premium tax credits at December 30, 2018 and 2017 related to guaranty assessments. Total guaranty fund expense, net of prior years’ refunds and premium tax credits, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $2,939 and $27,106, respectively.

MCARE is a special fund established by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to ensure reasonable compensation for persons injured due to medical negligence. Healthcare providers who render 50% or more of his or her healthcare business or practice within Pennsylvania are required to obtain statutory excess professional liability coverage with MCARE by paying a certain percentage (assessment) of the prevailing primary premium charged by the Pennsylvania Professional Liability Joint Underwriting Association to MCARE. The Exchange assesses its policyholders as required by MCARE in addition to collecting the premium assessed. The assessments collected from policyholders are included in “accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities” in the accompanying balance sheets, and no income is recognized by the Exchange. The Exchange had liabilities of $143,268 and $209,819 for MCARE assessments at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for amounts collected on behalf of MCARE.

 

12.

Statutory Information:

Accounting principles used to prepare statutory financial statements differ from those used to prepare financial statements under GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) include state laws, regulations, and general administration rules, as well as a variety of publications from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The statutory financial statements of the Exchange are prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the Department.

Financial statements prepared under statutory accounting principles focus on solvency of the insurer and generally provide a more conservative approach than under GAAP. These accounting practices differ in the following respects from GAAP: (1) assets must be included in the statutory balance sheet at “admitted asset value,” whereas GAAP requires historical cost or, in certain instances, fair value; (2) “non-admitted assets” must be excluded through a charge to surplus, while on a GAAP basis “non-admitted assets” are included in the balance sheet net of any allowance valuation; (3) acquisition costs, such as commissions, premium taxes and other items, have been charged to operations when incurred, whereas GAAP requires capitalization of these expenses and amortized over the term of the policies; (4) the carrying value of bonds are based on NAIC ratings whereas GAAP requires bonds to be valued based on whether management intends to hold the bonds to maturity; (5) changes in deferred income taxes are reported directly to surplus, whereas changes to deferred income taxes are reflected in the statement of income for GAAP; and (6) Ceded reinsurance amounts (unearned premiums and estimated loss recoverables) are shown net of the related liability, whereas presented on a gross basis and reflected as an asset for GAAP.

 

C-29


Table of Contents

PHYSICIANS’ INSURANCE PROGRAM EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

The Department has adopted certain prescribed accounting practices that differ from those found in the NAIC statutory accounting practices. Specifically, the Department prescribes the deduction of management fees related to unearned premiums from unearned premiums reserve and charging operations on a pro-rata basis over the period covered by these policies; whereas under SAP, the unearned premiums would not be reduced by the management fees paid relate to unearned premiums reserve.

Statutory net (loss) income and surplus and other funds of the Exchange as determined in accordance with SAP prescribed or permitted by the Department for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:    

 

     2018      2017  

Statutory net (loss) income

   $ (538,773    $ 170,560  

Statutory surplus and other funds

     11,251,315        12,037,248  

A reconciliation of statutory surplus and other funds between NAIC statutory accounting practices and practices prescribed by the Department are as follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Statutory surplus and other funds prescribed by the Department

   $ 11,251,315      $ 12,037,248  

State prescribed practices:

     

Unearned management fees

     (244,180      (252,313
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statutory surplus and other funds per NAIC statutory accounting practices

   $ 11,007,135      $ 11,784,935  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with Pennsylvania law, the Exchange is required to maintain minimum subscribers’ surplus of $1,125,000. Additionally, Pennsylvania law sets the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by the Exchange during any twelve-month period after notice to, but without the approval of, the Department. This amount cannot exceed the greater of (1) 10% of the Exchange’s surplus as reported on its most recent annual statement filed with the Department or (2) the Exchange’s statutory net income for the period covered by the annual statement as reported on such statement. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, no dividends were declared or paid by the Exchange.

The Exchange is subject to minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the NAIC. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances and various levels of risk activity. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of the Exchange’s total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to its authorized control level RBC. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Exchange’s RBC exceeded minimum RBC requirements.

Note 13: Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 24, 2019, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

As discussed in Note 10, on February 5, 2019, the Department approved the Plan. The effective date of the S-1 for the initial public offering of Holdings was February 11, 2019. The offering was completed on March 27, 2019.

 

C-30


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

PRO FORMA COMBINING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

D-1


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

PRO FORMA COMBINING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2018

INDEX

 

     Page  

Pro forma combining balance sheet

     D-3  

Pro forma combining statement of income

     D-4  

 

D-2


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

PRO FORMA COMBINING BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     PPIX     PCA     PIPE     PPHI      Pro Forma
and Other
Adjustments
    Positive
Physicians
Holdings, Inc
Pro Forma
Combined
 

Assets:

             

Total investments, cash, and cash equivalents

   $ 49,298     $ 28,965     $ 22,539     $ —        $ 32,705     $ 133,507  

Premiums and other receivables

     5,677       2,124       750       —          (3     8,548  

Reinsurance receivable

     5,745       2,227       297       —          —         8,269  

Deferred acquisition costs

     2,519       1,093       373       —          —         3,985  

Deferred tax assets

     300       1,094       282       —          —         1,676  

Other assets

     84       455       695       261        (761     734  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 63,623     $ 35,958     $ 24,936     $ 261      $ 31,941     $ 156,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

             

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 34,663     $ 22,166     $ 11,563     $ —        $ —       $ 68,392  

Unearned and advance premiums

     8,473       4,236       1,705       —          —         14,414  

Notes payable

     627       —         —         —          (500     127  

Other liabilities

     3,024       559       513       261        (264     4,093  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     46,787       26,961       13,781       261        (764     87,026  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

             

Common stock

     —         —         —         —          36       36  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         —         —         —          48,552       48,552  

Contributed surplus

     5,483       2,349       8,051       —          (15,883     —    

Retained earnings

     11,915       7,060       3,360       —          —         22,335  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (562     (412     (256     —          —         (1,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     16,836       8,997       11,155       —          32,705       69,693  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 63,539     $ 35,953     $ 24,896     $ 261      $ 32,025     $ 156,674  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

              $ 19.52  
             

 

 

 

 

D-3


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

PRO FORMA COMBINING STATEMENT OF INCOME

YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

                                    Positive  
                                    Physicians  
                              Pro Forma     Holdings, Inc  
                              and Other     Pro Forma  
     PPIX     PCA     PIPE     PPHI      Adjustments     Combined  

Revenue:

             

Net premiums earned

   $  13,096     $ 7,112     $ 3,380     $  —        $  —       $ 23,588  

Net investment income

     316       329       394       —          (3     1,036  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

     13,412       7,441       3,774       —          (3     24,624  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

             

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     6,673       9,990       2,920       —          —         19,583  

Other underwriting expenses

     6,893       3,428       2,019       —          —         12,340  

Interest expense and fees

     10       —         —         —          (3     7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Expenses

     13,576       13,418       4,939       —          (3     31,930  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (164     (5,977     (1,165     —          —         (7,306

Income tax benefit

     (101     (1,467     (366     —          —         (1,934
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (63   $  (4,510   $ (799   $ —        $ —       $ (5,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share data:

             

Net loss per share of common stock

              $ (1.50
             

 

 

 

Shares considered outstanding in calculating pro forma net loss per share

                3,570,000  
             

 

 

 

 

 

D-4


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

E-1


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(with report of independent auditors’)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

INDEX

 

     Page  

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

     E-3  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Balance sheets

     E-4  

Statements of operations and comprehensive income

     E-5  

Statements of subscribers’ surplus

     E-6  

Statements of cash flows

     E-7  

Notes to financial statements

     E-8  

 

E-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Subscribers of

Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive income, subscribers’ surplus, and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ EisnerAmper LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.

EISNERAMPER LLP

Iselin, New Jersey

January 22, 2019

 

E-3


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

     2017      2016  

ASSETS

     

Investments in available-for-sale securities:

     

Bonds (Amortized cost of $43,696,584 and $39,368,291)

   $ 43,786,294      $ 39,155,303  

Common stocks (Cost of $2,737,328 and $2,505,194)

     2,806,613        2,491,165  

Other invested assets

     4,115,892        2,134,822  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     50,708,799        43,781,290  

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,110,000        5,045,589  

Accrued investment income

     302,788        277,588  

Premiums receivable

     4,835,002        3,731,615  

Reinsurance recoverable

     6,117,389        8,670,162  

Income taxes recoverable

     574,326        133,099  

Deferred acquisition costs

     2,504,001        1,713,784  

Deferred income taxes

     —          559,874  

EDP equipment and software

     50,000        150,000  

Due from affiliate

     350        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 67,202,655      $ 64,063,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SUBSCRIBERS’ SURPLUS

     

LIABILITIES:

     

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 38,028,709      $ 34,814,118  

Unearned premiums

     8,211,480        7,435,311  

Reinsurance payable

     1,408,418        3,256,107  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     1,341,324        885,090  

Deferred income taxes

     41,531        —    

Note payable

     187,222        244,767  

Surplus note payable to affiliate

     —          537,000  

Due to affiliate

     452,035        10,463  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     49,670,719        47,182,856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

SUBSCRIBERS’ SURPLUS:

     

Paid-in and contributed surplus

     5,482,997        5,482,997  

Unassigned surplus

     11,160,278        11,358,997  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     888,661        38,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL SUBSCRIBERS’ SURPLUS

     17,531,936        16,880,145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SUBSCRIBERS’ SURPLUS

   $ 67,202,655      $ 64,063,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

E-4


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

     2017     2016  

REVENUES:

    

Net premium earned

   $ 12,274,965     $ 8,590,608  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

     12,274,965       8,590,608  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

    

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     7,732,526       3,919,503  

Other underwriting expenses

     5,786,751       4,391,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

     13,519,277       8,310,561  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INVESTMENT INCOME

     971,833       1,183,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     (272,479     1,463,257  

INTEREST EXPENSE

     8,653       52,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (281,132     1,410,714  

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     (260,491     585,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

     (20,641     825,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):

    

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax (expense) benefit of $(362,876) and $32,387

     606,144       (5,161

Reclassification adjustments for net realized loss (gain) included in net (loss) income

     66,288       (57,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

     672,432       (62,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   $ 651,791     $ 762,287  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

E-5


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

STATEMENTS OF SUBSCRIBERS’ SURPLUS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

     Paid-in and
Contributed
Surplus
     Unassigned
Surplus
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total Subscribers’
Surplus
 

Balance, January 1, 2016

   $ 5,482,997      $ 10,533,840     $ 101,021     $ 16,117,858  

Net income

     —          825,157       —         825,157  

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —         (62,870     (62,870
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     5,482,997        11,358,997       38,151       16,880,145  

Net loss

     —          (20,641     —         (20,641

Other comprehensive income

     —          —         672,432       672,432  

Reclassification of tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income related to passage of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

     —          (178,078     178,078       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 5,482,997      $ 11,160,278     $ 888,661     $ 17,531,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

E-6


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

     2017     2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (20,641   $ 825,157  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

     206,755       108,516  

Net realized losses (gains) on sales of investments

     66,288       (57,709

Amortization of bond premiums

     154,948       176,613  

Depreciation expense

     100,000       100,000  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accrued investment income

     (25,200     (16,765

Premiums receivable

     (1,103,387     (278,544

Reinsurance recoverable

     2,552,773       (2,551,720

Reinsurance premiums receivable

     —         207,713  

Income taxes recoverable

     (441,227     (133,099

Deferred acquisition costs

     (790,217     (153,299

Other assets

     —         11,129  

Due from affiliate

     (350     —    

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     3,214,591       (1,255,186

Unearned premiums

     776,169       880,813  

Reinsurance payable

     (1,847,689     3,256,107  

Income taxes payable

     —         (162,333

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

     456,234       470,081  

Due to affiliate

     441,572       (206,457
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     3,740,619       1,221,017  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Investments:

    

Proceeds from sales and maturities

     2,742,245       15,542,979  

Purchases

     (8,823,908     (17,086,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (6,081,663     (1,543,845
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Repayment of note payable

     (57,545     (55,233

Repayment of surplus note payable to affiliate

     (537,000     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (594,545     (55,233
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (2,935,589     (378,061

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

     5,045,589       5,423,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

   $ 2,110,000     $ 5,045,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Interest paid for the year

   $ 19,115     $ 52,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid for the year

   $ —       $ 792,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

E-7


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

1.

Organization and Operations:

Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (the “Exchange”) is a subscriber-owned, reciprocal insurance exchange formed for the purpose of insuring its subscribers against loss due to the imposition of legal liability as set forth in the Insurance Association Law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Exchange provides medical professional liability insurance coverage on an occurrence and claims made basis to its subscribers. The Exchange received its certificate of authority on April 20, 2004 from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and commenced operations on July 1, 2004. On May 1, 2011, the Exchange expanded operations and was issued a certificate of authority by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance. The Exchange continued to expand its operation and was issued certificates of authority by the Delaware Department of Insurance, Ohio Department of Insurance, and Maryland Department of Insurance on February 13, 2013, March 25, 2013, and April 30, 2014, respectively.

The Exchange is managed by Specialty Insurance Services, LLC (“SIS”), a Pennsylvania limited liability company, pursuant to the terms of an Attorney-In-Fact Agreement between the Exchange and SIS, effective March 10, 2004. Pursuant to the terms of the amended agreement as discussed in Note 12, SIS provides underwriting and administrative services to the Exchange based on a percentage not to exceed 25.0% for gross written premiums, less return premiums.

SIS has the power to direct the activities of the Exchange that most significantly impact the Exchange economic performance by acting as the common attorney-in-fact and decision maker for the subscribers at the Exchange. SIS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus, Inc. (“Diversus”), a Delaware domiciled holding company, effective as of January 1, 2017.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Principles:

Basis of Presentation

The Exchange prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements and notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material. The Exchange’s principal estimates include the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses, deferred acquisition costs, other-than-temporary impairments of investments, and valuation of deferred tax assets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Exchange considers cash and cash equivalents to be cash on hand, depository bank accounts, and short-term, highly liquid investments that are both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are so near maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changing interest rates.

Investments

Investments in fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effects, on available-for-sale securities are recorded directly to accumulated other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities are recognized into income based upon the specific identification method. Interest and dividends are recognized as earned.

The Exchange regularly evaluates all of its investments based on current economic conditions, credit loss experience, and other specific developments. If there is a decline in a securities’ net realizable value that is other than temporary, it is considered as a realized loss and the cost basis in the security is reduced to its estimated fair value.

 

E-8


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Other-than-temporary-impairments (OTTI) of debt securities are separated into credit and noncredit-related amounts when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which management asserts that it does not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, computed using original yield as the discount rate, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the credit loss. For equity securities in an unrealized loss position where fair value is not expected to be recovered to the security’s cost basis in a reasonable time period, or where management does not expect to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery to the security’s cost basis, an OTTI is deemed to have occurred, and a loss is recognized in earnings.

Other Investments

The Exchange has an ownership in four limited partnerships. The Exchange’s partnership interests are carried on the equity method, which approximates the Exchange’s equity in the underlying net assets of the partnerships. Equity income or loss is credited or charged, as appropriate, to the statements of operations and comprehensive income. The investments in the limited partnerships are presented as “other invested assets” in the accompanying balance sheets.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

Deferred acquisition costs consist of costs that vary with and are directly related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts. These costs, which primarily consist of sales commissions, management fees, and premium taxes, are deferred and amortized as premiums are earned over the applicable policy term.

Equipment

Equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. The estimated useful life of equipment is three years.

Liability for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

Liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses include an amount determined from individual case estimates and loss reports and an amount, based on prior experience, actuarial assumptions and management judgments for losses incurred but not reported. Such liabilities are necessarily based on assumptions and estimates and while management believes the amount is adequate, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the amounts provided. The methods for making such estimates for establishing the resulting liabilities are continually reviewed. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based upon the assumption that past developments are an appropriate indicator of future events, and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends, and other relevant factors. The uncertainties involved with the reserving process include internal factors, such as changes in claims handling procedure, as well external factors, such as economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final loss settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends.

 

E-9


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Premium Deficiency Reserves

Premium deficiency reserves and the related expenses are recognized when it is probable that expected future benefit payments, loss adjustment expenses, direct administration costs, and an allocation of indirect administration costs under a group of existing contracts will exceed anticipated future premiums and reinsurance recoveries considered over the remaining lives of the contracts, and are recorded as “losses and loss adjustment expenses” in the accompanying balance sheets. The Exchange has not recorded any premium deficiency reserves as of December 31, 2017 or 2016. The analysis of premium deficiency reserves was completed as of December 31, 2017. The Exchange did not consider anticipated investment income when calculating the premium deficiency reserves.

Reinsurance

The Exchange cedes reinsurance risk to other insurance companies. This arrangement allows the Exchange to minimize the net loss potential arising from large risks. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Exchange of its obligation to its subscribers. Reinsurance premiums, losses, and loss adjustment expenses are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contract. The reinsurance contracts provide for return premium based on the actual loss experience of the written and reinsured business. The Exchange estimates the amounts to be recorded for return premium based on the terms set forth in the reinsurance contract.

In preparing the financial statements, management makes estimates of amounts recoverable from the reinsurers, which include consideration of amounts, if any, estimated to be uncollectible based on an assessment of factors including the creditworthiness of the reinsurers. Management believes that no provision for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable from the reinsurers is needed.

Revenue Recognition

Premiums of the Exchange are earned on a daily pro rata basis over the terms of the insurance policies. Unearned premium reserves are established to cover the unexpired portion of the policies in force less amounts ceded to reinsurers. For consideration received for policies with effective dates subsequent to the reporting period, the Exchange records an advance premium liability in lieu of written premium. Premiums ceded pursuant to reinsurance agreements are netted against earned and unearned direct premiums based on the term of the underlying policy.

Comprehensive Income

Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments, are reported as a separate component in the subscribers’ surplus section of the accompanying balance sheets. Such items, along with net income (loss), are components of comprehensive income and are reflected in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Reclassifications of realized gains and losses on sales of investments out of accumulated other comprehensive income are recorded in investment income in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Income Taxes

The Exchange accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Exchange’s financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Exchange records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Exchange considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.

 

E-10


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

The Exchange recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the accompanying balance sheets.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Exchange adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU” or “Update”) 2015-09, Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts , addressing enhanced disclosure requirements for insurers relating to short-duration insurance contract claims and the unpaid claims liability roll-forward for long and short-duration contracts. The disclosures are intended to provide users of financial statements with more transparent information about an insurance entity’s initial claim estimates and subsequent adjustments to those estimates, the methodologies and judgments used to estimate claims, and the timing, frequency, and severity of claims. This adoption did not have a material impact to the financial statements.

The Exchange elected to early adopt the provisions of ASU 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this Update allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to unassigned surplus for stranded tax effects resulting from passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. In connection with the adoption of ASU 2018-02, the Exchange has adopted the policy option available under ASU 2018-02 of reclassifying the income tax effects related to change in tax rates from accumulated other comprehensive income to unassigned surplus during the year ended December 31, 2017. This adoption did not have a material impact to the financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting rules and disclosure requirements can impact the results and the comparability of the Exchange’s financial statements. The following recently issued accounting pronouncements are relevant to the Exchange’s financial statements:

ASU 2016-13: In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in this Update require a new topic to be added (Topic 326) to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and removes the thresholds that entities apply to measure credit losses on financial instruments measured at amortized cost, such as loans, trade receivables, reinsurance recoverables, and off-balance-sheet credit exposures, and held-to-maturity securities. Under current GAAP, entities generally recognize credit losses when it is probable that the loss has been incurred. The guidance under ASU 2016-13 will remove all current recognition thresholds and will require entities under the new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to recognize an allowance for credit losses for the difference between the amortized cost basis of a financial instrument and the amount of amortized cost that an entity expects to collect over the instrument’s contractual life. The new CECL model is based upon expected losses rather than incurred losses. Additionally, the credit loss recognition guidance for available-for-sale securities is amended and will require that credit losses on such debt securities should be recognized as an allowance for credit losses rather than a direct write-down of amortized cost balance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years.    At this time, management is evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 in the Exchange’s financial statements.

ASU 2016-01: In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The amendments in this Update require among other things that equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, simplify the impairment assessment of equity

 

E-11


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of the liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements, and clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of ASU 2016-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in the December 31, 2017 financial statements. Such reclassifications had no impact on subscribers’ surplus or net loss.

 

3.

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Exchange to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, non-U.S. government bonds, equity securities, premiums receivable, and balances recoverable from reinsurers. Non-U.S. government bonds are diversified and no one investment accounts for a significant portion of the Exchange’s invested assets. The Exchange maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limits. The Exchange has not experienced any losses from bank accounts.

Insureds consist of healthcare providers in which no one insured accounted for over 20% of premiums receivable at December 31, 2017 and 2016. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange had reinsurance balances recoverable of $5,765,104 and $5,055,257, respectively, for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses due from reinsurers. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange had reinsurance payable to reinsurers of $1,408,418 and $3,256,107, respectively, for premiums ceded under the reinsurance agreements. The authorized, domestic and international reinsurers have A.M. Best ratings of A or better.

 

4.

Variable Interest Entity:

The Exchange is a reciprocal insurance exchange domiciled in Pennsylvania, for which SIS serves as attorney-in-fact. SIS holds a variable interest in the Exchange due to the absence of decision-making capabilities by the equity owners (subscribers/policyholders) of the Exchange and due to the significance of the management fee the Exchange pays to SIS as its decision maker. As a result, SIS is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the Exchange and is considered to be its primary beneficiary.

All medical professional liability insurance operations are owned by the Exchange, and SIS functions solely as the management company.

SIS had surplus notes with the Exchange in the total amount of $537,000 at December 31, 2016. On January 4, 2017, the Exchange repaid the balance of the surplus notes and the related accrued interest to SIS. SIS has not provided any additional financial or other support to the Exchange for any of the reporting periods presented. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there are no explicit or implicit arrangements that would require SIS to provide future financial support to the Exchange.

 

E-12


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

5.

Investments:

The Exchange’s available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, which is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between willing market participants as of the measurement date.

The Exchange uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value, which are in accordance with accounting principles for fair value measurement of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed in the financial statements on a recurring basis. These principles establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices for identical assets in active markets.

Level 2 - Other observable inputs, either directly or indirectly, including:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in nonactive markets (few transactions, limited information, noncurrent prices, high variability over time, etc.);

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset (interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, default rates, etc.); and

 

   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data.

The estimated fair values of bonds and common stocks are based on quoted market prices where available. The Exchange obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (“pricing service”), which generally uses quoted prices or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, non-binding broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, and prepayment speeds. As the Exchange is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value.

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Exchange’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

 

E-13


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Amortized cost/cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and fair value of investments by major security type for the results of the Exchange at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2017

           

U.S. government

   $ 7,765,977      $ 138      $ 101,417      $ 7,664,698  

States, territories, and possessions

     1,202,008        10,979        —          1,212,987  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     9,737,894        156,666        13,486        9,881,074  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     24,990,705        171,809        134,979        25,027,535  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     43,696,584        339,592        249,882        43,786,294  

Common stocks

     2,737,328        348,136        278,851        2,806,613  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46,433,912      $ 687,728      $ 528,733      $ 46,592,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

December 31, 2016

           

U.S. government

   $ 8,785,743      $ 998      $ 113,466      $ 8,673,275  

States, territories, and possessions

     1,224,034        4,254        5,934        1,222,354  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     9,998,373        73,743        56,240        10,015,876  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     19,360,141        94,481        210,824        19,243,798  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     39,368,291        173,476        386,464        39,155,303  

Common stocks

     2,505,194        188,619        202,648        2,491,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 41,873,485      $ 362,095      $ 589,112      $ 41,646,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, maturities of investments in bond securities are as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost/Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in less than one year

   $ 4,878,222      $ 4,868,400  

Due after one year to five years

     20,829,218        20,794,915  

Due after five years to ten years

     17,989,144        18,122,979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,696,584      $ 43,786,294  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

E-14


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, proceeds from maturity and sales and gross realized gains and losses on securities are:

 

     2017      2016  

Proceeds

   $ 2,742,245      $ 15,542,979  

Gross gains

     54,887        135,826  

Gross losses

     121,175        78,117  

The components of net investment income are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Bonds

   $ 951,246      $ 875,994  

Cash and short-term investments

     3,907        3,136  

Common stocks

     142,033        131,660  

Limited partnerships

     —          200,000  

Net (loss) gain on sales of investments, net of tax of $0 and $19,621

     (66,288      38,088  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,030,898        1,248,878  

Less investment expenses

     59,065        65,668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income

   $ 971,833      $ 1,183,210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

E-15


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Exchange’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 3,875,717      $ 82,023  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     452,316        3,780  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     9,474,229        128,102  

Common stocks

     795,147        47,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,597,409      $ 261,717  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 3,779,791      $ 19,394  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     888,309        9,706  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     1,698,530        6,877  

Common stocks

     230,876        231,039  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,597,506      $ 267,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 7,655,508      $ 101,417  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     1,340,625        13,486  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     11,172,759        134,979  

Common stocks

     1,026,023        278,851  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,194,915      $ 528,733  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the Exchange had 59 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $261,717 and 16 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $267,016.

 

E-16


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Exchange’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016:

 

     Less than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 4,005,510      $ 96,442  

States, territories, and possessions

     650,944        5,934  

Subdivisions of states, territories, and possessions

     3,489,633        44,080  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     6,612,642        192,912  

Common stocks

     399,877        9,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,158,606      $ 348,866  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Greater than 12 Months  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 3,781,371      $ 17,024  

States, territories, and possessions

     —          —    

Subdivision of states, territories, and possessions

     401,394        12,160  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     3,768,084        17,912  

Common stocks

     445,488        193,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,396,337      $ 240,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Totals  
     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

U.S. government

   $ 7,786,881      $ 113,466  

States, territories, and possessions

     650,944        5,934  

Subdivision of states, territories, and possessions

     3,891,027        56,240  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     10,380,726        210,824  

Common stocks

     845,365        202,648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,554,943      $ 589,112  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Exchange had 64 securities in unrealized loss positions of less than 12 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $348,866 and 24 securities in unrealized loss positions of greater than 30 months with a combined gross unrealized loss of $240,246.

 

E-17


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Exchange to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 7,664,698      $ —        $ 7,664,698      $ —    

States, territories, and possessions

     1,212,987        —          1,212,987        —    

Subdivisions of states, territories and possessions

     9,881,074        —          9,881,074        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     25,027,535        —          25,027,535        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     43,786,294        —          43,786,294        —    

Common stocks

     2,806,613        2,806,613        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46,592,907      $ 2,806,613      $ 43,786,294      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents the level within the fair value hierarchy generally utilized by the Exchange to estimate the fair value of assets disclosed on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

U.S. government

   $ 8,673,275      $ —        $ 8,673,275      $ —    

States, territories, and possessions

     1,222,354        —          1,222,354        —    

Subdivisions of states, territories and possessions

     10,015,876        —          10,015,876        —    

Industrial and miscellaneous

     19,243,798        —          19,243,798        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

     39,155,303        —          39,155,303        —    

Common stocks

     2,491,165        2,491,165        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 41,646,468      $ 2,491,165      $ 39,155,303      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

E-18


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

6.

Deferred Acquisition Costs:

The following table summarizes the components of deferred acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     2017      2016  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,713,784      $ 1,560,485  

Amount capitalized during the year

     5,058,137        3,533,008  

Amount amortized during the year

     4,267,920        3,379,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,504,001      $ 1,713,784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Reinsurance:

The Exchange has entered into various reinsurance agreements since November 1, 2003. Coverage under these agreements indemnify the Exchange up to a maximum limit of $250,000 in excess of $250,000 per each medical claim for the period from November 1, 2003 through January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2011 through January 1, 2013 with additional coverage of $150,000 in excess of $100,000 per medical claim for the period from February 1, 2008 through January 1, 2010. For the period from January 1, 2010 through January 1, 2011, the Exchange entered into a reinsurance agreement which indemnified the Exchange up to a maximum limit of $300,000 in excess of $200,000 per each medical claim.

For the period January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2015, the Exchange entered into a reinsurance agreement which indemnified the Exchange up to a maximum limit of $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per each claim, with additional coverage of $500,000 in excess of $500,000 per claim for those Pennsylvania policies not covered by Medical Care Availability and Reduction of Error Fund (“MCARE”) and all New Jersey, Delaware, and Ohio policies.

On January 1, 2015, the Exchange entered into an annual loss and clash reinsurance contract. The contract applies to policies written by the Exchange for insureds with medical practices within the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Delaware, and Maryland. Under the terms of the agreement, Coverage A has a retention of $700,000 in excess of $300,000. For MCARE eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the policy limits are $500,000 ultimate net loss per each claim, insured, and policy and $1,500,000 in the aggregate. For those defined specialties not covered under MCARE, policy limits are $1,000,000 ultimate net loss per each claim, insured, and policy and $3,000,000 in the aggregate. The contract also has Clash coverage provision (Coverage B) providing $600,000 in coverage subject to a $2,200,000 aggregate. Coverage C has a retention of $1,000,000 in excess of $1,000,000. The reinsurer’s maximum liability during the annual contract period was $25,000,000 for Coverages A and B and $2,000,000 for Coverage C.

On January 1, 2016, the Exchange entered into a two-year excess of loss and clash reinsurance contract. The contract applies to policies written by the Exchange for insureds with medical practices within the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Ohio, Delaware, and Maryland. Coverages under the contract are the same as the January 2015 contract described above except for the following changes: (1) The reinsurer’s maximum liability during the annual contract period shall be 550% of ceded reinsurance premium or $5,000,000, whichever is greater, for Coverages A and B; and (2) Coverages A and B are subject to a deductible of $1,250,000 or 12% of net subject earned premium, whichever is greater. The contract terminated on January 1, 2018.

 

E-19


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Premiums ceded to the reinsurers are subject to adjustment based on the terms of the reinsurance agreement. Initially, a deposit or provisional premium is ceded to the reinsurers, which is periodically adjusted, and set equal to 7.5% of the gross net earned premium income for the period from January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2018, subject to a minimum premium of $650,000.

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written, amounts earned and losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Premiums written:

     

Direct

   $ 15,327,496      $ 13,798,821  

Ceded

     2,276,362        4,327,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums written, net of reinsurance

   $ 13,051,134      $ 9,471,621  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums earned:

     

Direct

   $ 14,551,327      $ 12,917,808  

Ceded

     2,276,362        4,327,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums earned, net of reinsurance

   $ 12,274,965      $ 8,590,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred:

     

Direct

   $ 9,567,678      $ 6,471,541  

Ceded

     1,835,152        2,552,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, net of reinsurance

   $ 7,732,526      $ 3,919,503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.

Equipment:

The Exchange’s equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     2017      2016  

EDP equipment and software

   $ 300,000      $ 300,000  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     250,000        150,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 50,000      $ 150,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $100,000.

 

E-20


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

8.

Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses:

Activity in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year

   $ 34,814,118      $ 36,069,304  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable, beginning of year

     8,670,162        6,118,442  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, claims paid, beginning of year

     (3,614,905      (319
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of year

     29,758,861        29,951,181  

Incurred related to:

     

Current year

     10,377,591        8,346,007  

Prior years

     (2,645,065      (4,426,504
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total incurred

     7,732,526        3,919,503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Paid related to:

     

Current year

     564,039        377,891  

Prior years

     4,663,743        3,733,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total paid

     5,227,782        4,111,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year - net

     32,263,605        29,758,861  

Add: Reinsurance recoverable, end of year

     6,117,389        8,670,162  

Less: Recoverable on claims paid

     (352,285      (3,614,905
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses, end of year - gross

   $ 38,028,709      $ 34,814,118  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $38,028,709 and $34,814,118, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, $4,663,743 and $3,733,932, respectively, has been paid for incurred claims attributable to insured events of prior periods. Original estimates are increased or decreased, as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange had favorable developments of $2,645,065 and $4,426,504, respectively, as a result of settlement of known claims below the amount for which they have been previously reserved, as well as additional revisions to the Exchange’s estimate of its ultimate losses for the 2012 through 2015 accident years. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, based on the low level of claims outstanding, as well as favorable development on the settlement of known claims relating to these accident years, the Exchange revised its estimate of the ultimate losses for the 2012 through 2015 accident years and reduced the corresponding reserve for incurred but not reported claims, contributing to the positive development on prior accident years during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

E-21


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Incurred and Paid Loss Development Information - Unaudited

The following information about incurred and paid loss development at December 31, 2017, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities, plus expected development on report claims included within the net incurred claims amounts.

The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2016, is presented as supplementary information and is unaudited.

 

      Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)      As of December 31, 2017  

Accident
Year

    2008     2009     2010     2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Total of
Incurred-But-
Not-Reported
Liabilities
Plus
Expected
Development
on Reported
Claims
     Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
 
  2008     $ 4,216     $ 4,758     $ 4,708     $ 5,085      $ 4,666      $ 4,011      $ 3,774      $ 3,473      $ 2,798      $ 2,276      $ 60        49  
  2009         3,899       3,792       3,939        3,607        3,426        2,856        2,718        2,548        2,503        518        57  
  2010           4,875       4,191        4,961        4,521        4,158        3,671        3,265        2,937        830        48  
  2011             5,329        5,473        5,456        5,221        4,948        4,276        4,447        380        55  
  2012                6,258        5,956        5,946        5,643        5,405        6,410        242        71  
  2013                   6,547        6,722        6,199        5,625        5,224        912        57  
  2014                      6,353        6,034        5,562        4,278        1,385        42  
  2015                         8,173        7,575        6,992        4,219        32  
  2016                            8,136        7,502        4,175        68  
  2017                               10,184        7,744        53  
                         

 

 

       
                          $ 52,753        
                         

 

 

       
      Cumulative Paid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance (in thousands)                

Accident
Year

    2008     2009     2010     2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017                
  2008     $ 32     $ 363     $ 685     $ 999      $ 1,659      $ 1,866      $ 1,940      $ 1,959      $ 1,969      $ 1,985        
  2009         58       312       530        829        1,291        1,577        1,656        1,573        1,602        
  2010           30       255        466        871        1,410        1,531        1,736        1,911        
  2011             69        366        903        1,959        3,400        2,988        3,273        
  2012                83        464        901        1,870        3,775        5,193        
  2013                   50        236        950        2,306        2,617        
  2014                      42        292        766        1,792        
  2015                         79        381        1,162        
  2016                            193        807        
  2017                               400        
                         

 

 

       
                          $ 20,742        
 

All outstanding liabilities before 2008, net of reinsurance

       253        
        

 

 

       
 

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     $ 32,264        
      

 

 

       

 

E-22


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Reconciliation

The reconciliation for the net incurred and paid loss development tables to the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2017 in the accompanying balance sheet is as follows:

 

     2017  

Net outstanding liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses:

  

Medical professional

   $ 32,263,605  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance

     32,263,605  
  

 

 

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims:

  

Medical professional

     5,765,104  
  

 

 

 

Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims

     5,765,104  
  

 

 

 

Total gross liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 38,028,709  
  

 

 

 

Actuarial Assumptions and Methodologies

The Exchange uses a combination of the Actual versus Expected Method, Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method, Expected Loss Ratio Method, Frequency/Severity Method, and the Loss Development Method in order to estimate its liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses. There were no significant changes in the methodologies and assumptions used to develop the liabilities for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Losses Duration Information

The following is supplemental information about average historical claims duration at December 31, 2017:

 

     Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Losses by Age, Net of Reinsurance
(unaudited)
 

Accident Year

   Year 1     Year 2     Year 3     Year 4     Year 5     Year 6     Year 7     Year 8     Year 9     Year 10  

Medical professional

     1.7     7.4     10.6     18.3     22.3     7.5     4.9     1.2     0.8     0.7

 

10.

Note Payable:

On December 12, 2014, the Exchange entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution with proceeds totaling $300,000 to finance the development of a new policy system. The loan is secured by the assets purchased with the proceeds received. The loan is being repaid on a monthly basis from January 2016 through January 2020 with interest calculated on the unpaid principal balance at a rate of 4%. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance of the note was $187,222 and $244,767, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange was in compliance with all loan covenants.

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2018

   $ 59,909  

2019

     62,385  

2020

     64,928  
  

 

 

 
   $ 187,222  
  

 

 

 

 

E-23


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

11.

Income Taxes:

The components of the Exchange’s income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Current provision

   $ (467,246    $ 477,041  

Deferred tax provision

     206,755        108,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (260,491    $ 585,557  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Exchange’s U.S. federal statutory income tax rate applicable to ordinary income was 34% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The income tax provision differs from that computed by applying federal statutory rate to (loss) income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is summarized as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Expected tax provision at federal statutory rate

   $ (95,585    $ 479,643  

Tax exempt income, net of proration

     (72,521      (73,087

Dividends received deduction

     (7,204      (8,406

Correction of prior year’s amounts

     (59,472      187,407  

Change in enacted tax rates

     (25,709      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income tax provision

   $ (260,491    $ 585,557  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

E-24


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between financial reporting purposes and the income tax purposes of the Exchange’s assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the components of the Exchange’s net deferred income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     2017      2016  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Discount of unearned premiums

   $ 344,882      $ 505,601  

Discount of advance premiums

     20,054        35,738  

Discount of losses and loss adjustment expenses

     512,300        666,449  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     877,236        1,207,788  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Deferred acquisition costs

     525,840        582,687  

Tax Act transitional adjustment

     105,261        —    

Unrealized gain on investments

     287,666        65,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     918,767        647,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

   $ (41,531    $ 559,874  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, management determined that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized by the Exchange in future years. Accordingly, the Exchange did not record a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no unused operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income.

The Exchange has applied the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute with respect to uncertainty in income tax positions. In applying ASC 740, the Exchange has evaluated its various tax positions taken during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Exchange has determined that based solely on the technical merits, each tax position on a current and deferred basis has a more-likely-than-not probability that the tax position will be sustained by taxing authorities. The Exchange is not presently under audit by any taxing authority and there are no other uncertainties and events that are reasonably possible in the next year that would cause a significant change in the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits.

The Exchange did not recognize any interest and penalties in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Exchange remains subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2014 through 2016.

 

E-25


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

On December 22, 2017, U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act made broad and significant changes to the U.S. tax code that affects the year ended December 31, 2017, including, but not limited to, a decrease in the federal statutory rate from 34% to 21%. As a result, the Exchange’s deferred tax items are measured at an effective rate of 21% at December 31, 2017. The Exchange recorded an increase in unassigned surplus of $25,709 due to re-measurement of the December 31, 2017 deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Additionally, as part of the enactment of the Tax Act, property and casualty insurance companies are required to use Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) prescribed factors to determine the loss discount. From the date of the passage of the new law, the IRS will use a corporate bond yield curve to determine the discount factors and property and casualty insurance companies will no longer be allowed to use their own historical payment patterns to determine their discount factors. Transition rules require that property and casualty insurance companies recalculate the 2017 reserve discount as if the 2018 tax reform rules had been in effect at the time and compare the amount to the actual 2017 reserve discount. The difference will be amortized into taxable income over eight years beginning in 2018. As a result, the Exchange calculated a difference of $105,261, which will be amortized into taxable income beginning in 2018.

The Exchange has completed the accounting for the impact of the Tax Act as of December 31, 2017 and has recorded no provisional amounts.

 

12.

Related Party Transactions:

SIS, as the Attorney-In-Fact for the subscribers to the Exchange, is responsible for the exchange of reciprocal insurance contracts among the subscribers and for managing the business of the Exchange as set forth in the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement. These management functions include, but are not limited to, underwriting and administrative services to the Exchange based on a percentage not to exceed 25.0% for gross written premiums, less return premiums. The Attorney-In-Fact Agreement is in effect for an indefinite term, subject only to the right of the Exchange and SIS to terminate this Agreement by mutual agreement. Management fee expense incurred by the Exchange in accordance with the Attorney-In-Fact Agreement for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $3,831,874 and $3,506,249, respectively. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2017, the Exchange incurred commission expense from services provided by SIS totaling $30,306. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange owed to SIS $429,770 and $0, respectively, for these services which is included in “due to affiliates” in the accompanying balance sheets.

The Attorney-In-Fact Agreement was amended effective January 1, 2017 to increase the management fee percentage from 24.5% of gross written premiums to 25.0% of gross written premiums. Additionally, the agreement was further amended whereby the management fee charged by SIS to the Exchange is to no longer include payments to agents and other sales commissions as components of the fee. Total amount of broker commissions incurred by the Exchange during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1,386,157; such amount is included in “other underwriting expenses” in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive income.

As discussed in Note 4. SIS has surplus notes with the Exchange in the total amount of $537,000 at December 31, 2016. In 2009, the Exchange entered into two surplus agreements with SIS in the amounts of $30,000 and $7,000, respectively, with outstanding borrowings under the notes bearing interest at 5%, and matures on January 31, 2018. On May 2, 2012, the Exchange entered into a surplus note agreement with SIS in the amount of $500,000, with outstanding borrowings bearing interest at 8%, and matures on April 1, 2035. All of the surplus notes have been issued in exchange for cash from the original note holders and the notes are carried at face value. The notes are subordinated to all policyholders and general creditor obligations of the Exchange, and all payments of interest and principal are subject to prior approval of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Insurance Department (the “Department”). During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Exchange received permission

 

E-26


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

from the Department to pay interest but not to redeem the remaining notes. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Exchange received permission from the Department to pay the balance of the surplus notes of $537,000 and the related accrued interest of $10,463 in January 2017. No interest expense was incurred by the Exchange related to these notes during the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Exchange has an agreement with Gateway Risk Services, Inc. (“Gateway”), a company affiliated with SIS, whereby Gateway provides the Exchange with specialty services for claims administration. Gateway manages the claims process on behalf of the Exchange. The Exchange incurred and paid fees related to services provided by Gateway totaling $135,000 and $135,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were no amounts due to Gateway at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

In April 2017, the Exchange and Andrews Outsource Solutions, LLC (“AOS”), a company affiliated with SIS, entered into an agreement, with the Form D filing approved by the Department on April 6, 2017, whereby AOS is to provide litigation management services and legal and paralegal support services to the Exchange. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Exchange incurred litigation management services of $441,100 related to this agreement. There were no amounts due to AOS at December 31, 2017.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Exchange collected premiums on behalf of Physicians Insurance Program Exchange (“PIPE”), a Pennsylvania reciprocal exchange and an affiliate of the Exchange. At December 31, 2017, the amount due to PIPE was $15,046 and is included in “due to affiliate” in the accompanying balance sheet. There were no amounts due to PIPE at December 31, 2016.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Diversus, the parent company of SIS, Gateway, and AOS, paid for certain expenses on behalf of the Exchange. At December 31, 2017, the amount due to Diversus was $7,219 and is included in “due to affiliate” in the accompanying balance sheet. There were no amounts due to Diversus at December 31, 2016.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Exchange paid for certain expenses on behalf of Professional Casualty Association (“PCA”), a Pennsylvania reciprocal exchange and an affiliate of the Exchange. At December 31, 2017, the amount due from PCA was $350 and is presented as “due from affiliate” in the accompanying balance sheet. There were no amounts due from PCA at December 31, 2016.

 

13.

Management Agreement:

The Exchange has an agreement with Strategic Risk Solutions (VT), Inc. (“SRS”), an unrelated company, whereby SRS provides the Exchange with accounting, administrative, and regulatory services. The Exchange incurred fees related to services provided by SRS totaling $102,040 and $104,085, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the amounts due to SRS were $1,820 and $1,250, respectively.

 

14.

Assessments:

The Exchange is aware of various insurance entities’ insolvencies that produced business in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Exchange has received assessments for its pro-rata share of the cost of such insolvencies from the Pennsylvania Property and Casualty Insurance Guaranty Fund. Statutory accounting principles require the Exchange to provide a liability for the full cost of such insolvencies up to the maximum annual assessment limit (2.0%).

 

E-27


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Based upon the available information, the Exchange has provided a gross liability of $105,012 and $134,047 at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Exchange has not recorded applicable premium tax credits at December 31, 2017 and 2016 related to guaranty assessments. Total guaranty fund expense, net of prior years’ refunds and premium tax credits, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $(28,315) and $35,239, respectively.

MCARE is a special fund established by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to ensure reasonable compensation for persons injured due to medical negligence. Healthcare providers who render 50% or more of his or her healthcare business or practice within Pennsylvania are required to obtain statutory excess professional liability coverage with MCARE by paying a certain percentage (assessment) of the prevailing primary premium charged by the Pennsylvania Professional Liability Joint Underwriting Association to MCARE. The Exchange assesses its policyholders as required by MCARE in addition to collecting the premium assessed. The assessments collected from policyholders are included in “Deposits and amounts held for others” in the accompanying balance sheets, and no income is recognized by the Exchange. At December 31, 2017 and 2016. the Exchange had liabilities of $300,090 and $15,275, respectively, for amounts collected on behalf of MCARE.

The New Jersey Property-Liability Insurance Guaranty Association (“NJPIGA”) was created by the State of New Jersey to provide a safety net for policyholders and claimants of insolvent property-casualty insurance companies. The Exchange assesses its policyholders as required by NJPIGA in addition to collecting the premium assessed. The assessments collected from policyholders are included in “Deposits and amounts held for others” in the accompanying balance sheets, and no income is recognized by the Exchange. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange had liabilities of $31,272 and $19,870, respectively, for amounts collected on behalf NJPIGA.

 

15.

Statutory Information:

Accounting principles used to prepare statutory financial statements differ from those used to prepare financial statements under GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) include state laws, regulations, and general administration rules, as well as a variety of publications from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The statutory financial statements of the Exchange are prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the Department.

Financial statements prepared under SAP focus on solvency of the insurer and generally provide a more conservative approach than under GAAP. These accounting practices differ significantly in the following respects from GAAP: (1) assets must be included in the statutory balance sheet at “admitted asset value,” whereas GAAP requires historical cost or, in certain instances, fair value; (2) “non-admitted assets” must be excluded through a charge to surplus, while on a GAAP basis “non-admitted assets” are included in the balance sheet net of any allowance valuation; (3) acquisition costs, such as commissions, management fees, premium taxes, and other items, have been charged to operations when incurred, whereas GAAP allows capitalization of these expenses and amortized over the term of the policies; (4) the carrying value of bonds are based on NAIC ratings whereas GAAP requires bonds to be valued based on whether management intends to hold the bonds to maturity; (5) changes in deferred income taxes are reported directly to surplus, whereas changes to deferred income taxes are reflected in the statement of income for GAAP; (6) deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowance, are limited to those temporary deductible differences which are expected to reverse within three years, whereas under GAAP, no such limitation exists; and (7) ceded reinsurance amounts (unearned premiums and estimated loss recoverables) are shown net of the related liability, whereas presented on a gross basis and reflected as an asset for GAAP.

 

E-28


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

The Department has adopted certain prescribed accounting practices that differ from those found in the NAIC statutory accounting practices. Specifically, the Department prescribes the deduction of management fees related to unearned premiums from unearned premiums reserve and charging operations on a pro-rata basis over the period covered by these policies; whereas under SAP, the unearned premiums would not be reduced by the management fees paid relate to unearned premiums reserve.

Statutory net (loss) income and surplus and other funds of the Exchange as determined in accordance with SAP prescribed or permitted by the Department for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Statutory net (loss) income

   $ (439,756    $ 911,171  

Statutory surplus and other funds

     16,882,485        17,487,422  

A reconciliation of statutory surplus and other funds between NAIC statutory accounting practices and practices prescribed by the Department are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Statutory surplus and other funds prescribed by the Department

   $ 16,882,485      $ 17,487,422  

State prescribed practices:

     

Unearned management fees

     (1,399,576      (1,060,802
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statutory surplus and other funds per NAIC statutory accounting practices

   $ 15,482,909      $ 16,426,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with Pennsylvania law, the Exchange is required to maintain minimum subscribers’ surplus of $1,125,000. Additionally, Pennsylvania law sets the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by the Exchange during any twelve-month period after notice to, but without the approval of, the Department. This amount cannot exceed the greater of (1) 10% of the Exchange’s surplus as reported on its most recent annual statement filed with the Department or (2) the Exchange’s statutory net income for the period covered by the annual statement as reported on such statement. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, no dividends were declared or paid by the Exchange.

The Exchange is subject to minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the NAIC. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances and various levels of risk activity. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of the Exchange’s total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to its authorized control level RBC. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Exchange’s RBC exceeded minimum RBC requirements.

Note 16: Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through January 22, 2019, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On January 1, 2018, the Exchange entered into a reinsurance contract with JLT Re (North America), Inc. (“JLT”). JLT and SIS co-brokered the contract. JLT is to be compensated by the reinsurers through commissions, and JLT, in turn, will pay a portion of the commissions to SIS. Under the terms of the agreement, reinsurance is ceded by the Exchange. For MCARE eligible insureds in Pennsylvania, the reinsurance liability is $200,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insured individuals not covered by MCARE, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000 per claim. For insureds in other states with policy limits of $200,000 per claim, the reinsurer liability is $100,000 in excess of $100,000 per claim. For insureds with policy limits in excess of $200,000 per claim, not exceeding $1,000,000 per claim, the reinsurance liability is $700,000 in excess of $300,000. The reinsurance contract has a two-year term and expires on January 1, 2020.

 

E-29


Table of Contents

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

On June 1, 2018, SIS adopted a Plan of Conversion (“Plan”) to convert the Exchange from a reciprocal inter-insurance exchange to a stock form of ownership pursuant to the Pennsylvania Medical Professional Liability Reciprocal Exchange-to-Stock Conversion Act. Under the Plan, the Exchange would merge with PCA and PIPE and would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., a newly formed Pennsylvania business corporation (“Holdings”). As part of the Plan, as amended, Holdings will offer and sell its common stock to subscribers of the Exchange, PCA, and PIPE as well as to other interested investors. Other than eligible stockholders of Diversus, it is not expected that Diversus would be a direct or indirect purchaser of common stock in the offering. The Plan is subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner.

 

E-30


Table of Contents

Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
    3.2    Bylaws of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
    4.1    Form of certificate evidencing shares of common stock of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.1    Management Agreement between Positive Physicians Insurance Company, Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., Diversus Management, Inc., and Diversus, Inc. dated March 27, 2019.
  10.2    Standby Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June  8, 2018, among Insurance Capital Group, LLC, Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, Physician’s Insurance Program Exchange, and Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.3    Amendment to Standby Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September  21, 2018, among Insurance Capital Group, LLC, Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, Physician’s Insurance Program Exchange, and Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.4    Amendment No. 2 to the Standby Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December  6, 2018, among Insurance Capital Group, LLC, Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange, and Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.5    Amended and restated Supplemental Agreement dated September  21, 2018, among Diversus, Inc., Insurance Capital Group, LLC, Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, Physician’s Insurance Program Exchange, and Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.6    Option Agreement among Diversus, Inc., Insurance Capital Group, LLC, and Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. dated March 27, 2019.
  10.7    Management Services Agreement between Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. and Diversus Management Inc. dated March 27, 2019.
  10.8    Medical Malpractice Working Excess Reinsurance Contract effective January  1, 2018 between Hannover Ruck Se and Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.9    Medical Malpractice Working Excess Reinsurance Contract effective January  1, 2018 between Hannover Ruck Se and Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).


Table of Contents
  10.10    Loan Agreement between Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. and Diversus, Inc. dated March 27, 2019.
  10.11    Medical Malpractice Working Excess Reinsurance Contract effective January  1, 2018 between Hannover Ruck Se and Professional Casualty Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  10.12    Medical Malpractice Working Excess Reinsurance Contract effective January  1, 2018 between Hannover Ruck Se and Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (333-229322)).
  14.1    Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
  21.1    Subsidiaries of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.
  31.1    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules  13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules  13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized .

 

    Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.
Date: April 24, 2019     By:  

/s/ Lewis S. Sharps, M.D.

    Title   Lewis S. Sharps, M. D., President and Chief Executive Officer
     

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Lewis S. Sharps

   President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)    April 24, 2019
Lewis S. Sharps      

 

   Director    April 24, 2019
Paul M. J. Brockman      

/s/ William E. Hitselberger

   Director    April 24, 2019
William E. Hitselberger      

 

   Director    April 24, 2019
Craig A. Huff      

/s/ Stephen J. Johnson

   Director    April 24, 2019
Stephen J. Johnson      

 

   Director    April 24, 2019
Duncan McLaughlin      

/s/ Scott C. Penwell

   Director    April 24, 2019
Scott C. Penwell      

 

   Director    April 24, 2019
Matthew T. Popoli      

/s/ James L. Zech

   Director    April 24, 2019
James L. Zech      

/s/ Daniel A. Payne

   Chief Financial Officer   
Daniel A. Payne    (Principal Financial Officer)    April 24, 2019

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Copy

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of March 27, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”), between POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE COMPANY, a Pennsylvania stock insurance company (“ Positive ”), and its parent POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Holdings ”), solely with respect to Section 1 and Section 12 (Positive and Holdings together the “ Positive Parties ” and each a “ Positive Party ”), one the one hand, and DIVERSUS MANAGEMENT, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Management Company ”), and its parent DIVERSUS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Diversus ”) (Management Company and Diversus together the “ Diversus Parties ” and each a “ Diversus Party ”), on the other hand.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Positive is a stock insurance company that is engaged in the business of providing medical professional liability insurance to physicians and other healthcare providers in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and certain other jurisdictions.

WHEREAS, Management Company is in the business of providing insurance-related administrative and management services to related and unrelated insurance companies.

WHEREAS, Positive is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

WHEREAS, Management Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Diversus.

WHEREAS, Positive is the successor to the businesses conducted by Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, and Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange (collectively, the “ Exchanges ”), each formerly a Pennsylvania reciprocal insurance exchange that converted into stock form and merged their operations into Positive.

WHEREAS, Management Company is the successor to the businesses conducted by Specialty Insurance Services, LLC, Professional Third Party, L.P., and Physicians’ Insurance Program Management Company (collectively, the “ AIF’s ”), which had provided insurance-related administrative and management services as attorneys-in-fact to the Exchanges and which merged their operations into the Management Company.

WHEREAS, the Positive Parties and the Diversus Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to (a) replace the attorney-in-fact agreements that formerly had been in place between the AIF’s and the Exchanges, and (b) set forth their mutual understanding and agreement regarding the terms and conditions upon which Positive will engage Management Company to provide insurance related administrative and management services for Positive, and Management Company will accept such engagement and provide such services for Positive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Engagement to Provide Services; Acceptance of Engagement . Positive hereby engages Management Company to provide the Services (as defined in Section  2 ), and

 

1


Execution Copy

 

Management Company hereby accepts such engagement and agrees to provide the Services to Positive, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Holdings and Diversus each affirm the aforesaid engagement and covenant and agree that neither shall take any action or omit to take any action that would have the effect of interfering with the full and faithful performance of this Agreement by their respective subsidiary. For all Services performed by Management Company hereunder, Management Company shall identify the person providing the Services, including any subcontract party as provided in Section 13(f), and the nature of the Services provided by such person or subcontract party. Management Company shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement all licenses and approvals required to be held by Management Company to perform the Services hereunder and shall make all required filings with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department and all other governmental authorities having regulatory authority over Management Company in connection with the performance of such Services. Management Company shall provide satisfactory evidence of such licensure to Positive within two (2) business days of Positive’s request therefor.

2. Services. Management Company agrees to provide sufficient personnel, equipment, computer software, and supplies, either directly or indirectly through outsource or subcontract parties as provided in Section 13(f), so that Management Company can perform or provide for the performance of the following administrative and management services which may be necessary or required in connection with the business and operations of Positive (collectively, the “ Services ”), subject to Positive’s reserved powers as described in Section 3, rights as described in Section 9, and certain clarifications and adjustments as described in Schedule C:

(a) The administration and management of the day-to-day insurance business of Positive including, without limitation, administration and management of underwriting and claims, and reporting with respect to business operations (for avoidance of doubt, programming costs with respect to business operations and reporting shall be an obligation of Management Company);

(b) The solicitation, receipt and processing of applications for insurance and the investigation and analysis of the desirability of risks involved with applications for insurance in accordance with the underwriting policies and standards (the “ Underwriting Policies and Standards ”) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, as such Schedule A may be modified, amended, restated, or supplemented, in writing, from time-to-time by the by the board of directors of Positive (the “ Positive Board ”);

(c) For those applications approved by Positive pursuant to Section 3, the issuance of policies and binders of insurance for Positive in accordance with the Underwriting Policies and Standards; provided , however , that in all events Positive shall have the right to approve all policies of insurance and to cancel or nonrenew any policy of insurance, subject to the applicable laws and regulations concerning the cancellation and nonrenewal of insurance policies and any policies or guidelines adopted by the Positive Board from time to time;

(d) The collection, receipt and accounting for all funds received as payments of insurance premiums, contributions to surplus and other receipts of Positive, which such funds shall be timely deposited (in no event more than five business days) in a bank account or bank

 

2


Execution Copy

 

accounts maintained in the name of Positive in accordance with such policies and standards as may be established from time to time by Management Company and approved by the Positive Board; the establishment and monitoring of loss reserves in accordance with sound insurance and actuarial practices and procedures and any policies or guidelines adopted by the Positive Board from time to time; the maintenance of all funds of Positive in accordance with applicable law and the investment of Positive’s investable assets in accordance with applicable legal requirements and the advice or instructions of any investment advisors retained from time to time by Management Company on behalf of Positive and any policies or guidelines adopted by the Positive Board or the investment committee thereof from time to time; provided , however , that in all events (i) Management Company will ensure that all funds payable to Positive are directed to an account owned by Positive and not deposited or held in any account of Management Company and (ii) will render accounts to Positive detailing all transactions, including providing a monthly report of all deposits into and withdrawals from each bank account maintained in the name of Positive on not less than a monthly basis or as requested by Positive from time to time

(e) The establishment and maintenance for Positive of all financial, accounting, and other business records required by applicable laws and regulations and generally accepted insurance and accounting practices and in accordance with such policies and standards as may be established from time to time by Management Company with the approval of the Positive Board, including an annual audit at the expense of Positive, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ GAAP ”) and applicable statutory accounting principles (“ SAP ”); and the preparation for and on behalf of Positive of all reports required by governmental and nongovernmental regulatory and supervisory authorities (for avoidance of doubt, including the preparation of financial statements of Positive in accordance with GAAP and SAP); provided , however , that in all events separate records of business written by Management Company will be maintained;

(f) Subject to Section 11, the placement of such reinsurance as is required by law or by sound and accepted insurance and business practices, the payment of premiums and commissions therefor at the expense of Positive, the maintenance for Positive of all necessary records in connection with such reinsurance, the submissions of claims to the reinsurers, and the taking of all actions required or permitted by such reinsurance;

(g) The provision and maintenance, directly or indirectly through a third party claims administrator pursuant to the terms of the Ancillary Agreements, of adequate claims administration and supervision and facilities for the oversight and timely processing of all claims, notices and proofs of loss against Positive and for the timely adjustment, settlement, and payment of claims on behalf of and at the expense of Positive subject to the policies and guidelines established by the Claims and Litigation Committee (defined below) and/or the Positive Board, including the employment or retention, on terms and conditions acceptable to Positive in its sole discretion, of a litigation manager or managers, claims adjusters, attorneys and such other professional and other personnel to handle claims on behalf of Positive, it being understood that all “Adjusting and Other Expense” (formerly called “unallocated loss adjustment expenses (ULAE)”) shall be borne by Management Company and all “Defense and Cost Containment Expense (formerly called “allocated loss adjustment expenses (ALAE)”) shall be borne by Positive. The aforesaid terms shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (the “ NAIC Accounting Manual ”);

 

3


Execution Copy

 

(h) The retention of investment advisors for and on behalf of Positive at the expense of Positive and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Positive Board or the investment committee thereof from time to time;

(i) The preparation of mailings, website, advertisements, newsletters and other promotional materials and related expenses for and on behalf of Positive and at the expense of Positive in accordance with such policies and standards as may be established from time to time by Management Company and/or the Positive Board (for avoidance of doubt, marketing employees and any marketing expenses incurred related to the solicitation of business shall remain a cost of Management Company);

(j) The monitoring of the legal affairs of Positive, including (i) compliance with applicable legal requirements and obtaining and maintaining all license and approvals required to be obtained and maintained by Positive, (ii) the making of all required filings with the Insurance Department of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and all other governmental authorities having jurisdiction over Positive and (iii) ensuring that the Management Company and all agents and other third party service providers to Positive have and maintain the necessary licenses or approvals required to performs the services required by such parties;

(k) The appointment, supervision and termination of agents on behalf of Positive and the payment to them from time to time of appropriate commissions, at the expense of Positive, for insurance coverages placed with Positive in such amounts as shall be determined by Management Company in accordance with the policies and guidelines adopted by the Positive Board from time to time, which shall include, without limitation, requirements that Positive’s agents meet the Service Levels (defined below) applicable thereto, it being understood that the Management Company or an affiliate thereof may itself act as an agent of Positive pursuant to the terms of the existing agent agreement between the Management Company and the Exchanges, as the same may be modified from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties;

(l) Subject to the oversight and direction of the Positive Board and/or the Claims and Litigation Committee, the commencement and defense, at the expense of Positive, of legal and administrative proceedings brought by or against Positive including acceptance of service of process on behalf of Positive, entering legal appearances on behalf of Positive and the compromise, prosecution, defense and settlement of losses and claims subject to Section 7;

(m) the provision of two officers of the Management Company acceptable to Positive in its sole and absolute discretion to serve as members of the claims and litigation committee of Positive (the “ Claims and Litigation Committee ”), which committee shall be comprised of two officers of the Management Company and two officers of Positive (one of which shall be the chairman of such committee and shall break any deadlocks among the members of such committee) and shall set the claims and litigation policies of Positive and oversee the administration of the claims and litigation process of Positive, subject to the oversight and direction of the Positive Board; and

 

4


Execution Copy

 

(n) The taking of all such other actions and things as Management Company shall determine to be necessary, convenient, advisable, or proper in order to administer and manage Positive’s medical professional liability insurance business or to otherwise discharge properly and in good faith the responsibilities and duties of Management Company under this Agreement, subject to the limitations and approval rights set forth herein and the oversight and direction of the Positive Board.

3. Reserved Powers .

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(i) Positive shall maintain oversight for all Services provided to Positive by Management Company and Positive shall monitor the provision of Services not less frequently than annually for quality assurance;

(ii) The officers of Positive shall maintain the sole authority to underwrite (within the meaning of 40 P.S. §322.1) all risks and to make all decisions to accept or reject risks to be underwritten by Positive, provided that Positive shall have the right to appoint an Underwriting Committee made up of qualified individuals with insurance experience who shall have authority accept or reject risks to be underwritten by Positive;

(iii) Positive shall maintain ownership of the intellectual property, renewal rights and all other auxiliary rights with respect to the book of business owned by Positive as of the date hereof;

(iv) the Management Company shall not enter into any agreements with affiliates of the Management Company (A) on behalf of Positive and/or (B) the costs of which will be borne by Positive, unless the Positive Board shall have consented to such agreement in writing;

(v) the Management Company shall, or shall cause AOS or any other litigation manager engaged on behalf of Positive to, cease to engage on behalf of Positive any law firms which Positive requests be removed from the panel of firms handling matters on behalf of Positive; and

(vi) the Management Company shall terminate any agreement with any agent or other third party service provider not Affiliated with Management Company which Positive requests be terminated following a determination of a majority of the Positive Board that such agent or other service provider has not met the components of the Service Level applicable to such party.

(b) In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Positive, through their officers and directors or other service providers, shall retain authority and responsibility for the functions, duties and responsibilities, and costs and expenses, set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

(c) Positive may suspend the authority granted to the Management Company hereunder if Positive reasonably believes that a material breach described in Section 8(d)

 

5


Execution Copy

 

(including, without limitation, a breach of any Service Level) has occurred or is imminent and until any such event has been cured pursuant to Section 8(d); provided, that during the suspension of any such authority Positive shall not have the right to provide a Deficiency Notice under Section 9(b) with respect to any Service Level in respect of the authority which has been suspended, and provided further that if the suspension of authority causes the Management Company to be unable to cure an asserted breach pursuant to Section 8(a), the cure period pursuant to Section 8(a) shall be tolled until the Management Company’s authority has been restored.

4. Management Fees .

(a) Fees Defined . As compensation for the Services to be performed by Management Company on behalf of Positive as set forth in Section  2 hereof, Positive agrees to pay to the Management Company fees composed of the sum of the following two components (collectively, the “ Management Fees ”), determined and paid as provided in this Section 4:

(i) Base Management Fee . A fee (the “ Base Fee ”) based upon a percentage of Positive’s gross written premiums, less return premiums, during the respective periods set forth in the following table.

 

Period

  

Percentage

Effective Date to March 31, 2020    Twelve percent (12%)
April 1, 2020 to March 31, 2021    Eleven percent (11%)
April 1, 2021 to March 31, 2022    Ten percent (10%)
April 1, 2022 and thereafter    Nine percent (9%)

The reduction in the Base Fee that is scheduled to begin April 1, 2020 is the “ Base Fee Stepdown .” Notwithstanding the foregoing, if by March 31, 2020, Holdings has not closed upon the acquisition of one or more other insurance entities that become subject to this Agreement as provided in Section  12(b) below and that have total additional gross written premium of $10,000,000 on an annual basis, the Base Fee Stepdown will be deferred to begin on April 1, 2021 instead of April 1, 2020.

(ii) Performance Fee . A fee reflecting the profitability of Positive (the “ Performance Fee ”), which shall be based upon the combined ratio (as defined in the NAIC Accounting Manual) of Positive, computed on a rolling twelve-month basis and in accordance with “Modified SAP” (as defined below). Such Fee shall be paid quarterly as described in Section 4(d) below according to the following formula:

Performance Fee = 0.25 x 0.33 x (100 – CR*) x net earned premium

 

6


Execution Copy

 

*CR = Positive’s combined ratio (to be calculated in accordance with SAP as adjusted as described in the definition of Modified SAP) for the relevant period prior to paying the Performance Fee. Positive’s combined ratio will be determined without regard for any benefit that Positive has realized or may realize under the adverse development reinsurance coverage procured by Positive in connection with the conversion of the Exchanges and their merger with and into Positive.

In determining the Performance Fee and applying the foregoing formula, the following rules shall apply:

(A) If the foregoing formula yields a negative number, then zero Performance Fee shall be due for such year, but the Management Company shall not owe the resulting negative number to Positive.

(B) Any New Holdings Insurer (as defined in Section  12 ) shall, from and after the closing of the acquisition of such New Holdings Insurer, be included in this Agreement as provided by Section  12(b) below and in the combined ratio calculations above, subject , however , to the adjustments in following paragraph (C).

(C) For purposes of determining the combined ratio of Positive, (i) in the event of an acquisition of a New Holdings Insurer (for purposes of this Section 4, a “ Target ”) in which Positive employs Target employees, assumes Target leases or real estate, or otherwise assumes all or a portion of the operating expenses of the Target (“ Target Overhead ”), or Target Overhead is maintained within the Target entity, and (ii) the expense ratio of Positive increases as the result of such acquisition, then for a period of one year after the closing of such acquisition, the combined ratio used in the Performance Fee formula shall utilize the expense ratio of Positive assuming the acquisition had not occurred (i.e. neither the revenues nor the Target Overhead relating to such Target will considered in calculating the combined ratio of Positive for such period).

(D) “Modified SAP” shall mean SAP as applied in the preparation of Positive’s NAIC annual statements with the following adjustments:

1.    The Base Fee, which is paid as a percentage of gross written premium at the time of premium payment, will be recorded as an expense ratably as the premium is earned. The premium is earned using SAP over the policy “in force” period. The initial non-expensed management fee is recorded as a deferred asset on the Positive balance sheet and is amortized against earned premium. For avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculation of the combined ratio, such fee’s contribution to the combined ratio shall be calculated with respect to net earned premium.

2.    Commissions paid to agents and brokers, which are paid as a percentage of gross written premium at the time of premium payment, will be recorded as an expense ratably as the premium is earned. The premium is earned using SAP over the policy “in force” period. The initial non-expensed commission is recorded as deferred acquisition cost on the Positive balance sheet and is amortized against earned premium. For avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculation of the combined ratio, such fee’s contribution to the combined ratio shall be calculated with respect to net earned premium.

 

7


Execution Copy

 

3.    Premium Taxes paid at the time of the issuance of the insurance policy will be recorded as an expense ratably as the premium is earned. The premium is earned using SAP over the policy “in force” period. The initial non-expensed premium tax is recorded as a deferred tax asset on the Positive balance sheet and is amortized against earned premium. For avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculation of the combined ratio, such fee’s contribution to the combined ratio shall be calculated with respect to net earned premium.

4.    With respect to expenses directly incurred with respect to the current ongoing audit by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department (conducted generally every 5 years and expected to end in early 2019), 60% of such expenses shall be allocated in 2018 and 40% in 2019. With respect to expected expenses directly associated with future audits by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department, such expected expenses shall be accrued as an expense ratably over a 5 year period.

(b) Impact of Additional Expenses . If (i) Holdings proposes to acquire a Target and in connection therewith Positive requests that Diversus and/or the Management Company employ any Target employees, assume Target leases or real estate, or otherwise assume any Target costs or overhead and Diversus and/or the Management Company agrees to employ such Target employees, assume such Target leases or real estate, or otherwise assume such Target costs or overhead (which Diversus and/or the Management Company may agree to do or decline to do in their sole discretion), and (ii) in the first full twelve months after the closing of the acquisition, the amount of such costs borne by the Diversus Parties following such acquisition exceeds the increase in Management Fees that the Management Company receives as a result of the acquisition (the “ New Business Deficit ”), then the Positive Parties shall pay to the Management Company, as additional Management Fees, the full amount of the New Business Deficit.

(c) Cost of Performing Services . Management Company shall pay all costs of providing the Services, including, without limitation by reason of specification, the salaries and benefit expenses of Management Company’s employees, rent and other occupancy expenses, supplies and data processing, but excluding any of the expenses of Positive referred to in Section  5 hereof or expenses that are the responsibility of Positive or Holdings as set forth on Schedule B. Management Company shall confirm all costs of providing the Services to be in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise specifically set forth the method or methods to allocate such costs in writing as mutually agreed by Management Company and Positive.

(d) No Advances; Remittance and Payment of Fees .

(i) Positive shall not advance any funds to Management Company except to pay for Services defined in this Agreement.

 

8


Execution Copy

 

(ii) Positive will pay the Base Fee to the Management Company monthly, by the 15 th day of each month, via wire transfer or intrabank transfer, in an amount based upon gross written premiums, less return premiums in the preceding month. Immediately after the end of each month Management Company shall provide Positive with a statement showing the amount of gross written premium for the period and calculating the Base Fee in accordance with this Agreement.

(iii) On a quarterly basis upon the completion of the quarterly financial statements the parties shall calculate the components of the Performance Fee and shall determine the Performance Fee for the preceding quarter utilizing the information in such quarterly financial statement. The quarterly payment shall be equal the Performance Fee calculated using the combined ratio and net earned premium for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of such calendar quarter, except (A) if the Effective Date of this Agreement occurs during a quarter, that quarter shall be ignored and no Performance Fee shall be payable for such quarter, and (B) the Performance Fee for the first, second, and third full quarters after the Effective Date shall be based upon the three, six, or nine month period, as the case may be; provided that (X) for the first quarter following the Effective Date, the “0.25” in the formula for the Performance Fee shall be “1.00”, (Y) for the second quarter following the Effective Date, the “0.25” in the formula for the Performance Fee shall be “0.50” and (Z) for the third quarter following the Effective Date, the “0.25” in the formula for the Performance Fee shall be “0.33”. Positive shall pay the provisional quarterly Performance Fee, if it is due, to the Management Company by the twentieth (20 th ) day after the delivery of the aforesaid quarterly financial statement.

(iv) The quarterly provisional Performance Fees shall be subject to adjustment and true up based upon Positive’s annual audited statutory financial statements, but with those adjustments made in accordance with Modified SAP. Within ten (10) days of the completion of Positive’s annual audited statutory financial statements, the parties shall calculate the components of the Performance Fee for the preceding year and shall determine the Performance Fee utilizing the information in such audit report (with appropriate modifications under Modified SAP). Positive shall pay any additional Performance Fee, if it is due, to the Management Company by the twentieth (20 th ) day after the delivery by the auditors of the aforesaid audit report. Conversely, the Management Company shall refund any overpayment of the Performance Fee to Positive by the twentieth (20 th ) day after the delivery by the auditors of the aforesaid audit report.

5. Payment of Expenses of Positive . Management Company, on behalf of Positive, shall utilize the funds of Positive to pay all of the expenses of Positive including, without limitation by reason of specification, losses, defense and cost containment expenses (f/k/a allocated loss adjustment expenses), commissions to producers, investment expense, damages, legal expenses, court costs, taxes, assessments, license fees, the fees of attorneys, actuaries, accountants and investment and other advisors, fees payable to other vendors approved by Positive, including AOS and Gateway, governmental fines and penalties, and surplus, reinsurance premiums and costs, audit fees, and guaranty fund assessments; provided, that, (a) the Management Company’s authority with respect to the payment of claims, losses, and defense and cost containment expenses shall be limited as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and (b) without the prior written consent of Positive, Management Company shall not pay any single expense in an amount in excess of $25,000.

 

9


Execution Copy

 

6. Records; Right to Audit .

(a) Management Company shall keep sufficient records for the express purpose of recording therein the nature and details of the Services, including all transactions undertaken for Positive pursuant to this Agreement. All books and records developed or maintained by Management Company under or related to this Agreement (including, without limitation, all books and records that pertain in any way to the Services performed by Management Company pursuant to this Agreement) (collectively, “ Books and Records ”) shall be owned by Positive and the exclusive property of Positive, shall be held by Management Company for the benefit of Positive, and are subject in all respects to the control of Positive; provided , however , that the Management Company may retain copies of the Books and Records for the term of this Agreement and for five (5) years thereafter, following which time such Books and Records shall be destroyed unless otherwise instructed by Positive. When electronic claims files are in existence, data will be transmitted on a timely basis and in a form and format that is usable by Positive. Positive shall have access and the right to copy all accounts and the Books and Records related to its business in a form usable by Positive, and the Pennsylvania Insurance Department shall have access to all Books and Records and bank accounts of Management Company in a form usable to the Department. All Books and Records shall be retained according to the laws pertaining to the conduct of examinations. All rights to examine and audit Books and Records shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in effect for so long as either Management Company or Positive has any rights or obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The Management Company shall provide Positive with detailed calculations of the components of the Service Levels for each month, in a format acceptable to Positive, not later than ten (10) days following the end of such month.

(c) The Management Company shall provide such other information as may be requested by Positive from time to time (including, for avoidance of doubt, information necessary to review the components of the Service Levels) within five (5) business days of a request therefor.

7. Settlement of Claims . In connection with the Management Company’s activities under this Agreement in adjusting and settling claims on behalf of Positive:

(a) All claims must be reported to Positive in a timely manner, generally meaning making each member of the Claims and Litigation Committee aware of the claim within three (3) business days of Management Company becoming aware of same.

(b) A copy of the claim file shall be sent to Positive at its request or as soon as it becomes known that the claim:

(i) has the potential to exceed an amount determined by The Insurance Commissioner of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “ Commissioner”) ,

 

10


Execution Copy

 

(ii) involves a coverage dispute,

(iii) has the potential to exceed Management Company’s claims settlement authority, as determined by the Positive Board or the Claims and Litigation Committees,

(iv) is open for more than six (6) months,

(v) is closed by payment of an amount set by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department or an amount set by the Positive Board or the Claims and Litigation Committee, whichever is less.

(c) All claim files shall be the joint property of Positive and Management Company. However, upon an order of liquidation of Positive, such files shall become the sole property of Positive or its estate. Management Company shall have reasonable access to and the right to copy the files on a timely basis.

8. Term and Termination.

(a) Term . The parties declare that the long-term continuity of the management relationship under this Agreement is of the utmost importance to the mutual business interests of Positive and the Management Company, and, therefore, this Agreement shall have a seven (7) year rolling term as further provided in this Section 8 (“ Term ”).

(b) Annual Extension of Term . Unless either Positive or the Management Company shall provide a timely Cutoff Notice sent in accordance with the provisions of Section  8(c) , on each anniversary of the Effective Date the Term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one (1) additional year such that the Term is again extended to a full seven (7) years from the date of such anniversary.

(c) Cutoff of Extension .

(i) By Positive . Beginning not more than ninety (90) or less than thirty (30) days prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and annually thereafter no less than thirty (30) days prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date, the Positive board of directors (“ Positive Board”) shall review the performance of the Management Company under this Agreement. If the Positive Board on any such occasion shall by written resolution of a majority of the members thereof determine that Positive determines not to continue this Agreement beyond the remaining Term, then the Positive Board shall, prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date, send written notice (the “ Cutoff Warning Notice ”) to the Management Company describing the basis for its determination. Representatives of the Diversus Parties shall have the right within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the Cutoff Warning Notice to personally appear before the Positive Board to address the concerns of the Positive Board. If, after due consideration of the views of the Management Company, the Positive Board nevertheless affirms its decision not to continue this Agreement beyond the remaining Term, it shall send the Management Company a further written notice (a “ Cutoff Notice ”) informing the Management Company of Positive’s definitive determination not to continue this Agreement beyond the remaining Term. Upon Diversus’ receipt of a Cutoff Notice, the automatic annual extension of the Term under Section 8(b) shall cease and no longer be effective, and the Term shall thereafter be a fixed term of seven (7) years beginning on the anniversary date immediately following Positive’s sending of the Cutoff Warning Notice.

 

11


Execution Copy

 

(ii) By Diversus . The Diversus Parties shall have the right beginning not more than ninety (90) or less than thirty (30) days prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and annually thereafter no less than thirty (30) days prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date, to decide not to continue this Agreement beyond the remaining Term, by sending to each of the Positive Parties a Cutoff Notice prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date informing the Positive Parties of Diversus’ determination not to continue this Agreement beyond the remaining Term. Upon Positive’s receipt of a Cutoff Notice, the automatic annual extension of the Term under Section 8(b) shall cease and no longer be effective, and the Term shall thereafter be a fixed term of seven (7) years beginning on the anniversary date immediately following Diversus’ sending of the Cutoff Notice.

(d) Termination for Cause .

(i) The Positive Parties shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on account of a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement by a Diversus Party, by giving not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Diversus Parties specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the breach; provided the breaching Diversus Party shall have the opportunity to cure such breach within such sixty (60) period, unless the Diversus Parties have previously cured two (2) or more material breaches of any material provision previously. If such breach is not cured within such sixty (60) day period, (or if any Diversus Party has previously cured two (2) or more such material breaches of any material provision of this Agreement prior to the receipt of such notice), the Positive Parties may by written notice to the Diversus Parties declare this Agreement immediately terminated; and if such breach is cured within such sixty (60) day period, the right to terminate on account of the noticed breach shall be null and void.

(ii) In addition, the Positive Parties shall have the right to terminate this Agreement:

A. Immediately if Management Company files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or if a committee of creditors or other representative is appointed to represent its business; or

B. Immediately if an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed against it, and Management Company fails within thirty (30) days following the appointment of such committee or representative or the filing of such involuntary petition to cause the discharge of such committee or representative or the dismissal of such petition; or

C. Immediately if any Diversus Party is convicted of a felony and either (1) such felony is related to actions or omissions taken on behalf of Positive or any of its Affiliates or (2) relates to a breach of applicable laws or regulations governing the insurance industry; or

 

12


Execution Copy

 

D. Upon ten (10) days prior written notice if any director, officer, or employee of a Diversus Party is convicted of a felony and either (1) such felony is related to actions or omissions taken on behalf of Positive or any of its Affiliates or (2), if such felony relates to a breach of applicable laws or regulations governing the insurance industry, provided, however , that the foregoing convictions shall not give rise to a right to terminate this Agreement if such officer, employee or director is terminated or has resigned as an officer, employee and/or director of all Diversus Parties prior to or within ten (10) days after the conviction;

E. Immediately if any Diversus Party by virtue of an action undertaken by two or more directors or officers, is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have committed fraud or willful misconduct against Positive or any of its Affiliates; or

F. Upon ten (10) days prior written notice if any director, officer or employee of a Diversus Party is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have committed and/or caused Diversus to have committed fraud or willful misconduct against Positive or any of its Affiliates, provided, however , that the foregoing finding shall not give rise to a right to terminate this Agreement if such officer, employee or director is terminated or has resigned as an officer, employee, agent and/or director of all Diversus Parties prior to or within ten (10) days after the entry of the order or judgment by the court.

(iii) The Diversus Parties shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on account of a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement by a Positive Party, by giving not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Positive Parties specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the breach; provided the breaching Positive Party shall have the opportunity to cure such breach within such sixty (60) day period. If such breach is not cured within such sixty (60) day period, the Diversus Parties may by written notice to the Positive Parties declare this Agreement immediately terminated; and if such breach is cured within such sixty (60) day period, the right to terminate on account of the noticed breach shall be null and void. For the avoidance of doubt, Management Company does not have an automatic right to terminate this Agreement if Positive is placed in receivership under Article V of The Insurance Department Act of 1921 (40 P.S. §§221.1-221.63) (as amended, the “ The Insurance Department Act of 1921 ”).

(e) Termination by Mutual Agreement . Agreement may also be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of the Positive Parties and the Diversus Parties.

9. Service Level Agreement .

(a) Service Levels . Schedule D attached hereto and made a part hereof sets forth certain specific levels of service that Management Company must observe in its performance of the Services (the “ Service Levels ”).

(b) Finding of a Deficiency . If the Positive Board has reviewed the performance of the Management Company under this Agreement as compared against the Service Levels, and has, by written resolution of a majority of the members of the Positive Board, determined that the performance of the Management Company in some material respect does not meet the Service

 

13


Execution Copy

 

Levels, such determination shall constitute an asserted “ Material Service Deficiency ”. The Material Service Deficiency shall not, except as otherwise provided in Section 9(c), constitute a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(d). Positive shall send written notice (the “ Deficiency Notice ”) to the Management Company describing in detail the Positive Board’s reasons for finding a Material Service Deficiency and, following the Deficiency Notice, the Management Company shall take such corrective action as may be necessary to cure such Material Service Deficiency within sixty (60) days of the date of such Deficiency Notice.

(c) Resolution of Material Service Deficiency . The Management Company shall have the opportunity to address its proposed corrective actions with the Positive Board and to discuss the extent to which its proposed corrective actions are consistent with the Service Levels and the standards of other medical malpractice insurance companies. If, after any such information is presented, in the reasonable judgement of the Positive Board absent manifest error, the Material Service Deficiency has not been cured within sixty (60) days of the date of such Deficiency Notice, Positive shall thereafter have the right to assert that the Management Company is engaging in a material breach of a material provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(d) by virtue of continued asserted Material Service Deficiency, which assertion shall be resolved otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including but not limited to Section 8(d)) and applicable law.

10. Indemnification and Insurance .

(a) Positive shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Management Company and each shareholder, officer, employee and agent thereof (each a “ Management Company Indemnified Person ”), from and against all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expense (including, without limitation, settlement costs and any reasonable legal fees and expenses or other expenses for investigation and defending any actions or threatened actions) incurred by such Management Company Indemnified Person as a result of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, relating to or arising out of the Services provided by Management Company hereunder, except to the extent the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct of Management Company.

(b) Management Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Positive and each shareholder, officer, employee and agent thereof (each a “ Positive Indemnified Person ”), from and against all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expense (including, without limitation, settlement costs and any reasonable legal fees and expenses or other expenses for investigation and defending any actions or threatened actions) incurred by such Positive Indemnified Person as a result of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Management Company.

(c) Management Company will obtain and maintain errors and omissions insurance (professional liability coverage) and directors and officers liability insurance, with combined liability limits in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 per claim and $2,000,000 in the aggregate. Management Company will provide Positive with certificates of insurance which reflect the maintenance of the foregoing.

 

14


Execution Copy

 

11. Prohibited Acts . Management Company shall not:

(a) Bind reinsurance or retrocessions on behalf of Positive. Any reinsurance or retrocessions shall require the prior approval of the Positive Board and the signature of a duly-authorized officer of Positive.

(b) Accept any risks to be underwritten by Positive, with such authority being reserved to Positive as provided in Section 3(a)(ii).

(c) Commit the insurer to participate in insurance or reinsurance syndicates. Participation in any insurance or reinsurance syndicate shall require the prior approval of the Positive Board and the signature of a duly-authorized officer of Positive.

(d) Appoint any agent without assuring that the agent is lawfully licensed to transact the type of insurance for which the agent is appointed.

(e) Without the prior approval of the Positive Board or the unanimous approval of Claims and Litigation Committee, pay or commit Positive to pay (i) any claim over policy limits, or (ii) any claim over $1,000,000, in each case, net of reinsurance.

(f) Collect any payment from a reinsurer or commit Positive to any claim settlement with a reinsurer without the prior approval of the Positive Board. If prior approval is given by the Positive Board, a report must be promptly forwarded to Positive. (It is understood this prohibited act applies to settling claims as between Positive and the reinsurers and does not apply to settling policy claims utilizing the proceeds of reinsurance).

(g) Permit its subagent to serve on the Positive Board.

(h) Jointly employ an individual who is employed by Positive, unless approved by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department and the Positive Board.

(i) Appoint a sub-managing general agent.

Any acts requiring the approval of the Positive Board under this Section 10 may be approved by a duly-constituted committee of the Positive Board; provided that no committee may override the decision of the Positive Board.

12. Protective Covenants, etc . Positive and Holdings jointly and severally make the following covenants and agreements for the protection of the Diversus Parties and their long-term interests under this Agreement:

(a) Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meaning specified:

(i) “Affiliate” means a person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

 

15


Execution Copy

 

(ii) “Control,” “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” (whether or not spelled with a capital “C”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with or corporate office held by the person.    Control shall be deemed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote or holds proxies representing fifty per centum (50%) or more of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast in the election of directors (or analogous positions for non-corporate entities). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings shall be deemed to control any person that is controlled by Positive or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

(iii) “Change of Control” means (i) any sale or disposition by Holdings of any of its stock or equity interests in Positive or in any New Holdings Insurer which results in Holdings owning, directly or indirectly, less than 51% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests in Positive or in any New Holdings Insurer, (ii) any issuance of stock or other equity interests by Positive or by any New Holdings Insurer which results in Holdings owning, directly or indirectly, less than 51% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests in Positive or in any New Holdings Insurer, (iii) the sale, lease, transfer (including a loss portfolio transfer), exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of more than 50% in value of the assets of Holdings, of Positive or of any New Holdings Insurer, each taken separately, or (iv) a merger, consolidation, or share exchange involving any of Holdings, Positive, or a New Holdings Insurer, as the case may be, which results in Holdings owning, directly or indirectly, less than 51% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests in Positive or in any New Holdings Insurer.

(iv) “New Holdings Insurer” means any stock insurance company, mutual insurance company, reciprocal exchange, risk retention group, or other form of risk bearing entity directly or indirectly formed by Holdings or with respect to which Holdings otherwise acquires control, directly or indirectly.

(b) Other Insurers . In the event that Holdings, either directly or indirectly through another entity it controls, forms or otherwise acquires control of a New Holdings Insurer, Positive and Holdings shall cause each New Holdings Insurer to join into this Agreement with Management Company (or, if joining into this Agreement is impracticable, shall cause the New Holdings Insurer to enter into an agreement with Management Company on terms as nearly identical to this Agreement as possible) such that Management Company shall have the benefit of managing the business of all insurance companies controlled by Holdings; and shall be entitled to be paid the Base Fee based upon the total gross written premium of, and the Performance Fee on the combined results of, all insurance companies controlled by Holdings as if all such insurance companies are combined with Positive under Section 4(a)(ii).

 

16


Execution Copy

 

(c) Changes of Control, etc . The Positive Parties jointly and severally covenant and agree that they will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in a Change of Control with respect to Positive, or any New Holdings Insurer, or Holdings without the prior written consent of each of the Diversus Parties, which the Diversus Parties may withhold or condition in their sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that if, in connection with a proposed Change of Control, proper and appropriate provisions are made for Management Company to be retained to continue to provide the services described herein in accordance with all of the terms and conditions hereof (as the same may be in effect as of the time of such Change of Control) to Positive and the New Holdings Insurers, or for this Agreement (as the same may be in effect as of the time of such Change of Control) to be assumed by a purchaser of the assets of such companies, or extended to the operations formerly conducted by such companies after such Change of Control to the same extent as if such Change of Control had not happened, then the consent of the Diversus Parties shall not be required.

(d) Ancillary Agreements . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Positive is entering into an agreement with Andrews Outsource Solutions, LLC, an Affiliate of Diversus (“ AOS ”), pursuant to which AOS will provide litigation management services to Positive, and an agreement with Gateway Risk Services, LLC, an Affiliate of Diversus, (“ Gateway ”), pursuant to which AOS will provide claims adjustment services to Positive, in each case, on terms and conditions acceptable to the Positive Board (such agreements, collectively, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”). Throughout the Term of this Agreement, Positive and Holdings shall keep the Ancillary Agreements in full force and effect, and furthermore shall cause them to be extended to and to apply to any New Holdings Insurer.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Management Company shall be an independent contractor, and its employees shall in no event be considered Positive’s employees. Except as expressly provided for herein, no agency or fiduciary relationship shall exist between the parties as a result of the execution of this Agreement or performance hereunder unless required by law or regulatory authority. Management Company does not act as an insurer for any insured, and this Agreement shall not be construed as an insurance policy or an undertaking by Management Company to act as, or accept responsibility as, an insurer.

(b) Nothing in the Agreement is intended to restrict, or shall be construed to restrict, either during or after the Term, the ability of a Diversus Party to conduct an insurance-related business, whether directly or through the provision of services to unrelated third parties, and whether or not any such business competes with the business of Positive, Holdings or any Affiliate of Holdings, nor shall any Diversus Party have any obligation to offer a business opportunity to Positive, Holdings or any Affiliate of Holdings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, neither Diversus Party shall (i) hold a direct or indirect ownership interest in any risk-bearing insurance company or other form of risk-bearing insurance entity, other than an interest of less than 5% in the securities of a publicly-traded company or (ii) provide underwriting services to a business which competes with Positive in the markets in which Positive operates without Positive’s written consent.

 

17


Execution Copy

 

(c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic, internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its principles pertaining to the conflict of laws. As to any dispute, claim, or litigation arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement, the parties hereby agree and consent to be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. If jurisdiction is not present in federal court, then the parties hereby agree and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state courts of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) any objection that it may now or hereafter have to laying venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court, (ii) any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (iii) any defense that it may now or hereafter have based on lack of personal jurisdiction in such forum.

(d) If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(e) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No party may delegate its duties and obligations under this Agreement to any other person, except for Management Company’s right to subcontract for the performance of various of the Services as more fully set forth in the following paragraph (f).

(f) Management Company shall have the right to outsource or subcontract the performance of some, but not substantially all, of the Services to Affiliated or non-Affiliated persons, provided, however , that any outsourced or subcontracted service provider shall maintain the same levels of service and performance required of the Management Company hereunder, and the subcontracting or outsourcing shall not relieve the Management Company of its primary responsibility to perform the Services.

(g) This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings, written or oral, of the parties hereto, with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be modified, amended, or waived only in writing executed by all the parties.

(h) No failure or delay on the part of a party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude or require any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. No party shall be deemed, by any act of omission or commission, to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and signed by such party. A waiver with respect to one event shall not be construed as continuing or as a bar to or a waiver of any right or remedy with respect to a subsequent event. The rights and remedies herein provided to the parties are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

18


Execution Copy

 

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, all claims, transactions, and other matters hereunder shall be settled in a timely manner, not less frequently than on a quarterly basis. All transactions hereunder shall, to the extent applicable, be in compliance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual.

(j) If Positive is placed in receivership or seized by the Commissioner under The Insurance Department Act of 1921, (i) the rights of Positive under this Agreement extend to the receiver or the Commissioner and (ii) the Books and Records shall immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner immediately upon the receiver or the Commissioner’s request. Management Company will continue to maintain systems, programs or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the Commissioner under The Insurance Department Act of 1921 and shall make them available to the receiver for as long as Management Company continues to receive timely payment for Services rendered.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

19


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

DIVERSUS MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:   /s/ Leslie Latta
 

Name: Leslie Latta

Title: COO

 

DIVERSUS, INC.
By:   /s/ Gregory Campbell
 

Name: Gregory Campbell

Title: Chair

 

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS INSURANCE COMPANY
By:   /s/ Lewis S. Sharps M.D.
 

Name: Lewis S. Sharps M.D.

Title: President

 

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Lewis S. Sharps M.D.
 

Name: Lewis S. Sharps M.D.

Title: President

Signature Page to Diversus – Positive Management Agreement

 

20


Schedule A

UNDERWRITING POLICIES AND STANDARDS

See attached underwriting manual.

 

A-1


Schedule B

POSITIVE RETAINED RESPONSIBILITIES AND COSTS

Positive is responsible for:

(a) the creation and oversight of investment, claims, and underwriting policy.

(b) the acceptance or rejection of risks as provided in Section 3(a)(ii).

(c) the creation and oversight of risk management policies and procedures (for avoidance of doubt, any costs associated with employees related to risk management shall remain a cost of Management Company).

(d) regulatory interactions and regulatory filings for Positive.

(e) choice of actuarial, tax, accounting, and audit service providers for Positive.

(f) reimbursing the Management Company for the cost of management time preparing the monthly Base Fee payment mechanics [in an amount not to exceed $1,000 per month]

(g) responsibility for, and costs associated with, the preparation of Holdings’s financial statements, SEC compliance, SEC filings and shareholder relations.

(h) Positive’s own out of pocket legal and professional services costs for firms engaged by Positive incurred in connection with certain acquisitions following the Effective Date of this Agreement, but not, for avoidance of doubt, the costs for firms engaged by Diversus Parties in connection with such acquisitions or for time spent by Diversus Parties’ staff in connection with such acquisitions

(i) the costs of Positive’s own brand marketing (i.e. its website, facebook presence and google/search engine costs)

 

B-1


Schedule C

CERTAIN CLARIFICATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS TO SERVICES PROVIDED BY

MANAGEMENT COMPANY

(1) With respect to certain commissions and fees received by the Diversus Parties:

(a) Positive agrees to continue payment of commissions on the current Ziemba Agency book of business (which was purchased by Diversus in connection with the PIPE Management acquisition), provided that (x) only the run-off of the current book of business shall be subject to such commissions, (y) such commissions are at market rates for similar books of business and in no event should be adjusted higher, or in total higher than current rates, and (z) no new, other, or additional commissions shall be paid by Positive Parties to Diversus Parties.

(2) With respect to certain Services provided by Management Company:

(a) In consideration of Section 2 whereby Management Company agrees to provide sufficient computer software to perform the Services, Positive shall be responsible for 50% of the remaining principal and interest on the obligations incurred in connection with the purchase of the Delphi system by Positive and Management Company shall be responsible for the remaining 50%.

(b) In consideration of historical allocations of expenses (including with respect to third-party accounting support utilized for preparation of financial statements) of Positive, Positive agrees to pay to Management Company an amount equal to $200,000 annually (in equal quarterly installments) for a period ending on the earlier of (x) 2 years from the date hereof, and (y) the date on which Diversus merges with a wholly owned subsidiary of Positive on terms pursuant to the Option Agreement.

 

C-1


Schedule D

SERVICE LEVELS

As of the Effective Date, the parties have not established specific service levels. If requested by Positive, the parties agree to work in good faith to document and establish service levels that are generally consistent with the service levels performed by the Management Company as of the Effective Date.

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.6

Execution Copy

OPTION AGREEMENT

This OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 27, 2019, among Insurance Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ICG ”), Diversus, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Diversus ”), Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Positive ”), and the additional parties who have executed this Agreement on the signature pages below (such parties, collectively and together with ICG, the “ Positive Shareholders ”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed that, as part of a transaction to convert Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, a Pennsylvania domiciled reciprocal inter-insurance exchange (“ PPIX ”), Physician’s Insurance Program Exchange, a Pennsylvania domiciled reciprocal inter-insurance exchange (“ PIPE ”), and Professional Casualty Association, a Pennsylvania domiciled reciprocal inter-insurance exchange (“PCA”, and collectively with PPIX and PIPE, or each individually as the context requires, the “ Exchanges ”) from reciprocal to stock form, each of Positive and Diversus shall have the option to cause Positive and Diversus to enter into a merger agreement pursuant to which Diversus will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of Positive (“ Positive Merger Sub ”), on the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I—OPTIONS

Section 1.1. Option to Cause Merger . Each of (a) Positive, and (b) Diversus shall have the option, to be exercised in accordance with Section  1.2 , to cause Diversus to merge with Positive Merger Sub (the “ Merger ”), each shareholder of Diversus (a “ Diversus Shareholder ”) receiving either cash or shares of common stock of Positive in exchange for such Diversus Shareholder’s shares of Diversus capital stock. The amount of cash or number of shares of common stock of Positive that each Diversus Shareholder shall receive in the merger for each share of Diversus common stock or Diversus preferred stock shall be determined in accordance with Section  1.5 .

Section 1.2. Exercise Process . The option described in Section  1.1 may be exercised, if at all, at any time after either (a) March 27, 2021 until the date that is four (4) years and six (6) months following the date hereof, or (b) if earlier than March 27, 2021, the date on which ICG no longer has the right to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors of Positive. Such option may be exercised by either Positive or Diversus giving an irrevocable written notice (a “ Merger Notice ”) to the other that the person giving the Merger Notice is exercising its right to cause Positive and Diversus to enter into the Merger by a date to be set forth in such Merger Notice, which date shall not be later than six (6) months following the date of the Merger Notice; provided that the Merger shall have been approved by the Diversus board of directors and approved by the required vote of holders of Diversus capital stock.

Section 1.3. Merger Documents .

(a) Within twenty (20) days following the delivery of a Merger Notice, Positive shall prepare and deliver to Diversus such documentation as shall be reasonably required to accomplish the Merger, including without limitation: (i) the documents necessary to merge Diversus with Positive Merger Sub, including an agreement and plan of merger that provides that in such merger each Diversus Shareholder will receive either cash or the number of shares of Positive common stock as determined in accordance with Section  1.5 , (ii) any filings or requests for consent or approval required by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department or any other federal or state court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality (collectively “ Governmental Agencies ”)

 

1


Execution Copy

 

in order to effect the Merger, (iii) a shareholder agreement of Positive to be entered into by ICG; Diversus management, directors and shareholders who participated in the Offering; and the owners of Diversus common stock or preferred stock who have voted to approve the Merger and receive stock of Positive, and (iv) any board or shareholder resolutions required to approve the Merger, in each case, on terms and conditions consistent with the terms of this Agreement (such documentation, the “ Merger Documents ”). The parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon the Merger Documents, which shall contain customary and reasonable terms and conditions, within sixty (60) days following the delivery of a Merger Notice; provided that if the parties cannot agree the form of the Merger Document by such date, then the Merger Notice shall be deemed withdrawn and cancelled.

(b) The Merger Documents shall provide that:

(i) (A) it shall be a condition to the closing of the Merger that provision shall be made for the existing debt of Positive and Diversus and each subsidiary thereof in existence prior to the Merger to remain in place following the Merger without triggering a default or other adverse consequence under the terms of such debt (including, without limitation, the obtaining of consents or waivers from the applicable lenders, as necessary) and neither Positive nor Diversus (nor their respective affiliates or subsidiaries prior to the closing of the Merger) shall be required to guaranty the debt of the other (or its respective affiliates), and (B) if such condition has not been satisfied prior to the deadline for the Merger set forth in the Merger Notice, either Positive or Diversus may terminate the Merger process, in which case the parties shall abandon the Merger, unless Positive and Diversus agree to waive such condition ; provided, however, that no person may terminate the Merger process if the applicable condition has not been satisfied as the result of the action or omission of such person;

(ii) In connection with the Merger, each share of Diversus preferred equity and option exercisable for Diversus common stock shall be converted into the right to receive such amount of cash or such number of shares of Positive common stock as if such share of Diversus preferred stock or option had been converted into or exercised for shares of Diversus common stock immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger, and such amount of cash or number of shares shall be issued to the holders of such preferred shares or options at the closing of the Merger in exchange for the surrender or other cancellation of such preferred shares or options; and

(iii) If shares of Diversus capital stock are exchanged for shares of Positive common stock in connection with the Merger and within five years following the closing of the Merger no (A) public offering by selling shareholders of Positive, (B) acquisition of all of the assets or shares of Positive for cash or marketable securities or (C) the acquisition of all of the shares of Positive held by Diversus Shareholders for cash or marketable securities (a “ Liquidity Event ”) has occurred, the board of Positive will, upon the written request of a majority of the Diversus Shareholders (measured based upon the shares of Positive held by such Diversus Shareholders) take such steps are may be reasonably necessary to cause a Liquidity Event (including, without limitation, the hiring of an investment bank to conduct such a process).

(c) Diversus agrees to reimburse Positive for fifty percent (50%) of the actual costs incurred by Positive in preparing the Merger Documentation.

Section 1.4. Determination of Diversus Fair Market Value .

(a) Upon receipt of a Merger Notice, Positive and Diversus shall negotiate in good faith to determine the fair market value of the common equity of Diversus (the “ Diversus Equity FMV ”), and if the merger consideration is to be paid in shares of Positive common stock, the fair market value of a share of Positive common stock (the “ Positive Share FMV ”). If Positive and Diversus cannot

 

2


Execution Copy

 

agree on the Diversus Equity FMV and, if necessary, the Positive Share FMV within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Merger Notice, then each party shall appoint an appraiser (each, an “ Appointed Appraiser ”). The Appointed Appraisers shall jointly appoint a third appraiser (the “ Neutral Appraiser ” and, collectively with each Appointed Appraiser, the “ Appraisers ”). Each Appraiser shall prepare and deliver to each of Positive and Diversus a preliminary report of the Diversus FMV and, if necessary, the Positive Share FMV, determined in accordance with this Section  1.4 within forty-five (45) days after such Appraiser’s appointment. Within ten (10) days after delivery of such preliminary reports, each of Positive and Diversus shall provide comments on such reports to the applicable Appraiser. The Appraisers shall incorporate any corrections of manifest errors raised by Positive and/or Diversus in such comments and shall incorporate such other comments from Positive and/or Diversus as such Appraisers deem reasonably appropriate. Within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of comments from each of Positive and Diversus, each Appraiser shall deliver its final report of the Diversus Equity FMV and, if necessary, the Positive Share FMV.

(b) The Diversus Equity FMV shall be the arithmetic average of the Diversus Equity FMV as determined by the Neutral Appraiser and the Diversus Equity FMV as determined by the Appointed Appraiser whose value for such company was closest to the Neutral Appraiser’s value ; provided, that if the Diversus Equity FMV as determined by the Neutral Appraiser is within five percent (5%) of the arithmetic mean of the Diversus FMVs as determined by the two Appointed Appraisers, then the Diversus Equity FMV shall be the value as determined by the Neutral Appraiser ; provided further, that if the Diversus Equity FMV as determined by both Appointed Appraisers is the same, then the Diversus Equity FMV shall be the value as determined by each Appointed Appraiser. The Diversus Equity FMV shall be determined by reference to the total enterprise value of Diversus, as the same would be determined by an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to purchase, and an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell, determined in accordance with the attached Exhibit A , less net indebtedness and all other liabilities, (including all other debt-like obligations and liabilities and preferred equity to the extent not converted in the Merger) and adjusted to take into account normalized working capital needs, in each case, of Diversus and its subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the Appraisers shall include in their consideration of the Diversus Equity FMV any outstanding borrowings and other obligations of Diversus and its subsidiaries. The Diversus Equity FMV as determined pursuant to this Section  1.4(b) shall be included in the board of directors of Diversus’ consideration in determining whether to approve the Merger.

(c) The Positive Share FMV shall be the arithmetic average of the Positive Share FMV as determined by the Neutral Appraiser and the Positive Share FMV as determined by the Appointed Appraiser whose value for such company was closest to the Neutral Appraiser’s value ; provided, that if the Positive Share FMV as determined by the Neutral Appraiser is within five percent (5%) of the arithmetic mean of the Positive Share FMVs as determined by the two Appointed Appraisers, then the Positive Share FMV shall be the value as determined by the Neutral Appraiser ; provided further, that if the Positive Share FMV as determined by both Appointed Appraisers is the same, then the Positive Share FMV shall be the value as determined by each Appointed Appraiser. The Positive Share FMV shall be determined by reference to the total enterprise value of Positive, as the same would be determined by an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to purchase, and an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell, determined in accordance with the attached Exhibit A , less net indebtedness and all other liabilities, (including all other debt-like obligations and liabilities) and adjusted to take into account normalized working capital needs, in each case, of Positive and its subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the Appraisers shall include in their consideration of the Positive Share FMV any outstanding borrowings and other obligations of Positive and its subsidiaries.

(d) The costs of the Appointed Appraiser appointed by the Positive shall be borne by the Positive Shareholders. The costs of the Appointed Appraiser appointed by Diversus shall be borne by the Diversus Shareholders. The costs of the Neutral Appraiser shall be shared equally by the Positive Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Diversus Shareholders, on the other hand.

 

3


Execution Copy

 

(e) If Diversus and Positive are unable to agree upon whether shares of Diversus capital stock will be exchange for cash or shares of Positive common stock in connection with the Merger, then Positive shall have the right to choose, in its sole discretion, whether the merger consideration will be paid in cash or shares of Positive common stock, or a combination thereof.

Section 1.5. Merger Consideration to be Received by Diversus Shareholders . Each Diversus Shareholder shall receive, in the event the merger consideration is to be paid in cash, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Diversus Equity FMV, multiplied by, (ii) a quotient, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Diversus common stock held by such Diversus Shareholder and the denominator of which is the total number of Diversus shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding. In the event that the merger consideration is to be paid in shares of Positive common stock, each Diversus Shareholder shall receive that number of shares of Positive common stock as is equal to the cash consideration that would be paid to such Diversus Shareholder pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence divided by the Positive Share FMV.

Section 1.6. Board and Shareholder Approval .

(a) Following delivery of the Merger Documents and receipt of the determination of the Diversus FMV and the Positive Share FMV, the boards of directors of Positive and Diversus shall review and negotiate the Merger Documents in good faith. When each of Diversus and Positive is reasonably satisfied with the form and substance of such Merger Documents, it will call and hold a meeting of its board of directors to consider and vote on approving the Merger Documents and the terms of the Merger. If approved by both the board of directors of Diversus and the board of directors of Positive, the respective boards of directors of Positive and Diversus shall (i) call a special meeting of their respective shareholders to consider and vote on approving the Merger Documents and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Documents, and (ii) recommend to their respective shareholders that such shareholders vote in favor of approval of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Documents. ICG agrees to cause its representatives on the board of directors of Positive to vote to approve the Merger Documents and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Documents and to vote all shares of voting stock of Positive owned by ICG in favor of approving the transactions contemplated by the Merger Documents.

(b) If approved by the respective boards of directors and shareholders of Positive and Diversus, the closing date of the Merger shall be the earlier of (i) a date which is mutually acceptable to Positive and Diversus and (ii) the deadline set forth in the applicable Merger Notice ; provided, however, that such closing shall not occur prior to the date that all consents required from Governmental Agencies have been obtained.

(c) If the merger consideration paid to each Diversus Shareholder for each share of common stock of Diversus (determined on a fully-diluted basis assuming the conversion of all preferred equity into common stock and the exercise of all options for common stock) in connection with the Merger is at least six dollars ($6.00) per share (as adjusted as necessary to take into account any stock splits, dividends or combinations) and the Diversus directors and/or shareholders fail to approve such Merger, Positive shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on written notice to Diversus, following which notice this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided, that if, at the time which such Merger is considered by the Diversus directors and/or shareholders, Positive or a subsidiary thereof has executed a term sheet for an acquisition which, if consummated, would have the effect of increasing the Diversus Equity FMV, then Diversus may by notice to Positive and ICG, postpone the Merger for up to nine (9) months, in which event the calculation of the Diversus Equity FMV for such Merger shall be performed as of such later date.

 

4


Execution Copy

 

ARTICLE II—ASSIGNMENTS; CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP

Section 2.1. Each of the Positive Shareholders and each of the Diversus Shareholders agrees that such shareholder shall not sell or otherwise assign or transfer any of its shares in Diversus or Positive, as applicable, unless the transferee of such shares agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and accepts the assignment of the rights and obligations of such shareholder hereunder.

Section 2.2. No party to this Agreement may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement except in the manner set forth in Section  2.1 , without the prior written consent of Positive and Diversus.

ARTICLE III—MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1. Notices . All notices, communications and deliveries required or permitted by this Agreement shall be made in writing signed by the party making the same, shall specify the Section of this Agreement pursuant to which it is given or being made and shall be deemed given or made (i) on the date delivered if delivered by hand or by email (provided a hard copy is also delivered pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)), (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after it is mailed if mailed by United States registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) (with postage and other fees prepaid), or (iii) on the day after it is delivered, prepaid, to an overnight express delivery service promising next business day delivery that confirms to the sender delivery to the recipient on such day, as follows:

 

If to ICG, at:  

Insurance Capital Group, LLC

c/o ICG Management, LLC

767 5th Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Attn: Matthew T. Popoli, Craig A. Huff, Jack Sun

Email:mpopoli@insurancecap.com; chuff@reservoircap.com; jsun@insurancecap.com

If to Positive, at:  

Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.

850 Cassatt Road, Suite 220

Berwyn, PA 19312

Attn: Lewis S. Sharps, M.D.

Email: lsharpsMD@sharpsmd.com

If to Diversus, at:  

Diversus, Inc.

100 Berwyn Park, 850 Cassatt Road,

Suite 220, Berwyn, PA 19312

Attn: Gregory Campbell, Chair

Email: gcampbell@cdvcapital.com

For all other parties   The addresses below their respective signatures

 

5


Execution Copy

 

Section 3.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties, or undertakings other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 3.3. Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (other than its rules of conflict of laws to the extent the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby). The state courts of the County of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania shall have the exclusive jurisdiction over any and all claims, lawsuits and litigation relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts over such party in connection with any litigation, proceeding or other legal action arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, and (b) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection to the venue of any such litigation, proceeding or action which is brought in any such court.

Section 3.4. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstances is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

Section 3.5. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

6


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Option Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

INSURANCE CAPITAL GROUP, LLC
By: ICG Management, LLC, its managing member
By:   /s/ Matthew T. Popoli
Name: Matthew T. Popoli
Title: CEO
DIVERSUS, INC.
By:   /s/ Greg Campbell
 

Name: Greg Campbell

 

Title: Chairman

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Lewis Sharps, M.D.
 

Name: Lewis Sharps, M.D.

 

Title: President

LEWIS SHARPS INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
By:   /s/ Lewis Sharps, M.D.
 

Name: Lewis Sharps, M.D.

Notice Address:
911 Lafayette Road
Bryn Mawr, Pa., 19010
lsharpsMD@sharpsmd.com
/s/ Lewis Sharps
 

LEWIS SHARPS (Individually)

Notice Address:
911 Lafayette Road
Bryn Mawr, Pa., 19010
lsharpsMD@sharpsmd.com

[Signature Page to Option Agreement]

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Copy

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of March 27, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”), between POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Holdings ”), and DIVERSUS MANAGEMENT, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Diversus ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Holdings is the parent company of Positive Physicians Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania stock insurance company (“Positive Insurance”).

WHEREAS, Positive Insurance is the company that resulted from the conversion of Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Professional Casualty Association, and Physicians’ Insurance Program Exchange from reciprocal insurance exchanges to stock insurance companies (the “ Conversions ”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the Conversions, Holdings offered its common stock in a public offering (the “ Offering ”), and as a result of the Conversions and the Offering Holdings has become a publicly traded company and the holding company for Positive Insurance.

WHEREAS, as a result of becoming an insurance holding company and a publicly traded company, Holdings will be required to (i) prepare and file various reports with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department (the “ Department ”), (ii) prepare and file annual, quarterly and current reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), and (iii) comply with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

WHEREAS, Diversus is willing to provide the Services described in this Agreement to Holdings on the terms and conditions described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Holdings and Diversus agree as follows:

1. Engagement to Provide Services; Acceptance of Engagement . Holdings hereby engages Diversus to provide the Services (as defined in Section  2 ), and Diversus hereby accepts such engagement and agrees to provide the Services to Holdings, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Diversus shall obtain and maintain, and shall require all Diversus employees providing such services to obtain and maintain, during the term of this Agreement, all licenses and approvals required to be held by Diversus to perform the Services hereunder and shall make all required filings with the Department and all other governmental authorities having regulatory authority over Diversus in connection with the performance of such Services. Diversus is expressly authorized to engage independent contractors to assist in providing the Services and to work with Holdings’ independent certified public accounting firm and legal counsel in providing the Services.

 

1


2. Services. Diversus agrees to provide sufficient personnel, equipment, computer software, and supplies so that Diversus can perform or provide for the performance of the following specified administrative and management services (collectively, the “ Services ”):

(a) The administration and management of the day-to-day business of Holdings including, without limitation (i) maintaining complete and accurate financial accounting records so that Holdings can produce financial statements that are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and generally accepted statutory accounting principles, (ii) designing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to Holdings, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to management of Holdings on a timely basis, and (iii) designing and maintaining a system of internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(b) The preparation, on timely basis and in accordance with applicable SEC rules and regulations (“ SEC Rules ”), of an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K with respect to Holdings for review by the Audit Committee of the board of directors of Holdings (the “ SEC Reports ”);

(c) The preparation on timely basis of a proxy statement for solicitation of proxies at the annual meeting of shareholders of Holdings in accordance with SEC Rules (the “ Proxy Statement ”) for review by the appropriate committees of the board of directors of Holdings;

(d) The preparation on a timely basis of all annual, quarterly and other reports required to be filed by Holdings with the Department and any other governmental agency or regulatory authority;

(e) The preparation of such financial and other reports as may be requested by the board of directors of Holdings or any committee of such board of directors;

(f) Accounting for all funds received by Holdings and making provision for the timely deposit of all such funds in a bank or banks in the name of Holdings (and in no other account) in accordance with such policies and standards as may be established from time to time by Holdings; the maintenance of all funds of Holdings in accordance with applicable law and the investment of Holdings’ investable assets in accordance with applicable legal requirements and the advice or instructions of any investment advisors retained from time to time by Diversus on behalf Holdings; provided , however , that in all events Diversus will (i) ensure that all funds payable to Holdings that are received by Diversus will be deposited in an account owned by Holdings and not deposited to or held in any account of Diversus, (ii) provide a report to Holdings detailing all transactions, including a monthly report of accounts receivable and accounts payable and all deposits into and all withdrawals from each bank account maintained in the name of Holdings on a monthly basis or as requested by Holdings from time to time, and remit all funds due under this Agreement to Holdings on not less than a monthly basis, and (iii) promptly deposit any such funds are in a bank or banks in the name of Holdings;

 

2


(g) The establishment and maintenance for Holdings of all other business records required by applicable laws and regulations and generally accepted insurance and accounting practices and in accordance with such policies and standards as may be established from time to time by Holdings and Diversus; and the preparation for and on behalf of Holdings of all other reports required by governmental and nongovernmental regulatory and supervisory authorities;

(h) The monitoring of the legal affairs of Holdings, including compliance with applicable legal requirements and obtaining and maintaining all licenses and approvals required to be obtained and maintained by Holdings, and the making of all required filings with the Department and all other governmental authorities having jurisdiction over Holdings; and

(i) The taking of all such other actions and things as Diversus shall determine to be necessary, convenient, advisable, or proper in order to administer and manage Holdings’ business or to otherwise discharge properly and in good faith the responsibilities and duties of Diversus under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Holdings shall maintain oversight for functions provided to Holdings by Diversus and Holdings shall monitor the Services regularly for quality assurance.

3. Management Fee . As compensation for the Services to be performed by Diversus on behalf of Holdings as set forth in Section  2 hereof, Holdings agrees to pay to Diversus an annual administrative fee equal to $10,000 plus the cost of any independent contractors used by Diversus to assist in providing the Services.

4. Payment of Expenses of Holdings . Holdings shall be responsible to pay and bear the expenses of third-party service providers that provide services to Holdings and other expenses related to Holdings’ function as a holding company and an SEC registrant, including but not limited to (a) auditors and tax-return preparers, (b) directors’ fees, (c) the cost of directors and officers liability insurance, (d) legal counsel, (e) filing fees for regulatory or securities filings, (f) the costs of subscriptions or services for financial and reporting software, (g) the costs incurred by Holdings in calling and holding meetings of shareholders of Holdings, and (h) the cost of any independent contractors used by Diversus to assist in providing the Services that have been approved in writing by Holdings. If Diversus elects to advance its own funds to pay Holdings’ expenses described in the preceding sentence, Diversus shall properly document the expense and the advance of funds and Holdings shall promptly reimburse Diversus. Holdings shall ensure that all third-party expenses are promptly paid.

5. Records; Right to Audit . Diversus shall keep sufficient records for the express purpose of recording therein the nature and details of the Services, including all financial transactions undertaken for Holdings pursuant to this Agreement. All books and records developed or maintained by Diversus under or related to this Agreement with respect to Holdings (including, without limitation, all books and records that pertain in any way to the Services performed by Diversus pursuant to this Agreement) (collectively, “ Books and Records ”) shall be owned by Holdings and the exclusive property of Holdings, shall be held by Diversus for the benefit of Holdings, and are subject in all respects to the control of Holdings. Any files maintained in electronic format will be maintained in a form and format that is usable by

 

3


Holdings. Holdings shall have access and the right to copy all accounts and the Books and Records related to its business in a form usable by Holdings, and the Department shall have access to all Books and Records and bank accounts of Diversus pertaining to Services provided hereunder in a form usable to the Department. All Books and Records shall be retained according to the laws pertaining to the conduct of examinations. All rights to examination and audit of the Books and Records shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in effect for so long as either Diversus or Holdings has any rights or obligations under this Agreement.

6. Term and Termination. This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect for an indefinite term thereafter ; provided, however, that (i) Holdings shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon written notice to Diversus, stating when, no earlier than 30 days later, this Agreement shall terminate, and (ii) Diversus shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon written notice to Holdings, stating when, no earlier than 30 days later, this Agreement shall terminate. This Agreement may also be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of Holdings and Diversus.

7. Indemnification .

(a) Holdings shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Diversus and each shareholder, director, officer, employee and agent thereof (each a “ Diversus Indemnified Person ”), from and against all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expense (including, without limitation, settlement costs and any reasonable legal fees and expenses or other expenses for investigating and defending any actions or threatened actions) incurred by such Diversus Indemnified Person as a result of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, relating to or arising out of the Services provided by Diversus hereunder, except to the extent the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of Diversus or from a breach of this Agreement by Diversus.

(b) Diversus shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Holdings and each director, officer, employee and agent thereof (each a “ Holdings Indemnified Person ”), from and against all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expense (including, without limitation, settlement costs and any reasonable legal fees and expenses or other expenses for investigation and defending any actions or threatened actions) incurred by such Holdings Indemnified Person as a result of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, relating to or arising out of the Services provided by Diversus hereunder, except to the extent the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, or fraud on the part of Holdings or a breach of this Agreement by Holdings.

8. Designated Personnel . Initially, Daniel Payne shall be responsible for providing the Services (the “ Designated Diversus Personnel ”). The Designated Diversus Personnel may assign other employees or agents of Diversus acceptable to Holdings with certain tasks and responsibilities in connection with providing the Services.

 

4


9. Compliance with Federal and State Securities Laws . Diversus hereby acknowledges that it is aware (and that its employees who are involved in providing any of the Services are aware) of its responsibility under the United States securities laws with respect to purchasing or selling securities of a company about which it (or its employees) have material nonpublic information and agrees that it will neither use, nor permit any of its employees to use, any information in contravention of such securities laws or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Diversus further agrees that it will not disclose any material nonpublic information regarding Holdings to any person, other than Diversus employees who have a need to know such information in order to provide the Services, and will inform its employees of their legal responsibility to not disclose such information.

10. Arbitration. In the event of any dispute or difference of opinion hereafter arising with respect to this Agreement, Diversus and Holdings agree that any dispute or difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration before a panel of three arbitrators, each of whom shall be a retired disinterested officer who has experience in preparing annual and quarterly reports of a publicly traded company. One such arbitrator shall be chosen by Diversus, one such arbitrator shall be chosen by Holdings and the third arbitrator shall be chosen by the other two arbitrators. In the event any party hereto refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within 60 days after the other party requests it to do so, or if the two arbitrators selected by Diversus and Holdings fail to agree upon a third arbitrator within 30 days of the appointment of the second arbitrator to be appointed, such arbitrator or arbitrators, as the case may be, shall, upon the application of any party, be appointed by the Philadelphia office of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators shall thereupon proceed. The arbitrators shall consider this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than merely as a legal obligation, and they are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law. The decision of the majority of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on all parties. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall bear one-half of the expenses of the third arbitrator and of the arbitration. Any such arbitration shall take place in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania unless otherwise agreed by the parties hereto.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Diversus shall be an independent contractor, and its employees shall in no event be considered Holdings’ employees. Except as expressly provided for herein, no agency relationship shall exist between the parties as a result of the execution of this Agreement or performance hereunder unless required by law or regulatory authority.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its law or principles pertaining to the conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as expressly set forth in this Section  11(c) , neither this Agreement, nor any of the respective rights, duties, liabilities or

 

5


obligations of the parties hereunder, may be transferred, assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party ; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Holdings shall have the right to assign this Agreement and any of its rights hereunder to any affiliate of, or successor to the business of, Holdings upon prior written notice to, but without the consent of, Diversus and (ii) this Agreement may not be assigned in whole or part by Diversus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Diversus shall have the right to engage independent contractors to assist in providing the Services.

(d) This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements or understandings, written or oral, of the parties hereto, with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be modified, amended, or waived only in writing executed by the parties. This Agreement is separate and distinct from the Management Agreement between Diversus, Inc., Holdings, Diversus, and Positive Insurance and is intended to cover only specified holding company matters set forth herein.

(e) No failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude or require any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. No party shall be deemed, by any act of omission or commission, to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and signed by such party. A waiver with respect to one event shall not be construed as continuing or as a bar to or a waiver of any right or remedy with respect to a subsequent event. The rights and remedies herein provided to the parties are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, all claims, transactions, and other matters hereunder shall be settled in a timely manner, not less frequently than on a quarterly basis.

(g) If Holdings is placed in receivership or seized by the Insurance Commissioner of Pennsylvania (the “ Commissioner ”) under The Insurance Department Act of 1921, (i) the rights of Holdings under this Agreement extend to the receiver or the Commissioner, and (ii) the Books and Records shall immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner immediately upon the receiver or the Commissioner’s request. Diversus will continue to maintain systems, programs or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the Commissioner under The Insurance Department Act of 1921 and shall make them available to the receiver for as long as Diversus continues to receive timely payment for Services rendered.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Diversus and Holdings, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed and delivered this Management Services Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.
  Name: Lewis Sharps, M.D.
  Title: President

 

DIVERSUS MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:   /s/ Leslie Latta
  Name: Leslie Latta
  Title: COO

[Signature page to Holding Company Management Services Agreement]

Exhibit 10.10

Execution Copy

LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is dated as of March 29, 2019 (this agreement, together with all amendments and restatements hereto, this “ Agreement ”), between DIVERSUS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), and POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ Lender ”).

 

RECITALS :

Borrower desires to obtain the Loan (defined below) from Lender.

Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (defined below).

In consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions .

For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, owns more than forty percent (40%) of the voting Capital Stock of, is in Control of, is Controlled by or is under common ownership or Control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Applicable Law ” shall mean all applicable federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting Borrower, any guarantors or any of their respective properties or assets, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto.

Borrower shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in the State of New York are not open for business.

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, units, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, including, without limitation, all preferred stock, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing, in each case whether voting or non-voting.


Community Offering ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Standby Purchase Agreement.

Control ” shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of an entity, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise.

Creditors Rights Laws ” shall mean any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to its debts or debtors.

Debt ” shall mean, as of any time, (a) the Outstanding Principal Amount together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums due to Lender in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (b) all sums advanced and costs and expenses incurred (including unpaid or unreimbursed servicing and special servicing fees) by Lender in connection with the enforcement and/or collection of the Debt or any part thereof.

Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under the Note or the other Loan Documents which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Legal Rate, and (ii) twelve percent (12.00%).

Diversus Management Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Standby Purchase Agreement.

Embargoed Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  4.18 .

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may heretofore have been or shall be amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  6.1 .

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the IRS Code and any regulations or official interpretations thereof.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as of the date of the applicable financial report.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever for any governmental unit (foreign, federal, state, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

Guarantors shall mean, individually and/or collectively (as the context may require) Diversus Management, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, Gateway Risk Services, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company Andrews Outsource Solutions, LLC, a Florida limited liability company and Specialty Insurance Agency, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company.

Guaranty ” shall mean that certain Guaranty Agreement executed by the Guarantors and dated as of the date hereof.

 

2


Indebtedness ” shall mean, for any Person, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, for amounts drawn under a letter of credit, or for the deferred purchase price of property for which such Person or its assets is liable, (b) all unfunded amounts under a loan agreement, letter of credit, or other credit facility for which such Person would be liable if such amounts were advanced thereunder, (c) all amounts required to be paid by such Person as a guaranteed payment to partners or a preferred or special dividend, including any mandatory redemption of shares or interests, (d) all indebtedness guaranteed by such Person, directly or indirectly, (e) all obligations under leases that constitute capital leases for which such Person is liable, (f) all obligations of such Person under interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and other interest hedge agreements, in each case whether such Person is liable contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or in respect of which obligations such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss, (g) all other liabilities or obligations of such Person which are required to be treated as indebtedness under GAAP and (h) any other similar liabilities or obligations.

Indemnified Parties ” shall mean (a) Lender, (b) any successor owner or holder of the Loan or participations in the Loan, (c) any servicer or prior servicer of the Loan, (d) any investor or any prior investor in the Loan, (e) any trustees, custodians or other fiduciaries who hold or who have held a full or partial interest in the Loan for the benefit of any investor or other third party, (f) any receiver or other fiduciary appointed in a Creditors Rights Laws proceeding, (g) any officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, agents, servants, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, Affiliates or subsidiaries of any and all of the foregoing, and (h) the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of any and all of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any successors by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the Indemnified Parties’ assets and business) in all cases whether during the term of the Loan or otherwise.

Initial Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the first disbursement of the Loan is made in accordance with this Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Standby Purchase Agreement.

Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(a) .

Interest Rate ” shall mean a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8.00%).

Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give or not to give any of the foregoing), any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing or other lease in the nature thereof, and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement or other similar form of public notice under the laws of any jurisdiction.

Loan ” shall mean the loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Guaranty, the Intercreditor Agreement and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan.

Losses ” shall mean any and all claims, suits, liabilities (including, without limitation, strict liabilities), actions, proceedings, obligations, debts, damages, losses, costs, expenses, fines, penalties, charges, fees, judgments, awards, amounts paid in settlement of whatever kind or nature (including but not limited to legal fees and other costs of defense).

 

3


Make-Whole Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to the amount of Interest which would accrue on the Term Loan from the date on which the applicable payment or prepayment is made or is required to be made to the date that is five (5) years after the Transaction Closing Date, discounted to the date of payment at a discount rate of 8.00%. For avoidance of doubt, the Make-Whole Amount does not apply to the Revolving Loan.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, profits, prospects, management, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, (c) the enforceability, validity of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (d) the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or (e) the ability of any Guarantor to perform its obligations under any Guaranty (not including the merger of certain Guarantors contemplated by Section 5.1).

Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five (5) years following the Transaction Closing Date or such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at such stated maturity date, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise.

Maximum Legal Rate ” shall mean the maximum non-usurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Note.

Merger ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Option Agreement (as defined in the Standby Purchase Agreement).

Note ” shall mean that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the principal amount of up to the Term Loan Commitment Amount plus the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount, made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, extended, renewed, supplemented, severed, split, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Obligor ” means each of the Borrower and each Guarantor.

OFAC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  4.18 .

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a certificate delivered to Lender by Borrower which is signed by Responsible Officer of Borrower.

Outstanding Principal Amount ” shall mean, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of the Outstanding Term Loan Amount plus the Outstanding Revolving Loan Amount.

Outstanding Revolving Loan Amount ” shall mean, as of any date, an amount equal to (a) the portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount which has been advanced to Borrower pursuant to Section  2.2(b) minus (b) the amount of any prepayments or repayments of the Loan which have been applied to the Outstanding Revolving Loan Amount pursuant to Section  2.6.

Outstanding Term Loan Amount ” shall mean, as of any date, an amount equal to (a) the portion of the Term Loan Commitment Amount which has been advanced to Borrower pursuant to Section  2.2 minus (b) the amount of any prepayments of the Loan which have been applied to the Outstanding Term Loan Amount pursuant to Section  2.6 .

 

4


Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  4.19 .

Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  5.13 .

Permitted Lien ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the lien and security interests created by the Senior Loan Documents, (b) liens for taxes or mechanics or materialmens’ liens which the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, are contesting by appropriate proceedings (acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion) that stay the enforcement of the liens or other action against the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

Prepayment Date ” shall mean the earlier to occur of (a) the date on which the Standby Purchase Agreement is terminated, (b) the date that is one (1) year following the date hereof, if the Community Offering has not occurred prior to such date and (c) the date that is one (1) Business Day following the date of the closing of the Merger.

Required Financial Item ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  5.10 .

Responsible Officer ” shall mean with respect to a Person, the chairman of the board, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer, vice president or manager of such Person or such other similar officer of such Person reasonably acceptable to Lender and appropriately authorized by the applicable Person in a manner reasonably acceptable to Lender.

Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean any disbursement of the Revolving Loan made in accordance with Section 2.2(b).

Revolving Commitment Period ” shall mean the date commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that is one Business Day prior to the Maturity Date.

Revolving Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.1(b) .

Revolving Loan Commitment Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), as may be reduced pursuant to Section  2.5(b)(ii) .

Senior Loan Documents ” shall mean that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 3, 2017 between Borrower and Oak Street Funding, LLC, and the other “Credit Documents” as defined therein, as amended in satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section  3.1(c) and as the same may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Standby Purchase Agreement ” shall mean that certain Standby Purchase Agreement dated as of June 8, 2018 by and among Lender, Positive Physicians Insurance Exchange, Physician’s Insurance Program Exchange, Professional Casualty Association and the Standby Purchaser, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Standby Purchaser ” shall mean Insurance Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

5


Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.1(a) .

Term Loan Commitment Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000), as may be increased pursuant to Section  2.5(b)(ii) .

Transaction Closing Date ” shall mean the date of the closing and completion of the Community Offering.

Section 1.2 Principles of Construction .

All references to sections, exhibits and schedules are to sections, exhibits and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All uses of the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

 

ARTICLE 2.

GENERAL TERMS

Section 2.1 The Loan .

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept a term loan in an amount not to exceed the Term Loan Commitment Amount (the “ Term Loan ”).

(b) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept a revolving loan in an amount not to exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount (the “ Revolving Loan ”).

Section 2.2 Disbursements to Borrower .

(a) Following the Transaction Closing Date, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section  3.1 and Section  3.2 have been satisfied, Lender shall advance the Term Loan to Borrower, in one or more advances, in an amount of up to $5,500,000.

(b) The Revolving Loan shall be disbursed during the Revolving Commitment Period, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 have been satisfied, upon Borrower’s irrevocable notice to Lender, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Lender not later than 3:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Revolving Borrowing. Any telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Lender of a written borrowing request for such Revolving Borrowing signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower. Each such request (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) the requested date of the Revolving Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), and (ii) the principal amount of the Revolving Borrowing to be borrowed. Each Revolving Loan shall be in the principal amount of $50,000.00 or any whole multiple of $50,000.00 in excess thereof or the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment Amount.

Section 2.3 Note and Other Loan Documents . The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and this Agreement and guaranteed by the Guaranty.

 

6


Section 2.4 Interest Rate; Interest Payments .

(a) Interest on the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Loan (“ Interest ”) shall accrue from the Initial Closing Date up to but excluding the Maturity Date at the Interest Rate.

(b) Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

(c) On the last day of each month following the Initial Closing Date and on the Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender the amount of accrued and unpaid Interest.

(d) In the event that, and for so long as, any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Loans shall accrue interest at the Default Rate.

(e) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be required to pay Interest at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If, by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay Interest due hereunder at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the Interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use or forbearance of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

Section 2.5 Loan Payments .

(a) Term Loan.

(i) On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender:

 

  A.

If the Maturity Date occurs as the result of the acceleration of the Loan following an Event of Default, the Make-Whole Amount; plus

 

  B.

the Outstanding Term Loan Amount; plus

 

  C.

all accrued and unpaid Interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Revolving Loan.

(i) Borrower shall pay to Lender, on the date that is six (6) months from the date of any Revolving Borrowing that is made when there are no Revolving Loans outstanding:

 

  A.

The Outstanding Revolving Loan Amount; plus

 

7


  B.

all accrued and unpaid Interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note and the other Loan Documents on such Revolving Loans.

(ii) In the event that any Revolving Loan is not repaid as required pursuant to Section  2.5(b)(i) , such Revolving Loans shall immediately be converted to a Term Loan, the Revolving Commitment shall be cancelled and the Term Loan Commitment shall be increased by the amount of such Revolving Commitment.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments and prepayments under this Agreement and the Note shall be made to Lender not later than 2:00pm, New York time, on the date when due and shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at Lender’s office or into an account that Lender shall select by not less than three (3) Business Days prior written notice to Borrower, and any funds received by Lender after such time shall, for all purposes hereof, be deemed to have been paid on the next succeeding Business Day.

(d) Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be deemed to be the immediately succeeding Business Day.

(e) All payments required to be made by Borrower hereunder or under the Note or the other Loan Documents shall be made irrespective of, and without deduction for, any setoff, claim or counterclaim and shall be made irrespective of any defense thereto.

Section 2.6 Prepayments .

(a) Voluntary Prepayments . Borrower may not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, which permission may be given or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion, prepay the Term Loan in whole or in part, except as set forth in Section  2.6(b) . Borrower may from time to time repay the Revolving Loans.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments . On any Prepayment Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender:

(i) the Make-Whole Amount, if such prepayment occurs following the Transaction Closing Date; plus

(ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount; plus

(iii) all accrued and unpaid Interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Application of Payments . Amounts prepaid in accordance with this Section  2.6 shall be applied to the Debt in the following order:

(i) first , to pay any costs or expenses owed under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(ii) second , to the Make-Whole Amount;

(iii) third , to pay any accrued and unpaid interest on the Outstanding Principal Amount as of the date of such prepayment; and

 

8


(iv) fourth , to pay the Outstanding Principal Amount.

(d) Any amounts of the Term Loan which are pre-paid may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.7 Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which Borrower is a party shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, assessments, fees, charges or withholdings (including backup withholdings), and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto, whether now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any taxation authority or other Governmental Authority, unless required by Applicable Law.

(b) In addition, Borrower hereby agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, recording, documentary, excise, property, intangible, filing or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment made under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, any performance under, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document.

(c) Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender for, and to hold Lender harmless against, the full amount of taxes described in this Section  2.7 imposed on or paid by Lender, or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Lender, and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. The indemnity by Borrower provided for in this Section  2.7(c) shall apply and be made whether or not such taxes have been correctly or legally imposed or asserted. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Amounts payable by Borrower under the indemnity set forth in this Section  2.7(c) shall be paid within ten (10) days from the date on which the applicable Lender, as the case may be, makes written demand therefor.

(d) Lender shall take commercially reasonable actions (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) requested by Borrower to assist Borrower, as the case may be, at the sole expense of Borrower, to recover from the relevant taxation authority or other Governmental Authority any taxes in respect of which amounts were paid by Borrower pursuant to Section  2.7(a) , Section  2.7(b) or Section  2.7(c) . However, Lender will not be required to take any action that would be, in the sole judgment of Lender, legally inadvisable or commercially or otherwise disadvantageous to Lender in any respect. In no event shall Lender be required to disclose any tax returns or any other information that, in the sole judgment of Lender is confidential or proprietary.

Section 2.8 Conversion . At the option of the Lender, to be exercised at any time following the completion of the Community Offering (as described in the Standby Purchase Agreement) and prior repayment of the Loan, the Outstanding Principal Amount shall be exchanged and converted and shall be deemed to be repaid in full upon the issuance to Lender of a number of shares of Series A Common Stock of the Borrower equal to the Outstanding Principal Amount plus the amount of any outstanding Revolving Loans divided by $1.00, as such amount shall be adjusted to take into account the issuance of any additional Capital Stock of Borrower, stock splits, or other changes to the capital structure of Borrower. Such issuance shall occur within five (5) Business Days of the Lender’s written request therefor.

 

9


ARTICLE 3.

Conditions

Section 3.1 Conditions to Initial Disbursement . The obligation of Lender to make the initial disbursement of the Loan is subject to the satisfaction, in the discretion of Lender and of the Standby Purchaser, of the following conditions, subject to Section  2.2 :

(a) The effective filing of the Registration Statement (as defined in the Standby Purchase Agreement);

(b) execution and delivery by Borrower and each Guarantor of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party;

(c) modification of the terms of the Senior Loan Documents on terms acceptable to Lender and the Standby Purchaser;

(d) receipt by Lender of a legal opinion from counsel to Borrower and the Guarantors with respect to the authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability of the Loan Documents and such other matters requested by Lender; and

(e) receipt by Lender of an Officer’s Certificate of Borrower and each Guarantor attaching (i) a certified copy of such Person’s certificate of formation or incorporation, (ii) a certificate of good standing in respect of such Person issued by its jurisdiction of formation and each jurisdiction in which it is registered to do business, (iii) a certified copy of such Person’s articles of incorporation and bylaws or limited liability operating agreement, (iv) an incumbency certificate with specimen signatures of the individuals who are authorized to execute the Loan Documents on behalf of such Person, (v) a certified copy of the resolutions adopted by the shareholders or members and/or directors or managers of such Person approving the execution, delivery and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a Party.

Section 3.2 Conditions to Each Disbursement . The obligation of Lender to make any disbursement of the Loan is subject to the satisfaction, in the discretion of Lender and of the Standby Purchaser, prior to or at the date for such disbursement, of the following conditions, subject to Section  2.2 :

(a) The delivery by Borrower of a borrowing request in the form of Exhibit A not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the date of the requested disbursement;

(b) all of the representations and warranties made by Borrower and/or the Guarantors shall be true and correct as and when made and as of the date of the requested disbursement, provided, however, any inaccuracy of such representations and warranties may be cured by Borrower and/or the Guarantors prior to such disbursement;

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be in existence, and no Default or Event of Default would reasonably be expected to occur as the result of the making of such Disbursement;

(d) Borrower and the Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, shall be in compliance with the financial covenants described in Section  5.19 , and shall remain in compliance with such covenants, on a pro-forma basis after taking into account the making of the requested disbursement;

 

10


(e) receipt by the Lender of a closing certificate dated as of the date of such disbursement executed by an officer of Borrower certifying that all of the conditions set forth in Section  3.1 (if applicable) and this Section  3.2 have been satisfied; and

(f) no event or circumstance shall have occurred or be in existence that has or could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

ARTICLE 4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

Section 4.1 Legal Status and Authority .

(a) Borrower (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; (ii) is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each state where required in order to conduct its business and own the properties owned by it and (iii) has all powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, registrations, permits, consents and approvals required under all Applicable Law and required in order to carry on its business as now conducted.

(b) Each Guarantor (i) is the type of entity identified in the definition of “Guarantor” and is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation; (ii) is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each state where required in order to conduct its business and own the properties owned by it and (iii) has all powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, registrations, permits, consents and approvals required under all Applicable Law and required in order to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 4.2 Validity of Documents . (a) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents by Borrower and each Guarantor and the borrowing evidenced by the Note and this Agreement (inclusive of all Exhibits and Schedules) (i) are within its corporate or limited liability company power and authority; (ii) have been authorized by all requisite corporate or limited liability company pursuant to its organizational documents; (iii) will not violate, conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under any provision of law, any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority, any license, certificate or other approval applicable to it, its organizational documents, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is or may be bound or affected; (iv) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its assets; and (v) will not require any authorization or license from, or any filing with, any Governmental Authority, (b) this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and each Guarantor through the undersigned authorized representative of Borrower and each Guarantor and (c) this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each Guarantor. The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower or any Guarantor, including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable (except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Creditors Rights Laws, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)), and neither Borrower nor any Guarantor have asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto. No consent, approval or authorization of or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and/or the , or the other Loan Documents.

 

11


Section 4.3 The authorized and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each Guarantor is as set forth on Schedule 4.3 . All issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each such Person is duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and such Capital Stock was issued in compliance with all Applicable Law. The identity of the holders of the Capital Stock of the Borrower and each Guarantor and the percentage of the fully diluted ownership of the Capital Stock of each such Person is set forth on Schedule 4.3 . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 , there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition from the Borrower or any Guarantor of any Capital Stock of any such Person.

Section 4.4 Litigation . There is no action, suit or proceeding, judicial, administrative or otherwise (including any condemnation or similar proceeding), pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened or contemplated against Borrower or any Guarantor or against or affecting any of its or their assets other than as set forth on Schedule 4.4 .

Section 4.5 Agreements . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor is in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which Borrower, Guarantor or any of its or their assets is bound. Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has material financial obligation under any agreement or instrument to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party or by which Borrower, Guarantor or any of its or their assets is bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the operation of the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ business, (b) obligations under the Senior Loan Documents and (c) obligations under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents. Other than the Senior Loan Documents, and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, there is no agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound that would require the subordination in right of payment of any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder or under the Note to an obligation owed to another party.

Section 4.6 Financial Condition .

(a) Borrower and each Guarantor is solvent and no proceeding under Creditors Rights Laws with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor has been initiated. Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has initiated any proceeding under Creditors Rights Laws with respect to Borrower or such Guarantor.

(b) No petition in bankruptcy has been filed by or against Borrower or any Guarantor in the last ten (10) years, and neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has made any assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any Creditors Rights Laws in the last ten (10) years.

(c) Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor is contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any Creditors Rights Laws or the liquidation of its assets or property, and neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has any knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it.

 

12


Section 4.7 Disclosure . Borrower has disclosed to Lender all material facts and has not failed to disclose any material fact that could cause any representation or warranty made herein to be materially misleading.

Section 4.8 No Plan Assets . As of the date hereof and throughout the term of the Loan (a) Borrower is not nor will be an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) Borrower is not nor will be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, (c) no transactions by or with Borrower are nor will be subject to any state statute regulating investments of, or fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans; and (d) none of the assets of Borrower constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101.

Section 4.9 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of § 1445(f)(3) of the IRS Code.

Section 4.10 Financial Information . All financial data, including, without limitation, the balance sheets, statements of cash flow, statements of income and operating expense and rent rolls, that have been delivered to Lender in respect of Borrower and/or the Guarantors and its and their assets (a) are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (b) accurately represent the financial condition of Borrower and/or the Guarantors and its and their assets in all material respects, as applicable, as of the date of such reports, and (c) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein. Borrower has no contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments, except as referred to or reflected in said financial statements. Since the date of such financial statements, there has been no materially adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower from that set forth in said financial statements except as described on Schedule 4.9 .

Section 4.11 Taxes . Borrower and each Guarantor have filed all federal, state, county, municipal, and city income, personal property and other tax returns required to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and related liabilities which have become due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessments received by it. Borrower knows of no basis for any additional assessment in respect of any such taxes and related liabilities for prior years.

Section 4.12 Title to Properties . Borrower and each Guarantor have (a) full corporate, partnership, limited liability company, as appropriate, power, authority and legal right to own and operate the properties and assets which it now owns, and to carry on the lines of business in which it is now engaged, and (b) good and marketable title to its owned properties and assets, subject to no Lien of any kind, except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13 Indebtedness . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor has incurred, has issued or is liable for any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

Section 4.14 Third Party Representations . Each of the representations and the warranties made by Borrower and/or the Guarantors in the other Loan Documents are true, complete and correct in all material respects.

Section 4.15 Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would be inconsistent with such Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Applicable Law or by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents.

 

13


Section 4.16 Investment Company Act . Borrower is not (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (b) a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of either a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended or (c) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

Section 4.17 Fraudulent Conveyance . Borrower (a) has not entered into the Loan or any Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any creditor and (b) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under the Loan Documents. Giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed or contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is and will, immediately following the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, be greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities or its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts and liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of Borrower).

Section 4.18 Embargoed Person . As of the date hereof and at all times throughout the term of the Loan, including after giving effect to any transfers of interests permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, (a) none of the funds or other assets of Borrower constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any person, entity or country which is a sanctioned person, entity or country under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder (including regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Specially Designated Nationals List maintained by OFAC) with the result that the investment in Borrower, as applicable (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by Applicable Law or the Loan made by Lender is in violation of Applicable Law (“ Embargoed Person ”); (b) unless expressly waived in writing by Lender, no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Borrower, with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by Applicable Law or the Loan is in violation of Applicable Law; and (c) none of the funds of Borrower have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by Applicable Law or the Loan is in violation of Applicable Law. Borrower covenants and agrees that in the event Borrower receives any notice that Borrower (or any of their respective beneficial owners, affiliates or participants) or any Person that has an interest in Borrower is designated as an Embargoed Person, Borrower shall immediately notify Lender in writing. At Lender’s option, it shall be an Event of Default hereunder if Borrower or any other party to the Loan is designated as an Embargoed Person.

Section 4.19 Patriot Act . All capitalized words and phrases and all defined terms used in the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26, 2001) and in other statutes and all orders, rules and regulations of the United States government and its various executive departments, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot Act (collectively referred to in this Section only as the “ Patriot Act ”) are incorporated into this Section. Borrower hereby represents and warrants that Borrower, each Guarantor and each and every Person affiliated with Borrower or any Guarantor or that has an

 

14


economic interest in Borrower or any Guarantor, or, that has or will have an interest in the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Loan, is: (a) in full compliance with all applicable requirements of the Patriot Act and any regulations issued thereunder; (b) operated under policies, procedures and practices, if applicable, that are in compliance with the Patriot Act and available to Lender for Lender’s review and inspection during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice; (c) not in receipt of any notice from the Secretary of State or the Attorney General of the United States or any other department, agency or office of the United States claiming a violation or possible violation of the Patriot Act; (d) not a person who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to any of the prohibitions contained in the Patriot Act; and (e) not owned or controlled by or now acting and or will in the future act for or on behalf of any person who has been determined to be subject to the prohibitions contained in the Patriot Act. Borrower covenants and agrees that in the event Borrower receives any notice that Borrower, any Guarantor (or any of their respective beneficial owners, affiliates or participants) or any Person that has an interest in the Borrower or any Guarantor is indicted, arraigned, or custodially detained on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering, Borrower shall immediately notify Lender. At Lender’s option, it shall be an immediate Event of Default hereunder if Borrower or any Guarantor or any Controlling principal of Borrower or any Guarantor is indicted, arraigned or custodially detained on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering.

Section 4.20 Bank Holding Company . Borrower is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Section 4.21 No Change in Facts or Circumstances . All information submitted by Borrower to Lender and in all financial statements, reports, certificates and other documents submitted in connection with the Loan or in satisfaction of the terms thereof and all statements of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. There has been no material adverse change in any condition, fact, circumstance or event that would make any such information inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise misleading in any material respect or that would otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.22 Survival of Representations . Borrower agrees that, unless expressly provided otherwise, all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in this Article 4 and elsewhere in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive for so long as any portion of the Debt remains owing to Lender. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

 

ARTICLE 5.

BORROWER COVENANTS

From the date hereof and until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

Section 5.1 Existence . Borrower and each Guarantor shall continuously maintain (i) its existence and shall not dissolve or permit its dissolution, (ii) its rights to do business in the applicable State and (iii) its franchises and trade names, if any; provided, however that Diversus Management, Inc. shall be permitted to convert to a Pennsylvania limited liability company.

 

15


Section 5.2 Applicable Law . Borrower and each Guarantor shall promptly comply in all material respects with all Applicable Law affecting Borrower, the Guarantors and their respective assets, or the use thereof, including, without limitation, Applicable Law relating to OFAC, Embargoed Persons and the Patriot Act.

Section 5.3 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loan will be used solely for the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ working capital purposes in the ordinary course; provided that, without the prior written consent of Lender, no proceeds of the Loan shall be used to repay any of Borrower’s Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Document.

Section 5.4 Other Obligations . Borrower and each Guarantor shall pay and discharge all trade obligations (defined as balances owed to third parties for goods, supplies, and services obtained in the ordinary course of business and purchased on open account) as they mature and all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies before penalties attach, except such as are being appropriately contested in good faith and for which an adequate reserve for payment is being maintained.

Section 5.5 Insurance . Borrower and each Guarantor shall (i) maintain adequate insurance as is customarily maintained by similar businesses, (ii) ensure that each policy for such insurance shall contain a provision for thirty (30) days prior notice to Lender of any cancellation thereof and stipulating Lender as loss payee, (iii) provide a detailed list of such insurance to Lender upon request, and (iv) within thirty (30)  days of written notice from Lender, obtain such additional insurance as may be reasonably requested.

Section 5.6 Litigation . Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any Guarantor.

Section 5.7 Notice of Default . Borrower shall promptly advise Lender of any material adverse change in Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s condition (financial or otherwise) or of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower or any Guarantor has knowledge.

Section 5.8 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings . Borrower shall and shall cause each Guarantor to reasonably and fully cooperate with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which may in any way affect the rights of Lender hereunder or any rights obtained by Lender under any of this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at Lender’s election, to participate in any such proceedings.

Section 5.9 Performance by Borrower . Borrower shall and shall cause each Guarantor to in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision to be observed and performed by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or changes thereto.

Section 5.10 Information Covenants .

(a) Borrower shall and shall cause each Guarantor to keep adequate books and records of account in accordance with GAAP or in accordance with other methods acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion (consistently applied), and furnish to Lender:

(i) annual financial statements of Borrower and each Guarantor audited (on a consolidated bases) by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender, within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, except for the year ended December 31, 2018, where such statements shall be furnished to lender within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of 2018;

 

16


(ii) quarterly unaudited financial statements of Borrower and each Guarantor within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, together with a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower certifying that such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and containing calculations of the financial covenants set forth in Section  5.19 ; and

(iii) such other certificates or evidence acceptable to Lender to confirm that any funds advanced by Lender hereunder have been used by Borrower in the manner set forth herein.

(b) Within ten (10) Business Days of Lender’s request, Borrower shall furnish Lender with such other additional financial or management information relating to Borrower and/or the Guarantors (including State and Federal tax returns) as may, from time to time, be reasonably required by Lender in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Borrower shall permit Lender and its agents to perform an examination and audit of any such books and records at any reasonable time from time to time during business hours upon no less than one (1) Business Days written notice, unless a Default or Event of Default is then in existence, in which case no advance notice shall be required.

(c) Borrower agrees that all financial statements and other items required to be delivered to Lender pursuant to this Section  5.10 (each a “ Required Financial Item ” and, collectively, the “ Required Financial Items ”) shall: (i) be complete and correct in all material respects; (ii) present fairly the financial condition of the party as of the respective dates of the financial statements; (iii) disclose all liabilities that are required to be reflected or reserved against; and (iv) be prepared (A) in hardcopy and electronic formats and (B) in accordance with GAAP or in accordance with other methods acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion (consistently applied). Borrower shall be deemed to warrant and represent that, as of the date of delivery of any such financial statement, there has been no material adverse change in financial condition, nor have any assets or properties been sold, transferred, assigned, mortgaged, pledged or encumbered since the date of such financial statement except as disclosed by Borrower in a writing delivered to Lender. Borrower agrees that all Required Financial Items shall not contain any misrepresentation or omission of a material fact.

Section 5.11 Debt Cancellation . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall cancel or otherwise forgive or release any claim or debt owed to Borrower or such Guarantor by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Guarantor’s business.

Section 5.12 ERISA .

(a) Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Lender of any of its rights hereunder or under the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA.

(b) Borrower further covenants and agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time throughout the term of the Loan, as requested by Lender in its reasonable discretion, that (i) neither Borrower nor any Guarantor is an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, or other retirement arrangement, which is subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRS Code, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; (ii) neither Borrower nor any Guarantor is subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (iii) one or more of the following circumstances is true:

 

17


(i) Capital Stock interests in Borrower and the Guarantors are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3 101(b)(2);

(ii) Less than 25 percent of each outstanding class of Capital Stock in Borrower and the Guarantors are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.§ 2510.3 101(f)(2), as modified by § 3(42) of ERISA, disregarding the value of any Capital Stock in Borrower and the Guarantors held by (I) a Person (other than a benefit plan investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of Borrower and the Guarantors, (II) any Person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to the assets of Borrower and the Guarantors, or (III) any affiliate of a Person described in the immediately preceding clause (I) or (II);

(iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R § 2510.3 101(c) or (e) or an investment company registered under The Investment Company Act of 1940; or

(iv) The assets of Borrower and the Guarantors are not otherwise “plan assets” of one or more “employee benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101.

Section 5.13 No Other Indebtedness . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, other than (a) the Indebtedness arising hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Documents; provided that the amount of Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Documents shall not, at any time, exceed the amount of such Indebtedness as of the Transaction Closing Date (taking into account any prepayment of such Indebtedness made in connection with the transactions occurring on the Transaction Closing Date) minus amount of such Indebtedness which is repaid prior to such time in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Documents and further minus any amortization or payment on the Senior Loan Documents paid following the Transaction Closing Date and (c) trade accounts payable of Borrower and Guarantors and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not, in the aggregate, exceed $100,000 at any time (collectively, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”).

Section 5.14 Assets; Liens . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall, directly or indirectly, (a) convey, lease, sublease, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or properties of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and except for the transactions relating to entry into the new Management Agreement between Diversus Management Inc. and Positive Physicians Insurance Company and the related termination of the existing attorney-in-fact agreements all as referenced in the Standby Purchase Agreement, or (b) indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien or other encumbrance on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind of Borrower and Guarantors, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

Section 5.15 Changes in Corporate Structure; Asset Acquisition . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall, directly or indirectly, (a) make or own any investments (including without limitation any direct or indirect loans, advances or capital contributions) in any person, including any joint venture, but excluding investments, loans or advances by Borrower in its direct or indirect subsidiaries, (b) other than pursuant to the Option Agreement, enter into any amalgamation, merger or consolidation, or liquidate,

 

18


wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution); provided, however that PTPGP, LLC, Professional Third Party, LP, Specialty Insurance Services, LLC, and Physicians’ Insurance Program Management Company shall be permitted to merge with and into Diversus Management, Inc. and Diversus Management, Inc. shall be permitted to convert to a Pennsylvania limited liability company; provided, further that Borrower provides Lender with prompt written notice of such merger or conversion, (c) issue any Capital Stock to any Person or otherwise cause or permit any change in Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s ownership or capital structure (including, without limitation, by amendment to the terms of any Capital Stock of Borrower or any Guarantor), (d) acquire, by purchase or otherwise, the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any person or entity or business unit thereof in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate in any calendar year or (e) change its business or enter into any new line of business.

Section 5.16 Formation of Subsidiaries . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall form any subsidiary or acquire any interest in any other Person unless such Person executes a joinder to this Agreement and the Guaranty in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and the Standby Purchaser and provides (a) an Officer’s Certificate of such Person with respect to the matters listed in Section  3.1(e) and (b) a legal opinion of counsel to such Person with respect to the execution and enforceability of the documents executed by such Person pursuant to this Section  5.16 .

Section 5.17 Restricted Payments . Borrower shall not cause or permit, directly or indirectly, (a) any payments of dividends or other payments in respect its Capital Stock, or (b) any payments of any fees, commissions, compensation or other amounts to the holders of Borrower’s Capital Stock or Affiliates thereof, except for those permitted payments identified on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

Section 5.18 Transactions with Affiliates . Neither Borrower nor any Guarantor shall enter into, or cause, suffer or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any arrangement, transaction or contract with any Affiliates thereof or with any of the holders of Borrower’s Capital Stock unless (a) such arrangement, transaction or contract is identified on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof, or (b) such arrangement, transaction or contract is on an arm’s length basis and on commercially reasonable terms.

Section 5.19 Financial Covenants .

(a) Borrower and the Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, shall be in compliance with each of the following financial covenants in each full calendar quarter following the Initial Closing Date, as shown on the Borrower’s quarterly financial statements and calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied:

(i) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio (defined below) shall be at least 1.1 to 1.00, tested as follows:

 

  A.

on a trailing 3-month basis for the quarter ending on June 30, 2019;

 

  B.

on a trailing 6-month basis for the quarter ending on September 30, 2019;

 

  C.

on a trailing 9-month basis for the quarter ending December 31, 2019; and

 

19


D. on a trailing 12-month basis for each quarter ending on or after March 31, 2020,

(ii) EBITDA (defined below) shall be at least these amount for the periods indicated, measured on a trailing 12-month basis:

A. For 2019 - $3,000,000;

B. For 2020 – $2,500,000;

C. For 2021 – $2,400,000; and

D. For 2022 and each year thereafter - $2,200,000;

provided , that, EBITDA shall be at least $3,000,000 for all periods following the completion of an acquisition by Lender, and

(iii) Funded Indebtedness (defined below), shall not be more than 5.50 times Adjusted EBITDA, measured on a trailing 12-month basis.

(b) For the purposes of this Section  5.19 :

Adjusted EBITDA ” shall, for any period, mean EBITDA plus cash contributions from Borrower’s shareholders plus, if such amounts are included in the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” contained in the Senior Loan Documents (as amended), draws on this Term Loan during such period.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall, for any period, mean (a) Adjusted EBITDA for such period divided by (b) the current portion of Indebtedness plus capital lease payments not expensed in the current fiscal year during such period.

EBITDA ” shall, for any period, mean earnings before interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense.

Funded Indebtedness ” shall, for any period, mean the outstanding principal amount of all Indebtedness of Borrower and the Guarantors, on a consolidated basis during such period, including, without limitation, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Loan Documents and the Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement, the Note and the Other Loan Documents.

Section 5.20 Modification to Senior Loan Documents . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, amend, restate or otherwise modify any of the terms of the Senior Loan Documents; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may amend and restate the Senior Loan Documents in connection with the partial repayment of principal to the Senior Lender in the amount of $10,000,000.

 

20


ARTICLE 6.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

Section 6.1 Event of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) if Borrower shall fail to (i) pay when due any sums which are payable on the Maturity Date, or (ii) pay when due any other sums payable under the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents if such failure continues for three (3) days following the due date for such payment;

(b) if any of the representations or covenants contained in Article 4 or Article 5 hereof are breached or violated;

(c) if any representation or warranty of, or with respect to, Borrower, any Guarantor or any member, general partner, principal or beneficial owner of any of the foregoing, made herein or in any other Loan Documents, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other instrument or document furnished to Lender shall have been false or misleading in any material adverse respect when made or would otherwise constitute a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) any one or more of the Loan Documents shall be canceled, terminated, revoked or rescinded otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the express prior written consent of the Lender, or any action at law, suit in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents shall be commenced by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor, or any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof; or Borrower or any Guarantor denies that it has any liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document;

(e) if (i) Borrower or any Guarantor shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any Creditors Rights Laws seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or Borrower or any Guarantor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (ii) there shall be commenced against Borrower or any Guarantor any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days; (iii) there shall be commenced against Borrower or any Guarantor any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of any order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof; (iv) Borrower or any Guarantor shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent in writing or in any legal proceeding to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or (v) Borrower or any Guarantor shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due;

(f) if (i) Borrower or any Guarantor fails to pay any amount due on the Indebtedness evidence by the Senior Loan Documents or any of its other Indebtedness (including principal, interest and any premium or fee thereon, but excluding Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise), and such failure continues beyond the applicable cure period, if any, (ii) a default occurs under any agreement or instrument evidencing any such Indebtedness, or under which any Borrower or any Guarantor has outstanding at the time, any such Indebtedness and such default continues beyond the applicable cure period, if any, or (iii) any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid, prior to the stated maturity thereof as a result of a default or other similar adverse event;

 

21


(g) if Borrower or any of its Affiliates shall be in default under any of its obligations under the Diversus Management Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the Standby Purchase Agreement;

(h) if Borrower or any Guarantor shall have rendered against it a money judgment as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any litigation, arbitration or mediation, in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000 (net of insurance issued by unrelated third parties), or which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) if any federal tax lien is filed against Borrower and same is not discharged of record (by payment, bonding or otherwise) within thirty (30) days after same is filed;

(j) if Borrower shall fail to deliver to Lender any Required Financial Item when the same is due, or if no due date is specified therefor, within thirty (30) days after written request by Lender;

(k) if any Person other than those Persons named in Schedule 4.3 shall hold the legal and beneficial title to any of the Capital Stock of Borrower (other than by reason of a transfer of such Capital Stock by any such Person to an Affiliate of such Person; provided that Lender is given prior written notice of such transfer, together with an amended form of Schedule 4.3 reflecting such transfer); or

(l) if any event, development or circumstance shall have occurred that, in the reasonable judgment of Lender and/or the Standby Purchaser, could constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.2 Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, take such action, without notice or demand, that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower, including, without limitation, declaring the Debt to be immediately due and payable, and Lender may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents against Borrower and the Guarantors, including, without limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity. Upon any Event of Default described in Section  6.1(e) (with respect to Borrower only), the Debt and all other obligations of the members of Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in the Note and the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Debt shall be declared due and payable. Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singularly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by Applicable Law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the Note

 

22


or the other Loan Documents. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or any Guarantor to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may, but without any obligation to do so and without notice to or demand on Borrower and without releasing Borrower from any obligation hereunder or being deemed to have cured any Event of Default hereunder, make, do or perform any obligation of Borrower hereunder in such manner and to such extent as Lender may deem necessary. All such costs and expenses incurred by Lender in remedying such Event of Default or such failed payment or act or in appearing in, defending, or bringing any action or proceeding shall bear interest at the Default Rate, for the period after Borrower receives written notice of such cost or expense being incurred through and including the date of payment to Lender. All such costs and expenses incurred by Lender together with interest thereon calculated at the Default Rate shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Debt and shall be due and payable promptly (but in no event more than ten (10) days) following written demand by Lender therefor.

ARTICLE 7.

ASSIGNMENT

Section 7.1 Assignment by Borrower . Borrower may not assign this Agreement or delegate any of its obligations or liabilities hereunder.

Section 7.2 Assignment by Lender . Lender may assign its rights and obligations hereunder or sell participating interests in the Loan and/or this Agreement. Borrower agrees to cooperate with Lender in any such sale and/or assignment.

ARTICLE 8.

EXPENSES; INDEMNIFICATIONS

Section 8.1 Expenses . Borrower shall pay: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for Lender, in connection with its underwriting activities, in connection with the credit facilities provided for herein, and/or preparation, administration, and documentation of this Agreement, the Loan and related Loan Documents, or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for Lender, in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of its rights in any way related to the Loan and Loan Documents, including its rights under this Article 8 and/or in the collection of the Loan, as well as all other obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder or in the pursuit of any remedy of Lender available to it under or pursuant to the Loan or any of the Loan Documents, both before and after entry of a judgment, whether inside or outside of bankruptcy, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations with respect to this Agreement, the Loan and Loan Documents (whether inside or outside of bankruptcy) being reimbursed by the Borrower under this Article 8, include without limiting the generality of the foregoing, costs and expenses incurred in connection with: (a) filed examinations and preparation of reports based on fees charged by a third party retained by Lender or the internally allocated fees for such persons employed by Lender; (b) background and/or credit checks; (c) sums paid or incurred to take any action required of the Borrower, which the Borrower fails to take; and (d) forwarding loan proceeds and collecting checks and other items of payment

 

23


Section 8.2 Indemnification . Borrower shall at all times protect, indemnity, defend and save harmless each of the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses of which such Indemnified Party may at any time sustain or incur by reason of or in consequence of or arising out of the execution and delivery of, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, or the amendment or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of the Loan or any of the Loan Documents.

Section 8.3 Survival . The obligations and liabilities of Borrower under this Article 8 shall fully survive indefinitely notwithstanding any termination, satisfaction or assignment hereof.

ARTICLE 9.

NOTICES

Section 9.1 Notices . All notices or other written communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given (a) upon delivery, if delivered in person or by facsimile transmission with receipt acknowledged by the recipient thereof and confirmed by telephone by sender, (b) one (1) Business Day after having been deposited for overnight delivery with any reputable overnight courier service, or (c) three (3) Business Days after having been deposited in any post office or mail depository regularly maintained by the U.S. Postal Service and sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

  If to Borrower:    Diversus, Inc.
     100 Berwyn Park, 850 Cassatt Road,
    

 

Suite 220, Berwyn, PA 19312

     Attn: Gregory Campbell, Chair
     Email: gcampbell@cdvcapital.com
     Fax:
  with a copy to:   
  If to Lender:    Positive Physicians Insurance Company
     850 Cassatt Road, Suite 220
     Berwyn, PA 19312
     Attnt: Lewis S. Sharps, M.D.
     Email:
     Fax:
  with a copy to:    Insurance Capital Group, LLC
    

c/o ICG Management, LLC

767 5th Avenue

     New York, New York 10153
     Attn: Matthew T. Popoli, Craig A. Huff, Jack Sun
    

Email:   mpopoli@insurancecap.com ; chuff@reservoircap.com ; jsun@insurancecap.com

     Fax:

or addressed as such party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other parties. Either party by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

24


ARTICLE 10.

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Section 10.1 Replacement Documents . Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, which affidavit shall contain an appropriate indemnity against loss to Borrower or any other party to the Loan Document that has been lost, stolen or destroyed, and, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the Note, this Agreement or such other Loan Document, Borrower will issue, or will cause the applicable member of Borrower to issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement thereof, dated the date of the Note, this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as applicable, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

ARTICLE 11.

WAIVERS

Section 11.1 Remedies Cumulative; Waivers . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against the members of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singularly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

Section 11.2 Modification, Waiver in Writing . No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on Borrower, shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 11.3 Delay Not a Waiver . Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

 

25


Section 11.4 Waiver of Trial by Jury . To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower and Lender, by acceptance of this Agreement, hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, relating directly or indirectly to the Loan, the application for the Loan, this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents or any acts or omissions of Lender or Borrower.

Section 11.5 Waiver of Notice . Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except (a) with respect to matters for which this Agreement specifically and expressly provides for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and (b) with respect to matters for which Lender is required by Applicable Law to give notice, and Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement does not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

Section 11.6 Remedies of Borrower . In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where by Applicable Law or under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, Borrower agrees that neither Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages, and Borrower’s sole remedies shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. The parties hereto agree that any action or proceeding to determine whether Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment. Lender agrees that, in such event, it shall cooperate in expediting any action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment.

Section 11.7 Waiver of Statute of Limitations . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Borrower hereby expressly waives and releases on behalf of itself and the other members of Borrower, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the pleading of any statute of limitations as a defense to payment of the Debt or performance of its obligations hereunder, under the Note or other Loan Documents.

Section 11.8 Waiver of Counterclaim . Borrower hereby waives on behalf of itself and the other members of Borrower, the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender or its agents arising out of or in any way connected with the Loan Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents.

Section 11.9 Sole Discretion of Lender . Wherever pursuant to this Agreement (a) Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, (b) any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, or (c) any other decision or determination is to be made by Lender, the decision to approve or disapprove all decisions that arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory, and all other decisions and determinations made by Lender, shall be in the sole discretion of Lender, except as may be otherwise expressly and specifically provided herein.

 

26


ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1 Survival . This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Debt is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and assigns of Lender.

Section 12.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the Applicable Laws of the state of New York and Applicable Laws of the United States of America.

Section 12.3 Headings . The Article and/or Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

Section 12.4 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under Applicable Law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 12.5 Preferences . During the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any Creditors Rights Laws, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

Section 12.6 Incorporation of Schedules . The Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

Section 12.7 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses . Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

Section 12.8 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries .

(a) Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender.

 

27


(b) This Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein. All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lender is not undertaking the performance of any obligations with respect to such agreements, contracts, certificates, instruments, franchises, permits, trademarks, licenses and/or other documents.

(d) By accepting or approving anything required to be observed, performed or fulfilled or to be given to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any Officer’s Certificate, balance sheet, statement of profit and loss or other financial statement, survey, appraisal, or insurance policy, Lender shall not be deemed to have warranted, consented to, or affirmed the sufficiency, the legality or effectiveness of same, and such acceptance or approval thereof shall not constitute any warranty or affirmation with respect thereto by Lender.

(e) Borrower recognizes and acknowledges that in accepting this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, Lender is expressly and primarily relying on the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 without any obligation to investigate the Borrower and notwithstanding any investigation of the Borrower by Lender; that such reliance existed on the part of Lender prior to the date hereof, that the warranties and representations are a material inducement to Lender in making the Loan; and that Lender would not be willing to make the Loan and accept the this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents in the absence of the warranties and representations as set forth in Article 4 .

Section 12.9 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement, the Note or any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. Wherever the phrase “during the continuance of an Event of Default” or the like appears herein or in any other Loan Document, such phrase shall not mean or imply that Lender has any obligation to accept a cure of such Event of Default. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents and this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse-to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

28


Section 12.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements among or between such parties, whether oral or written between Borrower and Lender are superseded by the terms of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.

Section 12.11 Liability . The obligations and liabilities of Borrower and the Guarantors under the Loan Documents shall be joint and several. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective successors and assigns forever.

Section 12.12 Duplicate Originals; Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of duplicate originals and each duplicate original shall be deemed to be an original. The failure of any party hereto to execute this Agreement, or any counterpart hereof, shall not relieve the other signatories from their obligations hereunder.

Section 12.13 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to each and all of the provisions of this Agreement.

[signatures on following page(s)]

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
DIVERSUS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Leslie Latta

Name: Leslie Latta
Title: COO

Signature Page to Loan Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

LENDER:
POSITIVE PHYSICIANS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Lewis Sharps, M.D.

Name: Lewis Sharps, M.D.
Title: President

Signature Page to Loan Agreement


Exhibit A

Form of Disbursement Request

[to come]


Exhibit B

Permitted Affiliate Transactions

1. Payment of consultancy fees in an amount to be agreed to Gregory Campbell in respect of certain acquisition and financial advisory services to be performed by him.

2. Payment of salary, bonus and other fringe benefits to Kurt Gingrich, and to any other employee of Diversus or its Affiliates who also holds shares of stock in Diversus; on the same terms that such payments are made as of the date hereof (with such adjustments as may be made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice).

Exhibit 14.1

Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

1.     Introduction .

1.1     The Board of Directors of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) has adopted this Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (the “ Code ”) in order to:

(a)    promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

(b)    promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

(c)    promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

(d)    promote the protection of Company assets, including corporate opportunities and confidential information;

(e)    promote fair dealing practices;

(f)    deter wrongdoing; and

(g)    ensure accountability for adherence to the Code.

1.2    All directors, officers and employees are required to be familiar with the Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below in Section  10 , Reporting and Enforcement.

2.     Honest and Ethical Conduct .

2.1    The Company’s policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.

2.2    Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.

 

1


3.     Conflicts of Interest .

3.1    A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of his or her family) interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.

3.2    Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, employees or their family members are of special concern and could constitute improper personal benefits to the recipients of such loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, any director or officer are expressly prohibited.

3.3    Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in Section  3.4 .

3.4    Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, their supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer. A supervisor may not authorize or approve conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first providing the Chief Compliance Officer with a written description of the activity and seeking the Chief Compliance Officer’s written approval. If the supervisor is himself involved in the potential or actual conflict, the matter should instead be discussed directly with the Chief Compliance Officer.

Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee.

4.     Compliance .

4.1    Employees, officers and directors should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.

4.2    Although not all employees, officers and directors are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

2


4.3    No director, officer or employee may purchase or sell any Company securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company, nor may any director, officer or employee purchase or sell another company’s securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding that company. It is against Company policies and illegal for any director, officer or employee to use material non-public information regarding the Company or any other company to:

(a)    obtain profit for himself or herself; or

(b)    directly or indirectly “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of that information.

5.     Disclosure .

5.1    The Company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.

5.2    Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company’s financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company’s books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company’s accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the Company’s independent public accountants and counsel.

5.3    Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company’s disclosure process must:

(a)    be familiar with and comply with the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and

(b)    take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.

6.     Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets .

6.1    All directors, officers and employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability and are prohibited.

6.2    All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes, though incidental personal use may be permitted. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be reported for investigation immediately.

 

3


6.3    The obligation to protect Company assets includes the Company’s proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as the identity of the Company’s customers, business and marketing plans, product development ideas, designs, databases, records and any non-public financial data or reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information is prohibited and could also be illegal and result in civil or criminal penalties.

7.     Corporate Opportunities . All directors, officers and employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its interests when the opportunity arises. Directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves personally (or for the benefit of friends or family members) opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company assets, property, information or position. Directors, officers and employees may not use Company assets, property, information or position for personal gain (including gain of friends or family members). In addition, no director, officer or employee may compete with the Company.

8.     Confidentiality . Directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or by its customers, suppliers or partners, except when disclosure is expressly authorized or is required or permitted by law. Confidential information includes all non-public information (regardless of its source) that might be of use to the Company’s competitors or harmful to the Company or its customers, suppliers or partners if disclosed.

9.     Fair Dealing . Each director, officer and employee must deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job. No director, officer or employee may take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of facts or any other unfair dealing practice.

10.     Reporting and Enforcement .

10.1    Reporting and Investigation of Violations.

(a)    Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the Audit Committee.

(b)    Actions prohibited by this Code involving anyone other than a director or executive officer must be reported to the reporting person’s supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer.

(c)    After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the Audit Committee, the relevant supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.

 

4


(d)    All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.

10.2    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.

(b)    If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the Audit Committee determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee will report such determination to the Board of Directors.

(c)    If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the relevant supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer will report such determination to the Audit Committee.

(d)    Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board of Directors will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.

10.3    Waivers.

(a)    Each of the Board of Directors (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) and the Chief Compliance Officer (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code.

(b)    Any waiver for a director or an executive officer shall be disclosed as required by SEC and NASDAQ rules.

10.4    Prohibition on Retaliation.

The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code.

 

5


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT AND REVIEW

To be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer

I,                                  , acknowledge that I have received and read a copy of the Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. I understand the contents of the Code and I agree to comply with the policies and procedures set out in the Code.

I understand that I should approach the Chief Compliance Officer if I have any questions about the Code generally or any questions about reporting a suspected conflict of interest or other violation of the Code.

 

 

 

NAME
 

 

PRINTED NAME
 

 

DATE

 

6

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

 

Company

   State of Organization    Percentage of Equity Owned
Directly or Indirectly

Positive Physicians Insurance Company

   Pennsylvania    100%

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Lewis S. Sharps, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The small business issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

 

  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer’s most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The small business issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 24, 2019     By:  

/s/ Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.

      Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.
      Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Daniel A. Payne, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The small business issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

 

  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer’s most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The small business issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 24, 2019     By:  

/s/ Daniel A. Payne

      Daniel A. Payne
      Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 24, 2019     By:  

/s/ Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.

      Lewis S. Sharps, M. D.
      Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Positive Physicians Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 24, 2019     By:  

/s/ Daniel A. Payne

      Daniel A. Payne
      Chief Financial Officer